Preview

SERVICE SERVICE MANUAL
MANUAL
TT3840 / TT3840F / TT4030 / TT3880F
Tractor
TT3840
TT3840F
TT4030
TT3880F
Tractor
1/1
Part number 47921938 Part number 47921938
English
February 2017
© 2017 CNH Industrial Latin America LTDA. All Rights Reserved.

SERVICE MANUAL
TT3840 Without cab, 8x2, TIER 2, Upgrade, Model Year 2016, TT3840F
Without cab, 8x2, Model Year 2016, TT3880F Without cab, 8x2, Model Year
2016, TT3880F Without cab, 12x3, Model Year 2016, TT4030 Without cab, 8x2,
2WD, Model Year 2016, TT4030 Without cab, 8x2, 4WD, Model Year 2016
47921938 07/02/2017
EN
Link Product / Engine
Product Market Product Engine

TT3840 Sem cabine, 8x2, TIER 2, Latin America 8035.05.716
atualização, modelo ano 2016
TT3840F Sem cabine, 8x2, modelo Latin America 8035.05.716
ano 2016
TT3880F Sem cabine, 8x2, modelo Latin America 8045.05.716
ano 2016
TT3880F Sem cabine, 12x3, Latin America 8045.05.716
modelo ano 2016
TT4030 Sem cabine, 8x2, 2WD, Latin America 8045.05.716
modelo ano 2016
TT4030 Sem cabine, 8x2, 4WD, Latin America 8045.05.716
modelo ano 2016
47921938 07/02/2017
Contents
INTRODUCTION
Engine....................................................................................... 10
[10.001] Engine and crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1
[10.102] Pan and covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2
[10.106] Valve drive and gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3
[10.101] Cylinder heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4
[10.105] Connecting rods and pistons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5
[10.103] Crankshaft and flywheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6
[10.110] Balancer and damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7
[10.114] Pump drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.8
[10.210] Lift pump and lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9
[10.218] Fuel injection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.10
[10.202] Air cleaners and lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.11
[10.254] Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.12
[10.400] Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.13
[10.414] Fan and drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.14
[10.304] Engine lubrication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.15
Clutch ....................................................................................... 18
[18.104] Clutch hydraulic release control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.1
[18.110] Clutch and components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2
Transmission.............................................................................. 21
[21.114] Mechanical transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.1
[21.130] Mechanical transmission external controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.2
[21.140] Mechanical transmission internal components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.3
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system .................................................. 23

[23.304] Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.1
47921938 07/02/2017
[23.314] Drive shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.2
Front axle system ....................................................................... 25

[25.100] Powered front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.1
[25.102] Front bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.2
[25.108] Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.3
[25.310] Final drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.4
[25.400] Non-powered front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.5
Rear axle system........................................................................ 27

[27.100] Powered rear axle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.1
[27.106] Rear bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.2
[27.120] Planetary and final drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.3
Power Take-Off (PTO) ................................................................. 31

[31.101] Rear mechanical control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.1
[31.114] Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.2
Brakes and controls .................................................................... 33

[33.120] Mechanical service brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.1
[33.110] Parking brake or parking lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.2
Hydraulic systems....................................................................... 35
[35.000] Hydraulic systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.1
[35.106] Variable displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.2
[35.204] Remote control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.3
[35.100] Main lift system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.4
[35.116] Three-point hitch cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.5
[35.114] Three-point hitch control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.6
[35.104] Fixed displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.7
Hitches, drawbars, and implement couplings.................................. 37

[37.110] Rear three-point hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.1
Steering..................................................................................... 41
47921938 07/02/2017
[41.101] Steering control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.1
[41.200] Hydraulic control components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.2
[41.216] Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.3
Wheels ...................................................................................... 44
[44.511] Front wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.1
Electrical systems ....................................................................... 55

[55.201] Engine starting system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.1
[55.301] Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.2
[55.100] Harnesses and connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.3
[55.302] Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.4
[55.408] Warning indicators, alarms, and instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.5
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals ............................................. 90

[90.151] Cab interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.1
47921938 07/02/2017
47921938 07/02/2017
INTRODUCTION
47921938 07/02/2017
1
Contents
INTRODUCTION
Advice (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
International symbols (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Safety rules (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Basic instructions Hardware (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General specification - Biodiesel Fuels (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Consumables Loctite® Product Chart (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
(*) See content for specific models

47921938 07/02/2017
2
INTRODUCTION
Advice
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
BT09A213 1
47921938 07/02/2017
3
INTRODUCTION
International symbols
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
As a guide to the operation of the machine, various universal symbols have been utilized on the instruments, controls,
switches, and fuse box. The symbols are shown below with an indication of their meaning.
Thermostart Control
Radio PTO
Start-up help Control
Alternator Keep alive Transmission Check

charging memory in neutral Control
Creeper Accessory
Fuel level Turn signals
gears socket
Auto Turn signals Slow or Implement

Fuel shut-off -one trailer low setting socket
Turn signals Fast or high %age

Engine speed(rev/
-two trailers setting slip
min x 100)
Windshield
Ground Hitch raise
Hours recorded front
speed (rear)
wash/wipe
Windshield
Engine oil Differential Hitch lower
front
pressure lock (rear)
wash/wipe
Temperature rear axle
Engine coolant Hitch height
control temperature
temperature limit (rear)
erature control rear axle
Coolant Transmission Hitch height
Heater fan
level oil pressure limit (front)
FWD Hitch dis-

Tractor lights Air COND.
engaged abled
Head Light Air filter FWD dis-

Filter transmission
main beam plugged engaged
system
Head Light Parking Remote
Warning!
dipped beam sw valve extend
Brake fluid Hazard Remote

Work lamps
level warning lights oscillating
valve retraction Trailer Variable Remote

lamps sw control valve float
Malfunction!
Roof Pressurized!
Klaxon See Operator’s
beacon Open carefully
manual
Warning! Malfunction!
Corrosive (alter-
substance native symbol)
47921938 07/02/2017
4
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Personal safety
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all
safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible death or injury.
Throughout this manual and on machine safety signs, you will find the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and CAU-
TION followed by special instructions. These precautions are intended for the personal safety of you and those
working with you.
Read and understand all the safety messages in this manual before you operate or service the machine.
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. The color
associated with DANGER is RED.
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. The color
associated with WARNING is ORANGE.
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. The
color associated with CAUTION is YELLOW.
FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT

IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
Machine safety
NOTICE: Notice indicates a situation that, if not avoided, could result in machine damage or property damage. The
color associated with Notice is BLUE.
Throughout this manual you will find the signal word Notice followed by special instructions to prevent machine dam-
age or property damage. The word Notice is used to address practices not related to personal safety.
Information
NOTE: Note indicates additional information that clarifies steps, procedures, or other information in this manual.
Throughout this manual you will find the word Note followed by additional information about a step, procedure, or
other information in the manual. The word Note is not intended to address personal safety or property damage.
47921938 07/02/2017
5
INTRODUCTION
Basic instructions Hardware

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
General
The TT tractor has been built using metric hardware.
NOTE: Be sure to use the hardware specified when using tapped holes, as trying to install ametric bolt in an inch
thread, or an inch bolt in a metric thread, will damage the thread.
Certain hardware must be tightened to specific torque specifications. If specific torque specifications are not noted,
tighten the hardware to the standard torque chart specification listed in this manual.
Plating
Hardware used on New Holland balers is plated with zinc chromate (gold color). Gold colored hardware has different
torquing requirements from unplated or zinc plated (silver color) hardware because of the difference in the coefficient
of friction of the plating material. The torque charts in this manual list the correct specifications for gold, silver, and
unplated bolts.
Nut Tightening
Whenever possible, the nut should be tightened, not the head of the bolt. When tightening using the bolt head, the
clamp load can be lost because some of the torque applied twists the bolt instead of tensioning (stretching) it. The
tension on the bolt is what holds the joint together.
Approximately 90% of the torque applied during assembly goes to overcoming friction between the parts. The other
10% is used to tension (stretch) the bolt. After assembly, the frictional forces disappear, which is the basis for the
saying 'If it does not fail during assembly, it will not fail in service.' The bolt may later fail due to other factors, but not
from being over tightened.
Locknuts
Most locknuts are coated with a special lubricant that is dry to the touch. Anytime a locknut is used, a lower than
normal torque is required. Refer to the torque charts in this manual for specific values.
Jam Nuts
When using a jam nut to lock a regular nut, the jam nut should be installed first and tightened to one half the recom-
mended torque, then held in place while installing a regular nut to the recommended torque.
Thread Lubrication
The addition of antiseize compound, Molykote, oil, graphite, or any other lubricant to a bolt decreases the friction
between it and a nut. This makes it necessary to reduce the recommended torque to prevent over tensioning of the
bolt. When using the torque charts in this manual, decrease the value by 20% whenever a lubricant is used.
47921938 07/02/2017
6
INTRODUCTION
General specification - Biodiesel Fuels

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Fatty Acid Methyl Ester Biodiesel (Biodiesel Fuel) consists of a family of fuels derived from vegetable oils treated with
methyl esters.
NOTICE: Biodiesel Fuel blends are approved for your engine only if they comply with EN14214 Specification Stan-
dards or ASTM D6751.
NOTICE: It is imperative that you check which blend is approved for your engine with your NEW HOLLAND dealer.
Be aware that the use of Biodiesel Fuel that does not comply with the Standards mentioned above could lead to
severe damage to the engine and fuel system of your machine. The use of fuels that are not approved may void NEW
HOLLAND Warranty coverage.
Biodiesel Fuel Usage Conditions

NOTICE: The Biodiesel Fuel must meet the fuel Specification mentioned above.
Biodiesel Fuel must be purchased from a trusted supplier that understands the product and maintains good fuel qual-
ity. Biodiesel Fuel must be pre-blended by the supplier. Mixing Biodiesel Fuels on-site can result incorrect mixture
that can lead to problems with both engine and fuel system.
Engine performance is affected by the use of Biodiesel Fuel. There may be up to 12% reduction in power or torque
depending on the blend used.
NOTICE: DO NOT modify the engine and/or injection pump settings to recover the reduced performance.
The reduced power must be accepted if using any Biodiesel Fuel blend.
Some modification may be required to allow your engine to run Biodiesel Fuel. Consult you dealer for complete
information on these modifications.
Biodiesel Fuel has a higher cloud point than Diesel Fuel.

NOTICE: The use of high Biodiesel Fuel blends are not recommended in cold weather conditions.
With Biodiesel Fuels, it may be necessary to change the engine oil, engine oil filter and fuel filter elements more
frequently than with Diesel Fuels. Biodiesel Fuel can remove rust and particles from the inside of on-site fuel storage
tanks that would normally adhere to the sides of the tank. Like particle deposits that commonly occur with Diesel Fuel,
these particles can become trapped by the machine fuel filters, causing blockage and shortening filter life. In cold
weather, this is more likely to happen. Consult your NEW HOLLAND dealer for information on cold weather operation
and proper maintenance intervals when using any Biodiesel Fuel blend.
When handling Biodiesel Fuel, care must be taken not to allow water into the fuel supply. Biodiesel Fuel will actually
attract moisture from the atmosphere.
Fuel tanks must be kept as full as possible to limit the amount of air and water vapors in them. It may be necessary
to drain the fuel filter water tap more frequently.
Potential oxidation and stability could be a problem with the fuel stored in the machine.
NOTICE: Machines must not be stored for more than three months with Biodiesel Fuel blends in the fuel system.
If long storage periods are necessary, the engine must run on Diesel Fuel for 20 hours to flush the Biodiesel Fuel out
of the engine fuel system prior to storage.
NOTICE: Biodiesel Fuel must not be stored in on-site storage tanks for more than three months.
Any spillage of Biodiesel Fuel must be cleaned up immediately before it can cause damage to the environment and
the paint finish of the machine.
Before using Biodiesel Fuel blends you should consult with your dealer to receive full information about the approved
blend for your machine and any detailed conditions of its usage.
47921938 07/02/2017
7
INTRODUCTION
NOTICE: Be aware that not fulfilling the requirements and conditions of Biodiesel Fuel usage will void your machine’s
NEW HOLLAND Warranty coverage.
47921938 07/02/2017
8
INTRODUCTION
Consumables Loctite® Product Chart

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Bonding Adhesives
Prod- Color Strength Fixture/Full Recom- Description
uct Cure (Steel/ mended
Steel) Time Primer or
Activator
312 Clear 9.8 – 17.2 MPa 2 min/24 hrs 736 Typical applications include bonding dissimilar
(1421 – materials such as metals, glass or ceramics and
2495 psi) where fast fixturing is required between close fitting
parts.
324 Light 34 – 614 MPa 30 min/24 hrs 7075 Is used to bond flat parts together. Especially
amber (4932 – suitable for joining dissimilar materials, e.g. ferrite
89061 psi) to plated materials in electric motors, loudspeakers,
etc. This product is specifically formulated for
toughness and impact strength.
326 Yellow 34 – 300 MPa 3 min/6 hrs 7649 Typical applications include bonding ferrites to
to light (4932 – on one plated materials in electric motors, loudspeaker
amber 43515 psi) surface hardware and jewelry where fast fixturing is
required.
380 Black 26 MPa 2 min/24 hrs none Is a rubber toughened adhesive with increased
(3770 psi) flexibility and peel strength along with enhanced
resistance to shock.
409 Clear 18 – 26 MPa 2 min/24 hrs none Is a general purpose cyanoacrylate adhesive gel.
to (2611 – The gel consistency prevents adhesive flow even
slightly 3771 psi) on vertical surfaces.
cloudy
426 Black 4.8 – 20.7 MPa 10 sec/40 sec. none Is an adhesive gel toughened with elastomers
(696 – for impact and peel strength along with improved
3003 psi) resistance to heat and humidity.
454 Clear 19 – 28 MPa 1 min/72 hrs none Is particularly suited for bonding porous or
to (2756 – absorbent materials such as wood, paper, leather
slightly 4061 psi) and fabric.
cloudy
455 Clear 9.7 MPa 30 sec/24 hrs none Is a general purpose cyanoacrylate adhesive gel
to light (1407 psi) with low odor and low blooming properties and is
yellow particularly suitable for applications where vapor
control is difficult.
480 Black 22 – 30 MPa 2 min/24 hrs none Is a rubber toughened adhesive with increased
(3191 – flexibility and peel strength along with enhanced
4352 psi) resistance to shock.
495 Clear 12 – 26 MPa 10 sec/30 sec. none Is a general purpose cyanoacrylate instant
to (1741 – adhesive.
straw 3771 psi)
colored
E60HP Pale 29.8 MPa 3 hrs/24 hrs none Is a toughened, mediumviscosity, industrial grade
yellow (4322 psi) epoxy adhesive with extended work life. Once
mixed, the two-component epoxy cures at room
temperature to form a tough, off-white, bond line
which provides high peel resistance and high shear
strengths. The fully cured epoxy is resistant to a
wide range of chemicals and solvents, and acts as
an excellent electrical insulator.
47921938 07/02/2017
9
INTRODUCTION
Surface Preparation
Product Color Active (Steel/Steel) Description
Time
7380 Yellow 6 hours Is designed to initiate the cure of Loctite toughened acrylic
to light adhesives.
amber
7471 Yellow 30 to 70 seconds Is used where increased cure speed of LOCTITE® anaerobic
to light products is required. It is especially recommended for applications
amber with passive metals or inert surfaces and with large bond gaps. Is
particularly recommended when prevailing temperature is low <
15 °C (60 °F).
7649 Green 30 to 70 seconds Is used where increased cure speed of LOCTITE® anaerobic
products is required. It is especially recommended for applications
with passive metals or inert surfaces and with large bond gaps. Is
particularly recommended when prevailing temperature is low <
15 °C (60 °F).
Retain, Cylindrical Assemblies

Activator
603 Green 13.5 – 7 min/6 hrs 7471 or Is designed for the bonding of cylindrical fitting
22.5 MPa (1958 7469 parts, particularly where consistently clean surfaces
– 3264 psi) cannot be assured. The product cures when
confined in the absence of air between close fitting
metal surfaces and prevents loosening and leakage
from shock and vibration. Typical applications
include retaining roller bearings or oil impregnated
bushings into housings.
15.8 MPa (1494 7469 parts. The product cures when confined in the
– 2292 psi) absence of air between close fitting metal surfaces
and prevents loosening and leakage from shock
and vibration. Typical applications include rotor to
shafts in fractional and subfractional horsepower
motors. Locks bushings and sleeves in housings
on shafts. Augments press fits.
620 Green 17.2 – 1 hr 10 min/18 7471 or Is designed for the bonding of cylindrical fitting
24.1 MPa (2495 hrs 7469 parts. The product cures when confined in the
and vibration. Typical applications include locating
pins in radiator assemblies, sleeves into pump
housings and bearings in auto transmissions.
Particularly suitable for applications where
temperature resistance up to 200 °C (395 °F) is
required.
opaque 31.0 MPa (2002 7469 parts. The product cures when confined in the
and vibration. Typical applications include rotor to
shafts in fractional and subfractional horsepower
motors. Locks bushings and sleeves in housings
on shafts. Augments press fits.
47921938 07/02/2017
10
INTRODUCTION
Retain, Cylindrical Assemblies

Activator
25.0 MPa (1958 7469 parts, particularly where bond gaps can approach
– 3626 psi) 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) and where maximum strength
at room temperature is required. The product
cures when confined in the absence of air between
close fitting metal surfaces and prevents loosening
and leakage from shock and vibration. Typical
applications include locking bushings and sleeves
into housings and on shafts.
648 Green 13.5 – 4 min/1.5 hrs 7471 or Is designed for the bonding of cylindrical fitting
25.0 MPa (1958 7469 parts. The product cures when confined in the
and vibration. Typical applications include holding
gears and sprockets onto gearbox shafts and rotors
on electric motor shafts.
660 Metallic 17.2 MPa 15 min/1.5 hrs 7471 or Is designed for the bonding of cylindrical fitting
grey (2495 psi) 7469 parts, particularly where bond gaps can approach
0.50 mm (0.02 in). The product cures when
confined in the absence of air between close
fitting metal surfaces and prevents loosening and
leakage from shock and vibration. This product
possesses excellent gap cure characteristics.
Typical applications include restoring correct fits
on worn shafts, spun bearings, and damaged
keyways.
680 Green 19.3 – 20 min/1.1 hrs 7471 or Is designed for the bonding of cylindrical fitting
24.1 MPa (2799 7469 parts, particularly where low viscosity is required.
– 3496 psi) The product cures when confined in the absence
of air between close fitting metal surfaces and
prevents loosening and leakage from shock and
vibration.
RTV Sealants
Product Color Strength Fixture/Full Description
Cure (Steel/
Steel) Time
5699 Grey 1.3 – 2.1 MPa 30 min/14 days Is designed primarily for flange sealing with excellent
(189 – 305 psi) oil resistance on rigid flange sealing for example on
transmissions and cast metal housings.
587 Blue NA 2 hrs/24 hrs Forms tough, flexible gaskets directly on the flange.
Sensor-safe, low odor, non-corrosive. Excellent oil
resistance and joint movement values. Eight times more
flexible than cork/composite gaskets; three times more
oil resistant than conventional silicones. Temperature
range -59 – 260 °C (-75 – 500 °F) intermittent; resists
auto and shop fluids.
593 Black 1.5 MPa 5 min/24 hrs Is designed for superior bonding and sealing properties
(218 psi) to most surfaces (not recommended for concrete). This
product resists aging, weathering and thermal cycling
without hardening, shrinking or cracking. It is formulated
to withstand extreme temperature cycling, UV light and
ozone. The thixotropic nature reduces the migration of
liquid product after application to the substrate.
47921938 07/02/2017
11
INTRODUCTION
RTV Sealants
Product Color Strength Fixture/Full Description
Cure (Steel/
Steel) Time
595 Clear 1.5 MPa 5 min/24 hrs Is designed for superior bonding and sealing properties
(218 psi) to most surfaces (not recommended for concrete). This
product resists aging, weathering and thermal cycling
without hardening, shrinking or cracking. It is formulated
to withstand extreme temperature cycling, UV light and
ozone. The thixotropic nature reduces the migration of
596 Red NA 5 min/24 hrs Is specifically formulated for gasketing and sealing where
high temperatures 315 °C (600 °F) are experienced such
as exhaust manifolds - crossovers, high temperature
ovens and furnaces. Applications where sealing and
bonding are required under frequent exposure to
temperatures above 235 – 315 °C (450 – 600 °F).
Gasket Sealants
Activator
509 Blue to 8 – 9 MPa 1 hr/72 hrs 7471 or Provides resistance to low pressures immediately
green- (1160 – 7469 after assembly of flanges. It seals close fitting joints
ish 1305 psi) between rigid metal faces and flanges. Typically
paste used as a form-in-place gasket on rigid flanged
connections, e.g. gearbox and engine casings, etc.
The thixotropic nature reduces the migration of
515 Opaq- 6 – 14 MPa 30 min/18 hrs 7471 or It seals close fitting joints between rigid metal
ue, dark (870 – 7469 faces and flanges and will flex with minor flange
purple 2031 psi) movements. Provides resistance to low pressures
immediately after assembly of flanges. Typically
used as a form-in-place gasket for pumps,
thermostats, compressors, transmission housings
and axle covers.
518 Red 7.5 – 8.5 MPa 30 min/8 hrs 7471 or Typical applications include sealing close fitting
(1088 – 7469 joints between rigid metal faces and flanges.
1233 psi) Provides resistance to low pressures immediately
after assembly of flanges. Typically used as a
form-in-place gasket on rigid flanged connections,
e.g. gearbox and engine casings, etc.
542 Brown 9 – 25 Nm (80 20 min/8 hrs 7471 or Is designed for the locking and sealing of metal
– 222 lb in) 7469 pipes and fittings. The product cures when confined
in the absence of air between close fitting metal
surfaces and prevents loosening and leakage from
shock and vibration.
545 Purple 2 Nm (20 lb in) 30 min/24 hrs 7471 or Is designed for the locking and sealing of metal
7469 pipes and fittings. The product cures when confined
in the absence of air between close fitting metal
surfaces and prevents loosening and leakage
from shock and vibration. This product is specially
formulated to offer lubricity for easy assembly.
567 Off 0.3 – 1.7 Nm (3 4 hrs/72 hrs 7471 or Is designed for the locking and sealing of metal
white – 15 lb in) 7469 tapered threads and fittings.
569 Brown 1.1 – 2.8 Nm 2 hr/24 hrs 7471 or Is designed for the locking and sealing of plastic
(10 – 25 lb in) 7469 and metal pipes and fittings.
47921938 07/02/2017
12
INTRODUCTION
Gasket Sealants
Activator
592 White 0.113 – 72 hrs none Is a medium strength anaerobic sealant with
0.330 Nm (1 Teflon® for tapered pipe threads. The high
– 3 lb in) lubricating properties of this compound prevent
galling on pipe threads and fittings. It will provide
immediate low pressure sealing and allow the
readjustment of fittings shortly after assembly. After
72 hours the joint is sealed to pipe burst pressure.
598 Metallic 1.31 MPa 25 min/72 hrs none This product resists aging, weathering and thermal
black (190 psi) cycling without hardening, shrinking or cracking.
Typical applications include oil pans, transmission
pans, valve covers, valves and guides, timing
gear covers, and differential covers. This product
is typically used in applications with an operating
range of -54 – 260 °C (-65 – 500 °F).
Thread Locker and Sealing

Activator
204 Pink 12.4 – 24.9 Nm 10 min/72 hrs none Is a dry-to-the-touch, preapplied film for threaded
(110 – 220 lb fasteners. It remains inert on the fastener until
in) assembly of the threads releases a quick curing
resin. The resin fills all the voids in the threads and
cures to securely lock and seal the assembly.
222 Purple 4 – 14 Nm (35 20 min/3 hrs 7471 or Is designed for the locking and sealing of threaded
– 124 lb in) 7469 fasteners which require easy disassembly with
standard hand tools.
242 Blue 5.6 – 17 Nm (50 3 min/6 hrs 7471 or Is designed for the locking and sealing of threaded
– 150 lb in) 7469 fasteners which require normal disassembly with
243 Blue 7 – 24 Nm (62 10 min/1 hr 7471 or Is designed for the locking and sealing of threaded
246 Blue 2 – 5.7 Nm (18 10 min/6 hrs 7471 or Is designed for the locking and sealing of threaded
standard hand tools. The product cures when
confined in the absence of air between close
fitting metal surfaces and prevents loosening and
leakage from shock and vibration. Particularly
suitable for heavy duty applications such as bolts
used in transmissions, construction equipment or
railroad assemblies where resistance to heavy
shock, vibration and stress level is required along
with exposure to elevated temperatures.
262 Red 22 – 40 Nm 15min/7 hrs 7471 or Is designed for the permanent locking and sealing
(195 – 354 lb 7469 of threaded fasteners.
in)
271 Red 16.9 – 34 Nm 10 min/24 hrs 7471 or Is designed for the permanent locking and sealing
in)
277 Red 32 – 40 Nm 30 min/7 hrs 7471 or Is designed for the permanent locking and sealing
in)
47921938 07/02/2017
13
INTRODUCTION
Thread Locker and Sealing

Activator
290 Green 10 – 40 Nm (90 20 min/4 hrs 7471 or Is designed for the locking and sealing of threaded
– 355 lb in) 7469 fasteners. Because of its low viscosity and capillary
action, the product wicks between engaged threads
and eliminates the need to disassemble prior to
application.
425 Dark 0.23 – 8.5 Nm 2 min/24 hrs 7113 Is designed as a fast curing, low strength adhesive
blue (2 – 75 lb in) for locking metal and plastics fasteners. The
product is designed for pre- or post-application.
LOCTITE® 425™ cures quickly on plated metal
and plastics fasteners; fixturing is achieved in less
than 2 minutes and full strength within 24 hours.
47921938 07/02/2017
14
SERVICE MANUAL
Engine
47921938 07/02/2017
10
Contents
Engine - 10
[10.001] Engine and crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1
[10.102] Pan and covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2
[10.106] Valve drive and gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3
[10.101] Cylinder heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4
[10.105] Connecting rods and pistons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5
[10.103] Crankshaft and flywheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6
[10.110] Balancer and damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7
[10.114] Pump drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.8
[10.210] Lift pump and lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9
[10.218] Fuel injection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.10
[10.202] Air cleaners and lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.11
[10.254] Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.12
[10.400] Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.13
[10.414] Fan and drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.14
[10.304] Engine lubrication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.15
47921938 07/02/2017
10
CONSUMABLES INDEX
Consumable Reference PAGE

Loctite® Engine - Install 10.1 / 51
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA Engine cooling system - Dynamic description 10.13 / 5
AGRIFLU
AGRIFLU
Loctite® 242® Water pump - Overhaul 10.13 / 14
47921938 07/02/2017
10
47921938 07/02/2017
10
Engine - 10
Engine and crankcase - 001
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine
General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Engine
Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
SERVICE
Engine
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Compression test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Crankcase
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Liner - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
DIAGNOSTIC
Engine
Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 2
CONSUMABLES INDEX

47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 3
Engine - Engine and crankcase
Engine - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
TT3840 TT3840F TT3880F

Number of rolls 3 4
Loop Diesel, 4 stroke
Injection Direct
Piston diameter 104 mm
Piston stroke 115 mm
Injection Sequence 1–2–3 1–3–4–2
Engine speeds
Idle speed 650 RPM +/- 25 RPM
Maximum RPM without load 2750 – 2790 RPM
Nominal speed 2500 RPM +/- 50 RPM
Total cylinder capacity 2931 cm³ 3908 cm³
18:01 Aspirated
Compression ratio
16.5:1 Turbo
Maximum Power 40.45 kW (55 Hp) 56 kW (76.14 Hp)
Rotation for maximum power 2500 RPM
Rotation for maximum torque 1500 RPM 1500 RPM
Number of main bearing housings 4 5
Crankcase Cast iron
Maximum working inclination, transverse,
35°
and longitudinal
Rev counter Incorporated in control panel
Acionamento Originated from the distribution shaft gear
Gauge calibrated for engine at 1800 RPM
Sistema de distribuição
With overhead valves controlled by cams, rods, and rocker arms through
Spread the distribution control shaft located on the base and controlled by the
crankshaft through helical gears.
Aspiration
Start: 12° before TDC
End: 31° after BDC
Discharge
Start: 50° before BDC
End: 16°
Play between the rocker arms and valves
to control the valve opening and closing 0.45 mm
diagram
Roll diameter 104.000 mm
Play between distribution gear teeth 0.160 mm
Internal diameter of distribution gear
37.050 – 37.075 mm
bushes (installed and finished in the seat)
Diameter of transmission gear bushing
36.975 – 37.000 mm
seat
Play between bushing seat and relative
0.050 – 0.100 mm
bushes
Maximum acceptable play from wear 0.150 mm
Interference between the bush and seat
0.063 – 0.140 mm
on transmission gear
External diameter of bushings on the
control shaft:
Front 54.875 – 54.930 mm
Middle 54.375 – 54.430 mm
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 4
TT3840 TT3840F TT3880F

Back 53.875 – 53.930 mm
Interference between the bushes (control
0.070 – 0.150 mm
shaft) and the housings in the block
External diameter of seats on the control
shaft:
Front 50.970 – 51.000 mm
Middle 50.470 – 50.500 mm
Back 49.970 – 50.000 mm
Internal diameter of the bushes on the
control shaft (installed and finished in the
block):
Front 51.080 – 51.130 mm
Middle 50.580 – 50.630 mm
Back 50.080 – 50.130 mm
Play between the seats and bushes 0.080 – 0.160 mm
Longitudinal play of control shaft 0.070 – 0.220 mm
Bloco
Cast iron monoblock, incorporates housings for distribution shaft /
Pad
tappet fittings
Cylinder hole diameter 106.850 – 106.900 mm
Grinding 0.400 – 0.800 mm
External diameter oversize 0.200 mm
Diameter of housing for the main
84.200 – 84.230 mm
bushings covers
Diameter of housings for control shaft
bushings:
Front 54.780 – 54.802 mm
Middle 54.280 – 54.305 mm
Back 53.780 – 53.805 mm
Diameter of tappet housings 15.000 – 15.018 mm
Tappet oversize 0.100 mm - 0.200 mm - 0.300 mm
Main bearing seat bore diameter 84.200 – 84.230 mm
Virabrequim e mancais
Crankshaft (balancing) With integral counterweights
Standard diameter of main seats 79.791 – 79.810 mm
Main seat diameter undersizes 0.254 – 0.508 mm / 0.762 – 1.016 mm
Main bushings bushes standard thickness 2.168 – 2.178 mm
Main bushings bushes undersizes 0.254 – 0.508 mm / 0.762 – 1.016 mm
(internal diameter)
Play between the seats and the main 0.034 – 0.103 mm
bushings
(main bushings)
Link conrod seat standard diameter 63.725 – 63.744 mm
Link conrod seat diameter undersizes 0.254 – 0.508 mm / 0.762 – 1.016 mm
Link conrod standard thickness 1.805 – 1.815 mm
Link conrod internal diameter undersizes 0.254 – 0.508 mm / 0.762 – 1.016 mm
Play between the seats and the link 0.033 – 0.087 mm
conrod bushings
Maximum acceptable play from wear (link 0.180 mm
conrod bushings)
Crankshaft thrust link conrod standard 3.378 – 3.429 mm
thickness
Thrust link conrod additional thicknesses 0.127 – 0.254 mm / 0.381 – 0.508 mm
Total width of thrust link conrods 31.766 – 31.918 mm
Width of crankshaft main bushings 32.000 – 32.100 mm
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 5
TT3840 TT3840F TT3880F

Longitudinal play of installed crankshaft 0.082 – 0.334 mm
Maximum longitudinal play from wear 0.400 mm
(crankshaft)
Maximum ovalization and conicity of main 0.010 mm
seats and link conrod after grinding
Maximum ovalization and conicity from 0.050 mm
wear of main seats and link conrod
Maximum warping tolerance, supporting 0.100 mm
the crankshaft on the end seats
Maximum acceptable tolerance, both 0.250 mm
directions, in the link conrod seat
alignment (3 cylinder engine), or each
pair of link conrod seats (4 cylinder
engine) relative to the main seats.
Maximum tolerance of eccentricity ±0.100 mm
between the external surface of the
main seats and the crankshaft center
(imaginary line)
Maximum permitted perpendicular 0.025 mm
tolerance for the flywheel support flange
surface in relation to the crankshaft
center, using a hundredths calibrator
gauge supported on the front in a
diameter of 108 mm (total calibrator
gauge reading)
Maximum permitted coaxial tolerance for 0.040 mm
the flywheel centering flange in relation
to main seats (total calibrator gauge
reading)
Bielas
Roll diameter 104 mm
Link conrods Cast iron with lubrication orifice
Diameter of the link conrod bush seat 41.846 – 41.884 mm
External diameter of link conrod bush 41.979 – 42.017 mm
Interference between the bush and link 0.095 – 0.171 mm
conrod seat
Internal diameter of the link conrod bush 38.004 – 38.014 mm
(measure after installing)
Diameter of bush seat on the link conrod 67.407 – 67.422 mm
Maximum tolerance for parallelism ± 0.070 mm
between the two controlled link conrod
shafts at 25 mm
Maximum difference in link conrod weight 25 g
in the same engine
Pistões
Pistons Light alloy with three rings, two being sealants and one oil scraper
Standard diameter of pistons with 57 mm
skirting base measured perpendicularly 103.852 – 103.870 mm
to the piston pin shaft
Maximum play from wear 0.300 mm
Piston clearance in liner 0.174 – 0.212 mm
Piston oversize 0.600 mm
Piston lug from TDC relative to the block 0.355 – 0.761 mm
Diameter from pin to piston 37.983 – 37.990 mm
Piston pin housing diameter 38.000 – 38.006 mm
Play between the pin and piston housings 0.010 – 0.023 mm
Clearance between piston pin and
0.014 – 0.031 mm
bushing
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 6
TT3840 TT3840F TT3880F

Play in piston ring groove (upper) 0.090 – 0.122 mm 0.105 – 0.155 mm
Maximum difference in piston weight in
20 g
the same engine
Play between the rings and piston
channels (vertically):
1st Ring 0.090 – 0.122 mm
2nd Ring 0.060 – 0.092 mm
3rd Ring 0.040 – 0.075 mm
Maximum admitted play from wear
(between rings and channels)
1st Ring 0.500 mm
2nd Ring 0.200 mm
Play between ring ends (installed)
1st Ring 0.400 – 0.650 mm
2nd Ring 0.300 – 0.550 mm
3rd Ring 0.300 – 0.600 mm
Maximum acceptable play between ends
1.200 mm
from wear
Tuchos
Diameter of housing in the block 15.000 – 15.018 mm
Standard tappet external diameter 14.950 – 14.970 mm
Play between tappet and block 0.030 – 0.068 mm
Tappet oversize 0.100 mm - 0.200 mm - 0.300 mm
Balancins - Válvulas
Rocker arm hole diameters 18.016 – 18.031 mm
Rocker arm holder shaft diameters 17.982 – 18.000 mm
Play between shaft and rocker arm 0.016 – 0.052 mm
holders
Characteristics of rocker arm separation
spring
Rated length of free spring 59.5 mm
Length of spring with a load of 46 – 44 mm
52 N (10.34 – 11.69 lb)
Valve play for synchronization (diagram) 0.45 mm
Valve play for engine operation (cold)
Intake valve 0.30 mm
Exhaust Valve 0.30 mm
Path of tappet (from control shaft)
Intake valve 5.955 mm
Exhaust Valve 6.027 mm
External diameter of rocker arm bush 21.006 – 21.031 mm
Balanceador dinâmico com contrapeso rotativo, consulte Balancer - Sectional view (10.110) para as referências.
Interference between the bushes (28) – – 0.063 – 0.140 mm
and the seat on the gear (26)
Play between the transmission gear – – 0.050 – 0.100 mm
bearing seat (27) and bushes (28)
Interference of installation between the – – 0.063 – 0.140 mm
bushes and support seat (20)
Play between the gear shaft (22) and the – – 0.050 – 0.100 mm
related bushes
Play between the teeth of the sleeve (17) – – 0.038 – 0.106 mm
that interlinks the gear (22) and the gear
counterweight (13)
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 7
TT3840 TT3840F TT3880F

Interference between the front bush (16) – – 0.063 – 0.140 mm
and seat on the casing (12)
Play between the control shaft (13) and – – 0.050 – 0.100 mm
the front bush (16)
Interference between the gear – – 0.037 – 0.101 mm
counterweight rear bush (13) and the
support seat (6)
Play between the control shaft (13) and – – 0.013 – 0.061 mm
the related rear bush
Interference between the bushes and the – – 0.040 – 0.100 mm
related casing on the counterweights (8)
Play between the counterweight – – 0.020 – 0.073 mm
revolution shaft (4) and the related
bushes
Interference between the transmission – – 0.037 – 0.101 mm
gear bush (9) and related seat in the
casing (12)
Play between the transmission gear shaft – – 0.013 – 0.061 mm
(10) and the related bush
Play between the gear teeth (of – – 0.080 mm
counterweights)
Cabeçote
With valve seats machined directly on the cast and pressed valve
Head
guides (steel)
Original head height 92 mm
Maximum thickness that can be removed 0.500 mm
Diameter of standard valve guide holes
13.950 – 13.983 mm
in the head
External diameter of standard valve guide 13.993 – 14.016 mm
Interference between the casings and
0.005 – 0.050 mm
valve guides on the head
Internal diameter of valve guides
8.023 – 8.043 mm
(installed in the head)
Diameter of valve rods 7.985 – 8.000 mm
Assembly play between the valve rod and
0.023 – 0.058 mm
valve guides
Maximum decentralization of guided
valve on the rod measured at 360° from
0.030 mm
the indicator contact point supported on
the valve head contact surface
Valve guide oversize 0.200 mm
Valve housing angle in the head
For the intake valve 55° - 65°
For the exhaust valve 40° - 50°
Cam lift
For the intake valve 5.250 mm
For the exhaust valve 5.677 mm
Valve lift
For the intake valve 9.31 mm
For the exhaust valve 10.06 mm
Valve face angle
For the intake valve 60°23'-60°37'
For the exhaust valve 45°23'-45°37'
Diameter of valve head
For the intake valve 45.300 – 45.500 mm
For the exhaust valve 37.500 – 37.750 mm
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 8
TT3840 TT3840F TT3880F

Distance from the valve face relative to
0.700 – 1.000 mm
the head plane
Maximum acceptable distance 1.300 mm
Characteristics of springs for intake and exhaust valves:
Rated length of free spring 44.600 mm
Length of spring with valve closed,
with a load of 256 – 284 N (57.551 – 34 mm
63.846 lb)
Length of spring with valve opened,
with a load of 502 – 544 N (112.854 – 23.800 mm
122.296 lb)
Injector lug in relation to the head plane:
BOSCH injector, part no. 4792442,
0.300 – 1.100 mm
4800029, 4824170, 99451588
STANADYNE injector, part no.
0.250 – 1.050 mm
4802394, 4802391, 99439239
OMAP injector, part no. 4800031and
0.150 – 0.950 mm
4800032
Valve synchronization
Inlet opening (before TDC) 12°
Inlet closing (after BDC) 31°
Exhaust opening (before BDC) 50°
Exhaust closing (after TDC) 16°
Engine - Torque
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Angular tightening torque

Part to tighten Turnbuckle Tightening torque Angle
Head fixing bolts (2), Engine - Sectional view 130 ± 5° + 140 ±
M12 x 1.25 70 N·m (51.63 lb ft)
(10.001) 5°
Main journal fixing bolts (4), Engine - Sectional view
M14 x 1.5 80 N·m (59.00 lb ft) 90°
(10.001) of the crankshaft
Connecting rod journal bolts (5), Engine - Sectional
M11 x 1.25 40 N·m (29.50 lb ft) 60°
view (10.001)
Engine flywheel fixing bolts (3), Engine - Sectional
M12 x 1.25 40 N·m (29.50 lb ft) 60°
view (10.001)
Tightening torques
Parts Turnbuckle Torque value
Fixing bolts of the rocker shaft supports M8 X 1.25 25 N·m (18.44 lb ft)
Hub fixing nut on the crankshaft M30 x 1.5 300 N·m (221.3 lb ft)
Fan and alternator drive pulley fixing bolts (6),
M12 x 1.25 49 N·m (36.1 lb ft)
Engine - Sectional view (10.001)
Dynamic balancer fixing bolts for the
M12 x 1.25 110 N·m (81.13 lb ft)
four-cylinder models
Intake manifold fixing bolts M8 X 1.25 25 N·m (18.44 lb ft)
Alternator and belt tensioner fixing nut M12 x 1.25 55 N·m (40.57 lb ft)
Water pump to engine fixing bolts M10 X 1.25 55 N·m (40.57 lb ft)
Nuts for injector fixing stud M8 X 1.25 25 N·m (18.44 lb ft)(*)
Valve cover fixing nuts M8 X 1.25 15 N·m (11.06 lb ft)
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 9
Parts Turnbuckle Torque value

Fixing bolts of the rocker shaft supports M8 X 1.25 25 N·m (18.44 lb ft)
Oil pump and respective cover fixing bolts M8 X 1.25 25 N·m (18.44 lb ft)
Distribution box and cover fixing bolts M8 X 1.25 25 N·m (18.44 lb ft)
Flanged intermediate pin fixing bolts M10 X 1.25 55 N·m (40.57 lb ft)
Control shaft retaining plate bolts M8 X 1.25 35 N·m (25.81 lb ft)
Nuts for valve play adjustment bolts M8 x 1 22 N·m (16.23 lb ft)
Exhaust manifold fixing bolts M8 X 1.25 25 N·m (18.44 lb ft)
Injection pump fixing bolts M8 X 1.25 25 N·m (18.44 lb ft)
Engine sump fixing bolts to:
Front and rear distribution cover M10 X 1.25 39 – 49 N·m (28.76 – 36.14 lb ft)
Engine flywheel and cylinder block cover: M10 X 1.25 49 – 59 N·m (36.14 – 43.52 lb ft)
(*) Tighten the nuts in two phases
Engine - Special tools

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
NOTICE: The operations described in this section should only be performed using the ESSENTIAL tools that appear
below with the symbol (X). However, for greater safety and to obtain the best results as well as saving time and effort,
it is recommended that these essential tools be used together with the specific tools listed below and certain tools
that should be made according to the construction designs supplied in this manual.
List of specific tools required for the various operations contained in this section.
X 380000569 Tractor Separation Stand

290740 Hook to lift the engine
X 380000301 Rotary trestle to service the engine
292870 Universal manometers, seals, and tubes for lubricating pressure control kit
293240 Kit to control engines with turbo charger
293679 Wrench to disassemble the oil filters
X 296118 Device to control the engine belt tension
X 380000221 Pliers to assemble the piston rings
X 380000994 Belt to assemble pistons on the cylinders
X 380000304 Device for angular tightening of engine bolts
X 380000226 Crankshaft pulley hub puller
X 380000232 Wrench to adjust valve play
X 291046 Mandrel to assemble and disassemble the valve guides
X 380000222 Valve guide countersinker
X 294028 The reamer to make the lower opening on the exhaust valve guides
X 380000242 Bush to assemble the valve guides (with 380000219)
X 292177 Set of reamers for the valve guide
X 380003037 Valve spring compressor
X 380003042 Kit to assemble and grind the injector holder sleeve in the head
X 380000223 Extractor for the water pump turbine
X Punch to assemble the cooling water pump turbine seal (repair)
X 380000549 Sliding Hammer
X 380000292 Transmission clutch and PTO centralizer
Testing the injection pump on the bench

X 380000228 Dial gauge ( 1/100 mm scale, 5 mm travel, 40 mm with 380000229)
X 380000229 Device to synchronize the BOSCH injection pump to the engine
X 380000322 Extractor for the injection pump drive gear
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 10
X 380000215 Hand pump to test the injector nozzles
Tools for the injector nozzles

X 380000829 Screw tap to install tool 75297687
X 380000830 Milling cutter guide for injector nozzles
X 380000831 Reamer for the injector nozzle sleeve
X 75297687 Injector nozzle sleeve extractor
X 380000833 Milling cutter to adjust injector nozzle protection
X 380000834 Device to install the injector nozzle sleeves
X 75290944 Valve guide reamer
X 380000322 Injection pump gear extractor
50075: Hook to lift the engine. Dimensions in mm. Mate-
rial: UNI C40.
LAIL11TL1103A0A 1
86512999: Crankshaft front retainer installer. Dimensions

In mm. Material: UNI C40.
LAIL11TL1296B0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 11
50139: Crankshaft rear retainer installer. Dimensions In

mm. Material: UNI C40.
LAIL11TL1297B0A 3
LAIL11TL1302F0A 4
50131: Supports for lifting the hood: special tool (two units). Dimensions in mm. Material: UNI Fe 42C .
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 12
50132: Front hook for lifting the hood. Dimensions in mm.

Material: UNI C40.
LAIL11TL1298B0A 5
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 13
Engine - Sectional view

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 14
Longitudinal section of the 3 cylinder engine
LAIL11TL1307H0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 15
Cross-section of the 3 cylinder engine
LAIL11TL1308H0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 16
Longitudinal section of the aspirated 4 cylinder engine
LAIL11TL1309H0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 17
Cross-section of the aspirated 4 cylinder engine
LAIL11TL1310H0A 4
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 18
Engine - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
The engines feature cross-flow heads, with the intake manifold and exhaust manifold on opposite sides of the head.
The fuel and air combustion process takes place in the specifically designed combustion chamber inside the piston
head.
Head
The cylinder head incorporates valves and springs, with the valve rocker arm shaft assembly bolted to the cylinder
block through the cylinder head. The retaining bolts are evenly spaced with a six-point pattern around each cylinder
which ensures an even clamping load across the head. The intake manifold and exhaust manifold are screwed to the
head. The intake manifold is mounted on the right-hand side of the engine. The diesel fuel injectors are installed on
top of the engine head. The exhaust manifold is mounted on the left side of the engine.
The water outlet connections and thermostat are attached to the front of the cylinder block directly behind the radiator.
Valve guides are inserted into the cylinder head, and are replaceable. Special replaceable cast alloy valve seats are
pressed into each valve port during manufacturing. No oversize valve seats on guides are available.
All the valves rotate clockwise. The valve clearance is maintained by adjusting the locking bolt installed on each of
the rockers.
Camshaft assembly
The camshaft runs in three replaceable bushings. The camshaft drive gear is in contact with (and driven by) the
camshaft idler gear, which is driven by the crankshaft timing gear.
The camshaft longitudinal play is controlled by a thrust plate bolted to the block, which is located between the shaft
gear and the front shaft journal.
Cylinder block assembly

The cylinder block is made of steel alloy with deep cylinder skirts and water jackets for cooling the cylinders. The
internal diameters of the cylinders are machined along with the cylinder block during the manufacturing process. The
cylinders are arranged vertically in a row and numbered from 1 to 4, from the front of the engine to the rear.
The oil sump, which is attached to the bottom of the cylinder block, is the oil reservoir for the engine oil lubrication
system. A cast iron engine front cover and front plate are attached to the front of the engine, covering the entire timing
gear assembly.
Crankshaft
The crankshaft is supported in the cylinder block by five main bearings mounted in the engine. The crankshaft is made
of steel with machined crank arms. The longitudinal play is controlled by an axial journal built into the main central
bearing of the crankshaft. A dynamic balancer is fitted and driven by the crankshaft to ensure smooth operation. Front
and rear crankshaft oil sealing is effected by one piece seals that are designed for long and durable service life.
Link conrods
Connecting rods ìWedgeî shaped at the small end have been designed to reduce the reciprocating weight at the
piston end. The connecting rods are heavy beam construction and are assembled as a matched set to each engine,
attached to the crankshaft, by means of insert type bearings. They are retained in position by the connecting rod big
end cap and secured by two bolts per rod. The small end of the connecting rod is fitted with a replaceable bronze
bushing, through which the free floating piston pin is fitted. The steel pin being held in place within the piston by two
snap rings.
The figure above shows the location of the fastening holes for auxiliary implements on
tractors with platforms.
The pistons are made of aluminum-silicon alloy with a slotted combustion chamber set back in the piston crown. Each
piston has two compression rings and one oil control ring, to reduce friction and increase positive seating. All rings
are located above the piston pin.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 19
Manifolds
The cross-flow-design aluminum intake manifold and the cast iron exhaust manifold are on opposite sides of the
head. This is to maintain balanced heat distribution within the head. The configuration of the manifolds also ensures
minimum heat transfer to the intake manifold. The intake tube is connected to the air filter via a hose.
Timing gears
The crankshaft timing gear is heated and press-fitted on to the front of the crankshaft, with a high degree of accuracy
during manufacturing. This is to maintain precise timing during the life of the engine. The crankshaft gear drives the
idler gear, which is attached to the front of cylinder block.
The idler gear drives the camshaft and the injection pump via the connection between the helical gears. The camshaft
is fixed via screws to the front of the shaft and is locked to maintain the position of the gear on the camshaft.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 20
Engine - Remove
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

2. Drain the oil from the transmission box/gear box.
3. Drain the engine coolant.
4. Disassemble the tool holder box and remove the re-
spective support bracket (1).
LAIL11TL1104A0A 1
5. Remove the fixing cotter pin (1) from the counterweight

lock pin.
LAIL11TL1105A0A 2
6. Remove the pin (1) and remove the front counterweight

package (2).
LAIL11TL1106A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 21
7. Disconnect the connections (1) from the headlights (2).
LAIL11TL1107A0A 4
8. Remove the shock absorber (1) from the hood.
LAIL11TL1108A0A 5
9. Remove the four bolts (1) holding the hood support ar-
ticulations.
LAIL11TL1109A0A 6
10. Remove the exhaust pipe and remove the hood (1).
LAIL11TL1110A0A 7
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 22
11. Remove the guard screen (1) from the right-hand

blower.
LAIL11TL1111A0A 8
12. Remove the metal blocking clamp (1) from the rigid oil
pipes for the hydraulic lift pump intake and pressure.
LAIL11TL1112A0A 9
13. Remove the hydraulic hose (1) from the hydraulic

pump suction tube.
LAIL11TL1113A0A 10
14. Remove the hydraulic hose (1) from the lift pump suc-
tion tube.
LAIL11TL1114A0A 11
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 23
15. Disconnect the lift pump pressure pipe (1).
LAIL11TL1115A0A 12
16. Disconnect the pre-heating plug fuel pipe (1) .

17. Disconnect the injector fuel return pipe and the con-
nection pipe from the tank to the decanter filter.
18. Remove the complete fuel filter support.
19. Disconnect the support bracket from the flexible brake
lines.
20. Disconnect the electric connection from the engine
coolant sensor.
21. Disconnect the electric connections located between
the cab and the engine on the left-hand side.
LAIL11TL1116A0A 13
22. Disconnect the electric connection from the engine oil

pressure sensor. Disconnect the rev counter control
and remove the fixing support.
LAIL11TL1117A0A 14
23. Remove the fixing clamp (1) from the pipes to the
steering cylinder.
LAIL11TL1118A0A 15
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 24
24. Disconnect the flexible oil pressure and return lines

(1) to the steering cylinders.
LAIL11TL1119A0A 16
25. Remove the front, central and rear fixing bolts from
the front shaft drive prop shaft and disassemble the
guard.
LAIL11TL1120A0A 17
26. Remove the lock ring (2), and, as shown by the arrow,
move the sleeve (1) to uncouple it from the pinion.
LAIL11TL1121A0A 18
27. Remove the lock ring (2) and, as shown by the arrow,
move the sleeve (1) to uncouple it from the transfer
box shaft.
LAIL11TL1122A0A 19
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 25
28. Remove the prop shaft central support fixing bolts (1)
and remove the complete shaft with the support.
LAIL11TL1123A0A 20
29. Disconnect the rigid oil pressure line to the transfer

box control.
LAIL11TL1124A0A 21
30. Remove the four knobs and remove the two linings (1)
from the tool box support.
LAIL11TL1125A0A 22
31. Release the differential lock pedal drive, remove the

pedal and release the carpet.
LAIL11TL1126A0A 23
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 26
32. Remove the covers (1) to access the engine fixing

upper bolts.
LAIL11TL1127A0A 24
33. Disconnect the control pedal throttle cable.
LAIL11TL1128A0A 25
34. Loosen the two front bolts (one on each side) holding
the cab (1) to the respective supports.
LAIL11TL1129A0A 26
35. Lift the front of the cab approximately six centimetres.
LAIL11TL1130A0A 27
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 27
36. Loosen the two fixing nuts and two bolts from the en-
gine to the transmission. Gain access through the two
split openings.
LAIL11TL1131A0A 28
37. Loosen the four lower bolts (1) holding the engine to
the transmission.
LAIL11TL1132A0A 29
38. Place the tool (trolley) under the tractor and put two
wedges on the front shaft to prevent swaying.
39. Place a wooden shim (1) on the contact points be-
tween the trestles and the tractor.
LAIL11TL1133A0A 30
40. Place a fixed trestle (1) under the draw bar support
and pull the handbrake.
LAIL11TL1134A0A 31
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 28
41. Remove the support clamp (1) from the cab heating
pipes.
LAIL11TL1135A0A 32
42. Loosen the last four fixing bolts from the engine to the
transmission.
43. Disconnect the three electrical connectors (1) from
their support.
44. Separate the engine from the transmission.
LAIL11TL1136A0A 33
45. Remove the spacer (1) installed between the engine

and the transmission.
LAIL11TL1137A0A 34
46. Place a fixed trestle (1) under the counterweight cra-

dle and block the front wheels with wooden wedges
(2).
LAIL11TL1138A0A 35
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 29
47. Insert tool no. 380000292 (1) into the clutch disk.
Loosen the six fixing bolts from the clutch to the engine
flywheel and completely remove the clutch assembly.
LAIL11TL1139A0A 36
48. Remove the fixing bolt (2) from the engine tubing and
remove the low pressure hydraulic circuit tubing.
49. Remove the radiator fixing bolt.
50. Hitch the engine to the winch with the chain, fixing it
to the engine supports intended for this purpose.
LAIL11TL1140A0A 37
51. Remove the lift pump (1) with its filter by loosening the
four fixing bolts.
52. Disconnect all electric connectors and remove the en-
tire cable assembly.
LAIL11TL1141A0A 38
53. Loosen the clamp and disconnect the intake manifold

hose (1).
LAIL11TL1142A0A 39
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 30
54. Remove the guard screen (1) from the left-hand en-
gine blower.
LAIL11TL1143A0A 40
55. Remove the clamp and disconnect the tube (1) that
connects the engine to the radiator.
LAIL11TL1144A0A 41
56. Remove the clamp and disconnect the radiator upper

hose (1).
LAIL11TL1145A0A 42
57. Loosen the three nuts (2) that hold the silencer to the
manifold and remove the assembly.
LAIL11TL1146A0A 43
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 31
58. Lift the engine slightly and position the mobile trestle
(1) under the front axle support.
LAIL11TL1147A0A 44
59. Remove the clamp and disconnect the radiator lower

hose (1).
60. Loosen the four engine fixing bolts (2), remove the
engine from the axle support, and prop it on a wooden
block.
LAIL11TL1148A0A 45
Separating the front axle from the engine

61. Loosen the radiator hose (1) and drain the coolant.
LAIL11TL1149A0A 46
62. Loosen the fixing clamps (1) and (2) and disconnect
the pipe (3) from the air filter and the radiator hose (4).
LAIL11TL1150A0A 47
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 32
63. Remove the bolt that holds the radiator support

bracket (5).
LAIL11TL1151A0A 48
64. Cut the plastic clamps and remove all the central
wiring from the front part.
65. Remove the wiring connections to the alternator, sen-
sor, WT relay, OPS, FIP and starter solenoid.
66. Support the front axle using a suitable stand.
67. Connect the engine to a suitable hoist.
LAIL11TL1152A0A 49
68. Remove the 4 levelling bolts (1) that couple the engine
and the front axle support.
LAIL11TL1153A0A 50
69. Detach the engine from front axle carefully and mount
it on the engine stand (Special Tool No. 293860mini-
mum).
LAIL11TL1154A0A 51
Next operation:
Removing the engine: see the procedures in Engine - Disassemble (10.001)
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 33
Engine - Remove
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
DANGER
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment with adequate capacity. Always support
units or parts with suitable slings or hooks. Make sure the work area is clear of all bystanders.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0076A
Removal of the front axle support, front axle assembly, radiator and support
1. Release the radiator hose (1) and drain the coolant.
LAIL11TT0003A0A 1
2. Loosen the retaining clamps (1) and (2) and disconnect

the pipe (3) from the air filter and the hose (4) from the
radiator.
LAIL11TT0004A0A 2
3. Remove the bolt that holds the radiator support bracket

(5).
LAIL11TT0005A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 34
4. Cut the plastic clips. Remove all of the central wiring

from the front.
5. Remove the alternator and connections for the starter
solenoid wiring.
6. Support the front axle using a suitable stand.
7. Connect the engine to a suitable hoist.
LAIL11TT0006A0A 4
8. Remove the four buckle-up bolts (1) coupling the en-

gine and the front axle support.
BRAG12TRLUE0381 5
9. Detach the engine from front axle carefully and mount

on engine stand (Special Tool No. 293860).
LAIL11TT0008A0A 6
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 35
Engine - Disassemble
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Engine removal: see the procedures in Engine - Remove (10.001).
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Handle all parts carefully. Do not place your hands or fingers between parts. Use Personal Protec-
tive Equipment (PPE) as indicated in this manual, including protective goggles, gloves, and safety
footwear.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0208A
1. Remove the front and rear fixing bolts from the hood
bracket support.
2. Remove the hood opening lever fixing bolt (1) and keep
the lever together with the hood bracket support.
3. Loosen the lower alternator fixing bolt.
4. Loosen the belt tension adjustment bolt (1).
5. Loosen the belt adjustment support, removing the fixing
nut.
6. Remove the alternator and water pump drive belt.
LAIL11TL1155A0A 1
7. Remove the fan and pulley fixing bolts (1) on the water
pump and remove the two parts.
LAIL11TL1156A0A 2
8. Loosen the connection (1) from the water flow rigid pipe
to the cab heating.
LAIL11TL1157A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 36
9. Loosen the clamp, remove the water pump hose (1)

and remove the curved pipe and the flexible tubes to
the cab heating.
LAIL11TL1158A0A 4
10. Remove the spout (1) for accessing the pump fixing
bolt.
LAIL11TL1159A0A 5
11. Remove the water pump fixing bolts (1) and remove
all the parts.
LAIL11TL1160A0A 6
12. Remove the pump support fixing bolts (1) and the muf-
fler bracket fixing bolt and remove the parts.
LAIL11TL1161A0A 7
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 37
13. Fit the support (1) from series no. 380000804 to hold
the engine on the rotating trestle 380000301.
LAIL11TL1162A0A 8
14. Assemble a hook with eye bolt (1) on the front engine
wall in the place of the muffler bracket support.
15. Lift the engine from the wooden platform, transport
it, position it and locate it on rotating trestle no.
380000301 (2) using the support (3) from series no.
380000804bolt.
LAIL11TL1163A0A 9
16. Remove the alternator support fixing bolts (1) on the

base and remove the entire group.
LAIL11TL1164A0A 10
17. Remove the exhaust manifold fixing bolts (1) from the
head and remove the part.
LAIL11TL1165A0A 11
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 38
18. Disconnect the throttle control lever (1) from the injec-
tion pump.
LAIL11TL1166A0A 12
19. Remove the thermostat support fixing bolts (1) and

remove the group.
LAIL11TL1167A0A 13
20. Loosen the nuts (1) on the injection pump to injector

connecting pipes and remove the pipes.
LAIL11TL1168A0A 14
21. Remove the intake manifold fixing bolts (1) from the
head and remove the part.
LAIL11TL1169A0A 15
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 39
22. Loosen the supply pump nuts (1) and remove the
pipes.
LAIL11TL1170A0A 16
23. Remove the injection pump fixing nuts (1) from the
distribution box.
LAIL11TL1171A0A 17
24. Remove the bolts (1) and remove the injection pump
drive gear access cover.
LAIL11TL1172A0A 18
25. Loosen the lock nut (1) fixing the injection pump shaft
to the related drive gear.
LAIL11TL1173A0A 19
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 40
26. Extract the injection pump drive gear using tool no.
380000322 (1) and remove the injection pump with
the related wrench.
LAIL11TL1174A0A 20
27. Loosen the fixing connections (1) from the fuel pipes
to the sludge deposit.
LAIL11TL1175A0A 21
28. Remove the fixing bolts (1) holding the sludge deposit
support to the block, and remove the entire group from
the filter.
LAIL11TL1176A0A 22
29. Remove the fixing nuts (1), disassemble the complete

supply pump support and remove the interface lining
below.
LAIL11TL1177A0A 23
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 41
30. Remove the fixing bolts (1) and remove the complete
steering pump with the filter and output pipe.
LAIL11TL1178A0A 24
31. Remove the separator (3), the joint (2) and the sleeve
(1).
LAIL11TL1179A0A 25
32. Remove the fixing bolts (1) and remove the starter
motor.
LAIL11TL1179A0A 26
33. Remove the fixing nuts from the supports, the ball
washers below, then the supports and the injectors.
34. Remove the fixing bolts (1) and the washers with the
sealing lining and remove the rocker arms housing
cover (2) complete with the sealing lining.
LAIL11TL1180A0A 27
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 42
35. Remove the fixing bolts (2) and extract the complete
rocker arm holder shaft (1).
LAIL11TL1181A0A 28
36. Remove the tabs (1) from the valves and remove the
rods (2).
LAIL11TL1182A0A 29
37. Loosen the head fixing bolts (1) and extract the head
with the winch and hook no. 290740bolt.
38. Remove the gasket installed between the head and
the block.
LAIL11TL1183A0A 30
39. Turn the rotary trestle 180° and remove the fixing
bolts, the sump (1) and the related lining (2).
LAIL11TL1184A0A 31
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 43
40. Remove the fixing bolts and remove the engine lubri-
cation oil suction pipe (1) complete with the sealing
lining.
41. Remove the fixing bolts (2), remove the dynamic bal-
ancer (3) and remove the hose (4) and the box (3).
NOTE: Operations 39 - 40 - 41 are only for 4-cylinder en-
gines. For the dynamic balancer Disassembly - Installa-
tion operations, see Balancer - Disassemble (10.110) and
Balancer - Timing adjust (10.110), respectively.
LAIL11TL1185A0A 32
42. Remove the fixing bolts (4) and the sump with a winch,
hood 290740 and chain with eye bolts.
43. Remove the half-linings (1) and (3) for the sump base
interface and the lining (2) for the sump interface and
front distribution support.
LAIL11TL1186A0A 33
44. Remove the lining (1) for the interface between the
sump and the rear engine flywheel support.
NOTE: When fitting the linings ( (1), Fig. 33 and (2), Fig.
31), apply silicone THREE BOND 1207G or anaerobic
sealant LOCTITE ULTRABLACK to the housings.
LAIL11TL1187A0A 34
45. Remove the dynamic balancer gear lubrication oil

sealing O-ring (1) installed on the interface between
the sump and the engine block.
LAIL11TL1188A0A 35
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 44
engine lubrication oil pump.
NOTE: For TT3880 models, see Figure 53.
LAIL11TL1189A0A 36
47. Remove the fixing bolts (2) and extract the fan and
alternator drive pulley (1).
LAIL11TL1190A0A 37
48. Unscrew the nut (1) and remove it, holding the crank-
shaft appropriately.
LAIL11TL1191A0A 38
49. Extract the pulley hub from the crankshaft using tool
no. 380000226 (1) and remove the wrench.
LAIL11TL1192A0A 39
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 45
50. Remove the fixing bolts (1), distribution box cover and
lining for the interface with the base support.
LAIL11TL1193A0A 40
51. Remove the fixing bolts, then the hydraulic lift pump
drive gear support (1).
LAIL11TL1194A0A 41
52. Remove the lock ring (1) and remove the transmission
spacer and gear (2).
NOTE: To reinstall the gear, see Crankcase gears - Tim-
ing adjust (10.114).
LAIL11TL1195A0A 42
53. Remove the fixing bolts (1) and extract the transmis-
sion gear pin.
LAIL11TL1196A0A 43
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 46
control shaft (3) from the drive gear (1) and lock plate
(4).
LAIL11TL1197A0A 44
55. Remove the lock ring (1) and the separator, remov-
ing from the opposite side of the gear with the supply
pump drive eccentric shaft (2).
NOTE: This gear transmits movement to the injection pump
gear. To reinstall the gear, see Crankcase gears - Timing
adjust (10.114).
LAIL11TL1198A0A 45
56. Remove the fixing bolts (1) and the distribution gear
box.
LAIL11TL1199A0A 46
57. Replace the sealing ring (1) installed at the lift pump
drive shaft lubrication oil outflow.
58. Remove the sealing lining installed between the dis-
tribution support and the engine block.
LAIL11TL1200A0A 47
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 47
59. Turn the engine 90°, remove the bolts from the link
conrod bushings (2) and keep the bolts from the link
conrod bushings with the related bushes.
LAIL11TL1201A0A 48
60. Remove the pistons (1) together with the rings, pins
and link conrods.
LAIL11TL1202A0A 49
61. Bring the engine back to the horizontal position, turn-

ing it 90° on the trestle, remove the fixing bolts and
remove the engine flywheel using the winch and hook
290740.
62. Remove the fixing bolts and the rear cover (1) com-
plete with the sealing lining.
LAIL11TL1203A0A 50
63. Remove the fixing bolts (1) and extract the fixed
bushings with the related bushes, removing the thrust
bushes installed on the penultimate bush indicated in
Figure 51.
64. Extract the crankshaft with the winch and the nylon
cord, removing the bearings, separators and tappets.
LAIL11TL1204A0A 51
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 48
65. Turn the block 180° on the rotary trestle 380000301

(2), fasten the chain with eye bolts to the block as
indicated in the figure, slightly lift with the winch and
hook 290740 and remove the bolts fixing the engine
to the rotary trestle (2) and the support (3) from series
380000804.
66. Lift the engine block clearing it from the rotary trestle.
LAIL11TL1205A0A 52
67. Remove the fixing bolts and extract the block rear sup-
port (1) complete with the sealing lining.
NOTE: Oil pump for TT3880 models.
68. Remove the fixing bolts (4) and remove the washers
(3) and the engine lubrication oil pump (2) complete
with the overpressure valve (1).
LAIL11TL1206A0A 53
Next operation:
Installing tappets, crankshaft, bushings and separators; see the procedures in Crankshaft - Assemble (10.103).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 49
Engine - Install
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
NOTICE: Raise and handle all heavy parts using lifting

equipment with sufficient lifting capacity.
Make sure all the units and parts are supported by appro-
priate belts and hooks.
Make sure that there is no one around the load that is to
be lifted.
Proceed as follows:
1. Fasten the three hooks to the three eye bolts, propping
the engine with an adjustable chain. Lift the engine
from the platform and position it on the front of the front
axle support. Join the two groups by fastening them
with the four fixing bolts.
2. Move the mobile trestle from the front axle to the engine
sump, inserting a molded piece of wood between the
trestle and the sump.
3. Also join the lower flexible pipe from the radiator with
the water pump inlet, through a rubber hose fasten all
the pipes with metal, adjustable clamps.
LAIL11TL1154A0A 1
4. Connect the lower radiator hose to the cooling pump

and fasten both ends with adjustable hose clamps.
5. Reassemble the lift pump (1).
6. Remove the engine chain.
LAIL11TL1141A0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 50
7. Place the air passage rigid pipe (1) to the intake mani-
fold and fasten with the relative clamp.
8. Connect all the disassembled electric connections:
heater plug, water temperature sensor, clogged air
filter sensor, sound alarm, earth (negative) front axle
support, engine stop cable in the injection pump, al-
ternator and relay cables, engine oil pressure sensor,
starter motor connection, decanter fuel filter. Fasten
the entire set of cables with plastic clamps (belts).
LAIL11TL1142A0A 3
9. Install the clutch using tool no. 380000292 (1)monitor.

Lock the clutch on the engine flywheel fastening it with
the six bolts (2).
10. Assemble the oil pressure pipe to the front wheel drive
distributor.
11. Clean the clutch housing spacer and contact surface.
Clean the old sealing paste from the engine surface.
12. Smear sealing paste LOCTITE® on the engine and
spacer contact surfaces. Assemble the spacer to the
studs threaded on the engine.
13. Smear sealing paste LOCTITE® on the clutch housing
LAIL11TL1139A0A 4
surfaces.
14. Remove the fixed trestle (1) under the counterweight
holder.
15. Remove the wooden wedges (2) from the lower part
of the front wheels.
16. Fasten the engine to the adequate eye bolts with the
adjustable chain.
17. Place wooden wedges under the rear wheels, make
sure the hand brake is pulled and that all fixed and
mobile trestles are well fastened.
18. This phase requires two or three workers. Place the
front axle engine group close to the clutch housing
LAIL11TL1138A0A 5
by pushing the front wheels and following with the
winch. Pay attention to the oil suction rigid pipes and
the transfer box pressure pipe. In addition, check if
the cables or wires are not smashed between the two
bodies. After that move the drive shaft by turning the
cooling fan to allow for the second axle to hitch. Lock
the two groups with some bolts.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 51
19. Unhook the engine chain. Connect the two hooked

cables still on the cab handrail to the winch hook. Lift
the front of the cab 6 cm again.
20. Tighten well all the clutch housing motor fixing bolts.
21. Tighten the brake line support clamp on the RH side
of the engine. Lower the winch and disconnect the
handrail cables.
22. Lower the trestles from the lower part of the engine
sump and the clutch housing. Remove tool no.
292320 and the trestle under the draw bar support.
Lock the cab, fastening it with two front bolts.
LAIL11TL1130A0A 6
23. Connect the flexible pipe to the injector return pipe.
24. Reconnect the pipe to the heater plug and lastly to the
drying filter.
25. Reassemble the fuel filter support, fastening it to the
engine. Connect the two semi-rigid pipes to the sup-
port.
26. Connect the two steering distributor oil pressure and
return pipes (1).
27. Reassemble the rigid oil suction pipes to the pumps
and fasten the rubber hose with clamps.
28. Reassemble all the electric connections to the vertical
connector support.
LAIL11TL1119A0A 7
29. Reassemble the cab heating pipe gasket in the engine

spacer in the clutch housing. Fasten with the clamp
(1). Assemble the flexible rubber pipes with the gas-
ket.
30. Assemble the two steering valve flexible pipes to the
gasket stuck on the front left side axle. Fasten the two
pipes with a special clamp; lock the latter with a bolt
to the tractor body.
31. Reassemble the rev counter and fasten the sleeves
with the related clamp.
LAIL11TL1135A0A 8
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 52
32. Assemble the muffler on the exhaust manifold tight-

ening the bolts (1) and inserting the sealing gasket.
Fasten the muffler inlet with the vertical support clamp.
Assemble the dust ejector flexible pipe.
33. Fasten the hood support clamp with the radiator
clamp.
34. Fasten the oil pressure rigid pipe to the front wheel
drive control distributor and rear differential lock.
LAIL11TL1145A0A 9
35. Assemble the front wheel drive prop shaft with its
respective latch rings and assemble the guard plate
tightening the front, central, and lower bolts.
36. Reassemble the throttle cable on the pedal. If nec-
essary, adjust the cable on the lever installed in the
injection pump.
37. Assemble the clutch cable to the control pedal. Lock
the sleeve on the stop support.
LAIL11TL1120A0A 10
38. Reassemble the plastic covers (1) on the openings

installed on the cab floor. Reinstall the floor mat.
39. Reassemble the guard panels next to the steering
wheel.
LAIL11TL1127A0A 11
40. Reassemble the engine fan guard screens (1).
LAIL11TL1111A0A 12
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 53
41. Assemble the hood using the procedure followed for

removal. Tighten the hood articulation bolts (1) to the
relative support clamp.
LAIL11TL1109A0A 13
42. Assemble the pneumatic piston to lift and lower the

hood to the headlight connections and remove the
belts.
43. Reassemble the secondary clamp (battery support) to
the clutch housing.
LAIL11TL1108A0A 14
44. Reassemble the front weights (2) and fasten them with
the vertical pin (1).
45. Reassemble the tool holder box support clamp, then
fasten the box to the clamp.
LAIL11TL1106A0A 15
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 54
Engine - Compression test

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Procedure:
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
When handling fuel, lubricants, and other service chemicals, follow the manufacturer's instructions.
Wear Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) as instructed. Do not smoke or use open flame. Collect
fluids in proper containers. Obey all local and environmental regulations when disposing of chemi-
cals.
W0371A
Compression is a measurement that can indicate the

state of the cylinder sealing components (rings and
valves). Even compression in the different cylinders
ensures regular operation of the engine, presuming
that each cylinder has injected the same amount of
fuel in each stroke. Low compression not only reduces
engine performance, it also does not allow for the
fuel being totally burnt, since there will be lack of air
required for a perfect combustion. Thus, the engine is
inefficient and consumes excessive fuel, with resulting
smoke from the exhaust and a reduction in the exhaust
chambers. Compression depends on engine temper-
ature and must only be measured when the engine
is at operating temperature. Compression values will
be lower when the engine is cold and, logically, higher
when the engine is hot.
1. Make sure that the battery is fully charged.
2. Start the engine. Keep the engine running until the
temperature of the liquid coolant stabilizes. Observe
the machine's instrument cluster.
3. Turn the engine OFF. Remove the ignition key from the
contact.
4. Remove the injector and the seat washer from the first
cylinder.
5. Clean the internal diameter of the injector.
6. Disconnect the coil of the injector pump.
7. Turn the engine to expel any loose particles.
8. Install the dummy injector nozzle 9977364 in the injec-
tor site. Use a new seat washer and the mounting bolts
of the injector.
9. Connect the compression meter 380000303 and the
hose to the adapter of the dummy injector.
10. Start the engine (starter motor only) and note the me-
ter reading. Repeat the procedure for all the engine
cylinders.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 55
Interpreting the verified compression values

• All cylinder compressions must be uniform, or the dif-
ference should be within 1.7 bar (24.65 psi) of each
other.
• A compression difference equal to or greater than
1.7 bar (24.65 psi) for the other cylinders indicates
a leak in the head gasket, in the piston rings, or in
the valves.
• A compression difference equal to or less than
1.7 bar (24.65 psi) for the other cylinders indicates
excess carbon deposits on the piston and on the
head.
• A low even compression in two adjacent cylinders
indicates a cylinder head gasket leak. Check this
item before condemning the rings or valves.
Rework Instructions
After performing the tests, perform a lubricant oil con-
sumption test on the engine.
• If the oil consumption is below 0.4% no service repair
action should be taken.
• If oil consumption is diagnosed the engine should be
repaired.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 56
Crankcase - Inspect
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Roll diameter
1. Cylinder block plugs and senders require changing if
leaking and rusty, and must be replaced. Clean the old
sealant of the block, and fit new plugs with sealer.
LAIL11TL1241A0A 1
2. Check the cylinder bore for scuffing or rings around

the ring frame area. To check roundness, wear, and
conicalness. Use a dial diameter gauge immediately
to perform the evaluation.
LAIL11TL1242A0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 57
Crankcase Liner - Install

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Installation of new sleeves

1. Preparation for fitting new sleeves:
• After the old sleeves have been removed, the bore
must be thoroughly cleaned, both at the top access
to the sleeve flange and inside the bore itself.
• A check must be made to ensure that all areas of
contact with the sleeves in the cylinder block are free
from burrs, corrosion, or damage. Remove any burrs
present.
• Check the ovalization of the inside diameter of the
engine block and if necessary, machine it to 106.850
– 106.900 mm.
• Check whether the outer diameter of the cylinder
liner is 107.020 – 107.050 mm.
NOTE: The cylinder liners are delivered as spare parts with
an outer diameter greater than 0.2 mm.
2. Lubricate the outside diameter of the sleeves with clean
oil using spray. It is not recommended to use a steel
brush.
3. Install a new sleeve ( 0.2 mm bigger if necessary)
through the top of the block, as follows.
• Adjust the liner and start forced fitting. After force
fitting 70 – 90 mm, check that the load is greater
than 5000 N·m and less than 23.000 N·m. Continue
force fitting and stop for 5 min with an adjustment
load greater than 50.000 N·m.
• After installation, the liners must be drilled and pol-
ished on the surface. Cylinder liners are delivered
as spare parts with an inner diameter slightly below
nominal diameter in order to be able to correct pos-
sible deformation appearing during mounting.
4. Sand the face of the block and the top of the sleeves in
order to achieve the desired flatness.
5. A chamfer in the internal diameter at the top of the
sleeve, of 30° x 0.5 mm, should be maintained, to pre-
vent piston damage on assembly.
NOTE: The new pistons should be of the same type as
those that were removed and they should have the same
identification letters and numbers embossed on the piston.
LAIL11TL1243A0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 58
Engine - Troubleshooting
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Problem Possible Cause Correction

Engine will not start Partly run down batteries Check voltage and recharge the batteries.
Replace them if necessary
Connections to battery terminals corroded Clean, examine, and tighten the nuts. Re-
or loose place the corroded terminals and nuts
Engine injection pump out of point Perform correct placement of injection
pump on point
Build up of impurities or water in the fuel Disconnect the piping, injection pump, and
lines clean thoroughly. If necessary, clean and
drain the fuel tank
Tank out of fuel Fill the deposit
Injection pump lacking supply Check and, if necessary, replace the supply
pump
Presence of air in the fuel circuit Check the piping and gaskets, supply
pump, filters and injection pump to check
for the presence of air. Lastly, bleed the
circuit
Faulty starter motor Repair or replace the starter motor
Thermostat inefficient Check and replace the thermostat if neces-
sary
The engine shuts off Idling speed too low Adjust the idle speed
Irregular injection pump adjustment Send the pump to an authorized BOSCH or
DELPHI shop
Build up of impurities or water in the fuel Disconnect the piping, injection pump, and
lines clean thoroughly. If necessary, clean and
dry the fuel tank
Fuel filter clogged Replace the integral filters
Abnormal play between valves and rockers Adjust the play between valves and rockers
Burnt or cracked valves You may need to lift and lower the front
three-point hitch to loosen the turnbuckle.
Presence of air in the fuel circuit Check the piping and gaskets, supply
pump, filters and injection pump to check
for the presence of air. Lastly, bleed the
circuit
Damaged injection pump controls Replace defective parts
Engine overheats Inefficient cooling circuit centrifugal pump Check the pump and if necessary replace it
Thermostat inefficient When using biodiesel, consult your dealer
to perform the fuel system preparation pro-
cedure for machines in storage for longer
than one month.
Radiator partly inefficient Remove any eventual crusts through wash-
ing. Check and repair any leaks
Crusts in the coolant passage gaps in the Wash thoroughly
head and block
Insufficient water pump and fan drive belt Check and adjust belt tension
tension
Coolant level low Top up the level in the expansion tank with
the indicated liquid
Engine timing is incorrect Check and adjust
Injection pump out of calibration Send to an authorized BOSCH or DELPHI
shop
Air filter blocked Clean it and, if necessary, change the filter
element
Engine lacking power and Incorrect timing of injection pump on engine Perform the correct synchronization
with irregular operation
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 59

Automatic advance variator on injection Send to an authorized BOSCH or DELPHI
pump faulty shop
Distributor pin worn Send to an authorized BOSCH or DELPHI
shop
Irregular injection pump capacities Send to an authorized BOSCH or DELPHI
shop
Speed governor at all speeds damaged Send to an authorized BOSCH or DELPHI
shop
Partially clogged or damaged injectors Clean, service, and perform correct calibra-
tion of the injectors
Build up of impurities or water in the fuel Disconnect the lines, injection pump, and
lines clean thoroughly and, if necessary, clean
and dry the fuel tank
Supply pump damaged Replace supply pump
Incorrect play between valves and rockers Adjust the clearance between valves and
rockers
Low cylinder compression Test compression and if necessary check
the engine
element
Length of the tie rod, between the throttle Adjust the length of the tie rod
and injection pump, out of adjustment
Injection pump with maximum bolt not ad- Adjust the maximum bolt to obtain
justed 2500 RPM rpm (without load)
Abnormal engine noise Partially clogged or damaged injectors Clean, service, and perform correct injector
calibration
Build up of impurity in the fuel lines Clean the lines and replace those with
heavy smashing. If necessary, clean the
injection pump
Incorrect timing of injection pump on engine Time the injection pump correctly on the
engine
Crankshaft strikes caused by excess play Grind the crankshaft and replace the bush-
on one or more connecting rod bushings or ings
excess longitudinal play
Crankshaft unbalanced Check alignment and balancing, if neces-
sary, replace it
Flywheel fixing bolts loose Replace loose bolts and tighten all bolts to
the prescribed torque and angle
Connecting rod with shafts not parallel Grind the connecting rods, check shaft par-
allelism and, if necessary, replace the con-
necting rods
Piston pins noisy due to excess play in pis- Replace the necessary parts
ton hubs and connecting rod bushing
Noise from the head Inspect for broken springs, excess play
between the rods and guides, tappets
and seats. Adjust the clearance between
valves and rockers
Engine producing excess Excess maximum capacity of injection Send the pump to an authorized BOSCH or
black or dark gray smoke pump DELPHI shop
The injection pump is excessively delayed Time the injection pump correctly on the en-
or the automatic advance variator is dam- gine or have the automatic advance varia-
aged tor inspected at an authorized shop
Injection pump excessively advanced Time the injection pump correctly on the
engine
Injectors partly and/or totally clogged or out Clean, check, and perform correct calibra-
of calibration tion of injectors, if necessary, replace them
element
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 60

Engine compression leaking due to: Replace damaged parts or, if necessary,
Stuck rings check the engine
Deteriorated valves or valves out of adjust-
ment
Damaged injection piping Check the conditions of the piping and re-
place it, if necessary
Blue, gray-blue, or gray The injection pump is excessively delayed Time the injection pump correctly on the en-
smoke tending to white or the automatic advance variator is dam- gine or check the automatic advance vari-
aged ator
Clogged or damaged injectors Clean, check, and perform correct calibra-
tion of injectors, if necessary, replace them
Passage of oil in the piston rings caused by Replace damaged parts or, if necessary,
stuck rings check the engine
Passage of oil through intake valve guides Check the engine head
due to valve guide or rod wear
Engine does not reach operating tempera- Replace thermostatic valve
ture
The engine continues Stopping solenoid damaged Replace the solenoid
running after being turned
off
Speed governor at all speeds damaged Send the pump to an authorized BOSCH or
DELPHI shop
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 61
Index
Engine - 10

Crankcase - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Crankcase Liner - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Engine - Compression test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Engine - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Engine - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Engine - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engine - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Engine - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Engine - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Engine - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Engine - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Engine - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Engine - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
47921938 07/02/2017
10.1 [10.001] / 62
Engine - 10
Pan and covers - 102
47921938 07/02/2017
10.2 [10.102] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
SERVICE
Engine oil pan

Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47921938 07/02/2017
10.2 [10.102] / 2
Engine - Pan and covers
Engine oil pan - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
NOTICE: Due to the weight of the oil pan, it is recom-

mended that a hydraulic jack is used to support and lower
the oil pan to the ground.
1. Drain the engine oil through oil pan plug and remove
the oil level indicator.
LAIL11TL1359A0A 1
2. Remove the oil pan bolts including those through the

timing cover and lower the oil pan to the ground.
LAIL11TL1360A0A 2
Inspecting and repairing

Clean the gasket material from the oil pan face, clean
the pan with a suitable solvent and inspect the pan for
cracks or damaged threads on the pan face.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.2 [10.102] / 3
Engine - Pan and covers
Engine oil pan - Install

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Installation is the reverse of removal, but with the fol-

lowing requirements:
1. Ensure block face is clear and free of gasket material.
Install a new gasket on the oil pan.
2. Position the oil pan and install a bolt at each corner, fin-
ger-tighten to hold in position, then install the remaining
bolts and tighten to the specified torque.
3. Reinstall the oil strainer and the oil pan bottom cover
plate.
LAIL11TL1359A0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
10.2 [10.102] / 4
Index
Engine - 10

Engine oil pan - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engine oil pan - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.2 [10.102] / 5
47921938 07/02/2017
10.2 [10.102] / 6
Engine - 10
Valve drive and gears - 106
47921938 07/02/2017
10.3 [10.106] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Camshaft
Service limits (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Tappets - Service limits (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Rocker arm
Adjust the clearance between the valves and rockers (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Camshaft
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Camshaft bushings
Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47921938 07/02/2017
10.3 [10.106] / 2
Engine - Valve drive and gears
Camshaft - Service limits

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
LAIL11TL1394G0A 1
Dimensions (mm) of the control shaft seats and respective housings in the block
A. Mod. 3 cylinder
B. Mod. 4 cylinder
NOTE: The internal diameter of bushes refers to the assembled part.
Camshaft Tappets - Service limits

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
47921938 07/02/2017
10.3 [10.106] / 3
Ensure that the tappets slide smoothly in their housing without excessive clearance. If excessive tappet clearance
is detected, exchange for larger tappets and open out the associated housing internal diameters. See the standard
dimension in Figure 1.
LAIL11TL1351A0A 1
Larger tappets are available in oversizes of 0.1 mm, 0.2 mm and 0.3 mm.
The rods must be perfectly straight and the rocker screw seat must not show signs of undue wear or locking.
NOTE: Do not repair warped rods; replace them with new ones.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.3 [10.106] / 4
Rocker arm - Adjust the clearance between the valves and rockers
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Installation and synchronization of the distribution gears, see the procedures in Crankcase gears - Timing adjust
(10.114).
1. Remove the clamp and disconnect the dust ejector

tube.
2. Loosen the two front muffler support fixing bolts.
3. Loosen the fixing nuts from the muffler to the exhaust
manifold and remove the muffler.
LAIL11TL1343A0A 1
4. Loosen the four fixing nuts (1) and remove the cover.
5. Remove the flywheel inspection cover (1).
6. Tighten the rockers/valves adjusting bolts (1) to a
torque of 25 N·m (18.44 lb ft).
LAIL11TL1344A0A 2
7. Adjust the clearance between the valves and the rock-

ers using: feeler gauge, key (1) and special tool 291883
(2).
LAIL11TL1345A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.3 [10.106] / 5
Camshaft - Inspect
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
To check the camshaft, place it onto two V-shaped sup-

ports and with a centesimal gauge, check that the ec-
centricity between the support seats and the rotation
shaft does not exceed 0.02 mm.
Straighten the shaft with a press, if the eccentricity does
not exceed 0.2 mm. In case of higher values, other-
wise, the shaft needs to be replaced.
Check with a centesimal gauge the raising of the lugs,
which should be:
• 5.97 mm intake lug.
• 6.25 mm exhaust lug.
Replace the worn bushes using the appropriate extrac-
tors and punches and grind the internal diameter of the LAIL11TL1352A0A 1
bushings to the sizes indicated in Camshaft - Service
limits (10.106).
Check the rocker shaft for signs of wear or damage to
the diameter. Replace with a new part. If re-used, be-
fore assembly, clean thoroughly in solvent, making sure
all oil passages are clear.
NOTE: When it becomes necessary to plane the rockers
and screw working surfaces, remove as little material as
possible. Refer to more specifications and wear limits.
Length of rocker spacer spring length should be
checked on both free length and load length.
Free length – 59.5 mm
Load length – 44 mm with a weight of 4.7 – 5.3 kg
47921938 07/02/2017
10.3 [10.106] / 6
Camshaft bushings - Replace

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Check the clearance between the camshaft and the

bushing. If there is any excess, or, if there are deep
scratches, change the bushing.
2. Use a suitable mandrel in order to dismount and mount
the bushes.
NOTE: When mounting the bushings, pay attention to the
alignment of the oil holes (1), which must be aligned to the
crankcase oil holes for the supply of the lubricating oil.
LAIL11TL1353A0A 1
3. After mounting, grind all the bushings using a mandrel,

a milling cutter, and grind bushings, in order to obtain
the prescribed diameter.
LAIL11TL1354A0A 2
4. Mount the cover (1) completely with a sealing ring and

secure it together with the corresponding plate on the
rear side of engine.
Refer to the maximum dimensions of the camshaft in
Camshaft - Service limits (10.106).
LAIL11TL1355A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.3 [10.106] / 7
Index
Engine - 10

Camshaft - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Camshaft - Service limits (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Camshaft Tappets - Service limits (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Camshaft bushings - Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Rocker arm - Adjust the clearance between the valves and rockers (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47921938 07/02/2017
10.3 [10.106] / 8
Engine - 10
Cylinder heads - 101
47921938 07/02/2017
10.4 [10.101] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Valves
Service limits (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Valve seat
Service limits (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
Cylinder head
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Injector cup - Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Valves
Adjust of the gap (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Valve guide
Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Valve seat
Regrind (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
47921938 07/02/2017
10.4 [10.101] / 2
Engine - Cylinder heads
Valves - Service limits

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
When disassembling and assembling the valves, use tool No. 380003037monitor.
For small sealing imperfections it is possible to grind down the valves and seats on the head with a pneumatic grinder
or a small universal vise. In case of deeper sealing faults, grind the seat on the head and grind the valves as shown
in Valve seat - Regrind (10.101).
NOTE: The seats are directly on the head.
After the grinding operation, check that the thickness of the valve head edge is not less than 0.5 mm.
Measure the depth of the valves in relation to the head face.
Dimensions (mm) of valves and related guides.
A – Intake
B – Size to obtain after grinding with guide - valve assembled in the head
S – Exhaust
LAIL11TL1350A0A 1
Valves - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
TT 3840 TT 3840F TT 3880F TT 4030

Intake valve clearance 0,30 mm
47921938 07/02/2017
10.4 [10.101] / 3
Exhaust valve clearance 0,30 mm
47921938 07/02/2017
10.4 [10.101] / 4
Valve seat - Service limits

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Dimensions (mm) of housings (seats) for the valves and valve guides.
LAIL11TL1300B0A 1
A. Intake
B. Size of end for conical grinding on heads for engines with 3 and 4 cylinders
R. Exhaust
47921938 07/02/2017
10.4 [10.101] / 5
Cylinder head - Inspect

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Disassembling and assembling the valve springs, use

tool no. 380003037bolt.
1. Before performing any operation, thoroughly clean the
parts.
2. Check the head support surface in the block using ruler
(2) check with the calibrator (1).
3. If you note surface warping greater than 0.15 mm,
grind the head.
NOTE: Remove as little material as possible. The maxi-
mum amount of material removed from the head is 0.5 mm.
LAIL11TL1261A0A 1
4. Use a comparing gauge (1) with magnetic base to con-

trol centring and play between the valve rod (2) and the
respective housing.
5. If you note excessive play, consult the table in Engine
- General specification (10.001), replace the valves
and, if necessary, the valve guides.
LAIL11TL1262A0A 2
Next operation:
To fit the head, see the procedures in Cylinder head - Install (10.101).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.4 [10.101] / 6
Cylinder head - Install

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Installing the cylinder head is the reverse of the re-

moval procedure described in Engine - Disassemble
(10.001), but please observe the following:
1. Clean the splice surfaces well and refit the cylinder
head gasket with the word “TOP” facing upwards.
LAIL11TL1258A0A 1
2. Replace the head and tighten the bolts in the sequence

shown in the drawing, and in four phases, as shown on
the side. Install new inlet and exhaust collector gas-
kets.
NOTE: Lightly lubricate the bolts prior to assembly and
tighten to the torque specification, with the engine cold.
LAIL11TL1259A0A 2
NOTE: Before reusing the bolts, check that diameter "d" as

shown is no less than 11.5 mm. If it is, change the bolt(s).
LAIL11TL1257A0A 3
Tightening sequence
1st phase 40 N·m
2nd phase Check the initial torque
3rd phase 130°
4th phase 140°
47921938 07/02/2017
10.4 [10.101] / 7
3. Adjust the valves following the procedures in Valves -

Adjust of the gap (10.101).
4. Before installing the fuel injectors, run the tests de-
scribed in Fuel injectors - Leakage test (10.218). If
the injectors show results suitable for use, install them
with new seat washers and cork seals.
5. Install the high pressure fuel lines between the injectors
and fuel injector pump.
6. Install a return line with new washers.
BRAG11TR0102LUE 4
47921938 07/02/2017
10.4 [10.101] / 8
Cylinder head Injector cup - Replace

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Grinding the head valve housing: see procedures in Valve seat - Regrind (10.101).
Replacement
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Check whether the injector lug (lobe) is within the val-

ues indicated in the table in Engine - General specifi-
cation (10.001).
Checking the injector and valve height relative to the
head plane:
to. Checking injector lug.
b. Checking the distance between the head face and
the valve: 0.7 – 1.0 mm (max. permitted distance =
1.3 mm).
If the injector lug exceeds the indicated limit, replace the
injector sleeve using tool kit 380003042 and proceed as
follows:
1. Establish distance "A" in tool (3) 292240 with a value
of 9 mm via the ring (5) and block it with the bolt (4).
2. Make an internal thread in the sleeve to be disassem-
bled using tool 292240 (M 12 x 1.75), ensuring that the
thread is only cut into the sleeve.
3. Adjust the tool ( (2), Fig. 3) 293784 to the injector bolts
in the head via nuts (3) (M8 x 1.25).
LAIL11TL1273A0A 1
4. Tighten the part ( (11), Fig. 3) totally in the thread made

previously in the sleeve and tighten the nut ( (1), Fig.
3) to remove the injection sleeve ( (12), Fig. 3) from the
head.
5. Remove any copper residue from inside the head using
tool 292243.
6. Fit new seals ( (6), Fig. 3) to the new injector sleeve
and adjust the head to the holes, ensuring the head is
touching the lower part of the head housing and press
in with punch 293861 (5).
LAIL11TL1274A0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
10.4 [10.101] / 9
7. Place the sleeve ( (12), Fig. 3), on the bush 293746

(10), fix it into its housing tightening the bush ring (9)
clockwise, put the enlarger 293747 (7) into the bush
(10) and enlarge the inner part of the sleeve.
8. Remove the enlarger ( (7), Fig. 3) and loosen the bush
(9) by approximately 10 mm.
9. Tighten the bush ( (9), Fig. 3) manually, or with light
taps with a plastic hammer until the internal body of the
bush (10) 293746 unblocks.
10. Disassemble the bushing, insert the grinder 293790
( (8), Fig. 3) into the bushing, place the latter in the
sleeve (12) and fasten by tightening the bushing (9)
clockwise.
11. Move the bit ( (8), Fig. 3) extracting material until the
housing is perfectly smooth.
12. Assemble the injector holder and check the projection
in relation to the head face.
Disassembly, extraction of residual material, assembly and grinding injector holder sleeve
in head with kit 380003042
LAIL11TL1306F0A 3
1-2-11. Injector holder sleeve extractor 293784 7. Enlarger 293747

3. Injector fixing nuts M 8 x 1.25. 8. Grinder 293790
4. Tool to extract residual material 292243 9-10 Bushes for guide 293746
5. Tool to assemble the injector sleeve 293861 11. Rod
6. O-ring linings 12. Liner
47921938 07/02/2017
10.4 [10.101] / 10
Valves - Adjust of the gap

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Adjustment of the intake and exhaust valves

Adjust the clearance of the intake and exhaust valves
with the engine cold. Use special tool 380000232. The
valve clearance values are described in Valves - Gen-
eral specification (10.101).
LAIL11TL1347A0A 1
3-cylinder engine
Install piston no. 1 at Top Dead Center (TDC) in com-
pression stroke and adjust the clearance of valves A,
B, C, and F. Rotate the crankshaft one turn and adjust
valves D and E.
LAIL11TL1348A0A 2
4-cylinder engine
Install piston no. 1 at TDC in compression stroke and
adjust the clearance of valves A, B, D, and E. Rotate
the crankshaft one turn and adjust valves C, F, G, and
H.
LAIL11TL1349A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.4 [10.101] / 11
Valve guide - Replace

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
NOTICE: Raise and handle all heavy parts using lifting

equipment with sufficient lifting capacity.
Make sure all units and parts are supported by appropriate
belts and hooks.
Make sure that there is no one around the load that is to
be lifted.
With the head on the bench, proceed as follows:
1. With the helical tip 380000222, ream the hole for the
valve guide to be assembled.
2. Position the head on a suitable support and extract the
valve guide to be replaced using a punch 291046 (1).
LAIL11TL1263A0A 1
3. Turn the head and install the new guide with the
widened hole, using punch 291046 (1) and bushing
293231 (2).
LAIL11TL1264A0A 2
4. With the aid of a reamer 292177 (1) grind the guide hole
(2).
LAIL11TL1265A0A 3
NOTE: Whenever you replace the exhaust valve guides,

perform the following operations:
47921938 07/02/2017
10.4 [10.101] / 12
5. Measure the distance "L" between the base of the head

and the base of the valve guide using a pachymeter and
plate (1) of tool No. 294028monitor.
The depth for grinding is given by:
B–L = C
where:
B = Size of end for conical grinding ( Valve seat - Ser-
vice limits (10.101)).
L = Dimension measured between the head base and
the valve guide base.
C = Depth of conical grinding to be performed.
LAIL11TL1266A0A 4
Example (for 4-cylinder model)

B = 43.1 – 43.6 mm
L = 34 mm (measured dimension)
C = ( 43.1 – 43.6 mm) - 34 mm = 9.1 – 9.6 mm
Depth of conical grinding to be performed.
6. Insert, on the top side of the head, the bushing (1) of
tool 294028 in the valve guide (2).
LAIL11TL1267A0A 5
7. Install the grinder (1) of tool 294028 with the limiter (2),
in the bushing positioned in the previous operation until
the grinder makes contact with the valve guide.
LAIL11TL1268A0A 6
8. Position plate (3) of tool 294028 in contact with the

head base. Support the limiter (2) against the same
plate and measure the distance "A" between the limiter
ends and grinder end (1).
LAIL11TL1269A0A 7
47921938 07/02/2017
10.4 [10.101] / 13
9. Move the limiter (1) to distance D = 35.9 – 36.4 mm

from the end of the grinder and lock it with the appro-
priate screw.
Distance "D" is obtained from:
D = A–C
where:
D = Size that determines the end of conical grinder.
A = Distance between the end of the grinder and the
end of the limiter with the plate making contact with the
head.
C = Depth of conical grinding to be performed.
LAIL11TL1270A0A 8
Example:
A = 45.5 mm
C = 9.1 – 9.6 mm
D = 45.5 mm -( 9.1 – 9.6 mm) = 35.9 – 36.4 mm
10. Turn the grinder (2) until the limiter (1) makes contact
with the plate (3).
NOTE: Before assembling the head it must be thoroughly
cleaned to eliminate all work residues.
LAIL11TL1271A0A 9
47921938 07/02/2017
10.4 [10.101] / 14
Valve seat - Regrind

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
“Trim”
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. If the valve support (seat) requires grinding to improve

the valve sealing, use the universal valve grinder
294006 (1) and remove the smallest amount of mate-
rial possible.
LAIL11TL1272A0A 1
Refer to the maximum and minimum acceptable dimen-

sions of the valve seat in Valve seat - Service limits
(10.101).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.4 [10.101] / 15
Index
Engine - 10

Cylinder head - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Cylinder head - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cylinder head Injector cup - Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Valve guide - Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Valve seat - Regrind (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Valve seat - Service limits (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Valves - Adjust of the gap (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Valves - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Valves - Service limits (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.4 [10.101] / 16
Engine - 10
Connecting rods and pistons - 105
47921938 07/02/2017
10.5 [10.105] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Connecting rod and piston

Service limits (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Connecting rod and piston

Connecting rod - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Piston
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Ring - Backlash (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47921938 07/02/2017
10.5 [10.105] / 2
Engine - Connecting rods and pistons
Connecting rod and piston - Service limits

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
LAIL11TL1305F0A 1
Dimensions (mm) of standard pistons, relative pins, and rings.
A. Size to be measured with the rings introduced in E. Piston diameter measured at 57 mm from the
the cylinders. skirting base.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.5 [10.105] / 3
LAIL11TL1299B0A 2
Maximum and minimum connecting rod dimensions
47921938 07/02/2017
10.5 [10.105] / 4
Connecting rod and piston Connecting rod - Inspect

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Before performing any operation, thoroughly clean the

parts.
Refer to the maximum and minimum dimensions of the
connecting rod in Connecting rod and piston - Ser-
vice limits (10.105).
Check if the link conrod bushes (on the piston pin)
did not undergo loosened fastenings and that they are
aligned with the side surfaces.
If necessary, replace the bushes and grind them to the
value of size A.
Dimensions (mm) of link conrods, bush bushings and
standard pins.
Size to obtain with grinding after assembling the bush-
ings - L, M. Lubrication holes.
Check that the link conrod shafts are parallel, the max-
imum acceptable tolerance is ± 0.07 mm measured at
125 mm on the link conrod longitudinal axis.
Smooth deformations may be eliminated with the aid of
a press, otherwise, replace the link conrod.
The new link conrods must be marked with the num-
bers that refer to the cylinders onto which they will be
assembled, making sure that the difference in link con-
rod weights within the same engine does not exceed
25 g.
Also check that the lubrication holes (L and M) of the
connecting rod are free from encrustations or impuri-
ties.
LAIL11TL1256A0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
10.5 [10.105] / 5
Piston - Inspect
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

parts.
Check the wear to the cylinders and pistons using as
reference the values in the table in Engine - General
specification (10.001), as well as the figures below.
When replacing pistons, ensure that the weight differ-
ence between pistons in the same engine does not ex-
ceed 20 g.
Check the play in the rings in the piston housings (b,
Fig. 1) and the gap between the points (c, Fig. 1),
see the values in the table in Engine - General spec-
ification (10.001). If the play between the ring ends
is lower than the normal value, it may be increased
through grinding.
LAIL11TL1301E0A 1
Measuring pistons and relative rings
a. Measure a piston's diameter using size "L" at the Trac- Checking the play between the ends of a ring
skirting base (b = 57 mm). tors introduced in the cylinder.
with
tur-
boc-
har-
ged
engi-
nes
b. Checking play between one ring and the respective
housing.
Consult the maximum and minimum dimensions that

the piston can have in Connecting rod and piston -
Service limits (10.105).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.5 [10.105] / 6
For repair operations where new piston rings (1) need

to be removed/fitted, use pliers 291160 (2).
Assemble the link conrods on the pistons ensuring the
coupling play between the pin and the housing in the
piston is between 0.095 – 0.171 mm.
LAIL11TL1247A0A 2
Check for perfect alignment between the link conrods

and pistons.
If this is not the case, replace the parts causing the
problem.
LAIL11TL1248A0A 3
• Lubricate the pistons, rings, and cylinders before as-

sembling the pistons in the cylinder.
• Also remember that before fitting the belt 380000994
(1) to put the pistons (2) in the cylinder, you must
check that the ring points in the pistons are 180° out
of alignment with each other.
This will assure better compression and better oil seal.
LAIL11TL1249A0A 4
Link conrod cover fixing bolts

If the bolts are being reused, check that diameter "d",
measured at the point indicated by letter "a", is greater
than 10.5 mm: if not, replace the bolts.
NOTE: We advise replacing the bolts every time the conrod
covers are removed.
LAIL11TL1245A0A 5
Next operation:
47921938 07/02/2017
10.5 [10.105] / 7
Checking the play in the ring housings: see the procedures in Piston Ring - Backlash (10.105).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.5 [10.105] / 8
Piston Ring - Backlash

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To check the piston measurement, see the procedures in Piston - Inspect (10.105).
Check the play in the ring housings

1. Clean the rings in the grooves and, using a new ring
and feeler gauges, check if there is wear to the radius of
the piston ring (gap between the ring and the groove).
• Upper compression ring: 0.090 – 0.122 mm

• 2nd compression ring: 0.060 – 0.092 mm
• Oil control ring: 0.040 – 0.075 mm
LAIL11TL1250A0A 1
Maximum groove wear clearance:

• Upper compression ring: 0.050 mm
• 2nd compression ring and oil control ring: 0.020 mm
2. Place a new ring into the cylinder bore and check the
piston ring gap width at the top, middle and bottom of
the bore.
• Top ring 0.40 – 0.65 mm

• Second ring 0.30 – 0.55 mm
• Third ring 0.30 – 0.60 mm LAIL11TL1251A0A 2
• Maximum wear gap – 1.20 mm
NOTE: In a worn cylinder, ring gap should be checked at
the bottom of cylinder.
Next operation:
To fit the pistons in their liners, see the procedures in Piston - Assemble (10.105).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.5 [10.105] / 9
Piston - Assemble
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Checking the play in the ring housings: see the procedures in Piston Ring - Backlash (10.105).
Proceed as follows:
1. Lubricate the pistons, rings, and cylinders with engine
oil before performing the assembly.
2. Using pliers 291160, fit the rings in the piston housing
and once the pistons are assembled, ensure that the
ends are 180° out of alignment.
3. Assemble tool number 380000994 (1) (belt) and use to
fit the pistons (2) into the cylinders, taking care not to
change the alignment of the ring points mentioned in
the previous paragraph.
4. Mount the pistons complete with the conrods in the
LAIL11TL1252A0A 1
base, checking that the number of the conrod corre-
sponds to the number of the cylinder and that the num-
ber marked on the conrod is facing the opposite side
with regard to the camshaft.
5. Position the conrod covers (1) complete with the re-
spective bushings and tighten the fixing bolts (2) to a
LAIL11TL1253A0A 2
6. Using tool number 380000304 (1), tighten each screw

(2) securing the covers of the conrods another 60°.
LAIL11TL1254A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.5 [10.105] / 10
Check the piston projection in relation to the block.

Using a calibration gauge with magnetic base (1), check
if the projection of the upper plane of the pistons (2)
in relation to the face of the block is within the toler-
ance specified in 0.355 – 0.761 mm (pistons above the
block).
LAIL11TL1255A0A 4
47921938 07/02/2017
10.5 [10.105] / 11
Index
Engine - 10

Connecting rod and piston - Service limits (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Connecting rod and piston Connecting rod - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Piston - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Piston - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Piston Ring - Backlash (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47921938 07/02/2017
10.5 [10.105] / 12
Engine - 10
Crankshaft and flywheel - 103
47921938 07/02/2017
10.6 [10.103] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Crankshaft
Service limits (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Engine flywheel
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Crankshaft oil seal
Front seal - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Front seal - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Crankshaft
Journal - Backlash (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47921938 07/02/2017
10.6 [10.103] / 2
Engine - Crankshaft and flywheel
Crankshaft - Service limits

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
LAIL11TL1303F0A 1
Maximum acceptable tolerances on the main bushings and link conrods
a. 3-cylinder engine d. Main seat radius

b. 4-cylinder engines e. Thrust bushing seat radius
Trac-
tors
with
tur-
boc- Connecting rod seat radius
har-
ged
engi-
nes
47921938 07/02/2017
10.6 [10.103] / 3
LAIL11TL1304F0A 2
Maximum tolerances for aligning the main bushing seats relative to those of the link conrod
b. Mod. 3 cylinder A. and Support positions for the comparing gauge to check
B. perpendicularity and centering of the flywheel coupling
flange.
Trac- Mod. 4 cylinder D. Maximum permissible difference of crankshaft warping,
tors supported on the end seats.
with
tur-
boc-
har-
ged
engi-
nes
47921938 07/02/2017
10.6 [10.103] / 4
Engine flywheel - Assemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Assembling tappets, crankshaft, bushings, and separators: see the procedures in Crankshaft - Assemble (10.103) .
The flywheel is fastened to the crankshaft with self-lock-

ing bolts and on the engine side contains the starter ring
gear (rack), hot-fastened.
If necessary, replace the rack. To refit it, heat it in oil at
a temperature of 80 – 90 °C and guide the angle of the
teeth from inside (starter motor side).
Assembly of the flywheel on the crankshaft has a fixed
position; the holes for the fixing bolts are rightly out of
alignment.
• Lubricate the bolts that fix the flywheel to the engine
with engine oil and tighten them with a torque meter
to the torque indicated in Engine - Torque (10.001)
.
Engine flywheel fixing bolts

If the bolts are being reused, check that diameter "d"
(measured at point "a") is greater than 11.5 mm: if not,
replace them.
LAIL11TL1221A0A 1
Rear cover with the seal joint and the engine flywheel
Proceed as follows:
1. Fit the rear cover (3) with the respective external seal
joint, tighten the fixing bolts (2) with a torque of 25 N·m
(18.44 lb ft), ensuring with feeler gauges (1), that the
crankshaft flange is coaxial with the cover.
LAIL11TL1213A0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
10.6 [10.103] / 5
2. Install the rear retainer with tool no. 50139monitor.
LAIL11TL1214A0A 3
3. Fit the flywheel and tighten the fixing bolts (1) with a
LAIL11TL1215A0A 4
4. Then, using tool no. 380000304 (1), tighten each fly-

wheel fixing bolt (2) a further 60°.
LAIL11TL1216A0A 5
47921938 07/02/2017
10.6 [10.103] / 6
Crankshaft oil seal Front seal - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Front crankshaft oil retainer

1. Remove the air filter following procedures described in
Air cleaner - Remove (10.202).
2. Remove the radiator following the procedures de-
scribed in Radiator - Remove (10.400).
3. Remove the fan following the procedures described in
Fan and drive - Remove (10.414).
4. Loosen the retention bolts (1) and remove the pulley
from the crankshaft.
LAIL11TL1237A0A 1
5. Straighten the projection on the back-up washer, secur-

ing the crankshaft against rotation and loosen the nut
(1).
LAIL11TL1238A0A 2
6. Remove the pulley hub from the crankshaft with tool

380000226 (1) and extract the woodruff key.
LAIL11TL1239A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.6 [10.103] / 7
7. Remove the oil seal from its seat.
LAIL11TL1240A0A 4
Next operation:
Installation of the front crankshaft retainer: see procedures in Crankshaft oil seal Front seal - Install (10.103).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.6 [10.103] / 8
Crankshaft oil seal Front seal - Install

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Install the oil seal following the reverse order of pro-

cedures described in Crankshaft oil seal Front seal -
Remove (10.103).
2. Reinstall the crankshaft hub and the retention nut using
tool 380000226 (1). Incline the projection on the safety
nut.
3. Reinstall the fan following the reverse order of proce-
dures described in Fan and drive - Remove (10.414).
4. Reinstall the control belt and adjust the tension follow-
ing the procedures described in Fan and drive - Ten-
sion adjust (10.414).
5. Install the radiator following the reverse order of proce-
dures described in Radiator - Install (10.400).
LAIL11TL1239A0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
10.6 [10.103] / 9
Crankshaft Journal - Backlash

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Check if the existing play between the seats and relative

bushes with calibrated wire proceeding as follows:
1. Make sure all parts are perfectly clean and have no oil
marks.
2. Place the bushings in the housings (5).
3. Install the crankshaft according to the procedures in
Crankshaft - Assemble (10.103).
4. Arrange a piece of calibrated wire (6) on the seats (4)
of the crankshaft parallel to the longitudinal axis.
5. Assemble the covers (1) complete with bushings (2) in
the block. LAIL11TL1218A0A 1
6. Lubricate the bushing cover fixing bolts with engine oil

and tighten them with a torque meter to the indicated
torque Engine - Torque (10.001).
Bushing cover fixing bolts

If reusing the bolts, check that diameter "d" (measured
as indicated in Fig. 2, region "a") is greater than
13.5 mm: if not, replace the bolts.
1. Disassemble the bushing covers and determine the ex-
isting play between the cover and the seats comparing
the width of the calibrated wire at the point of highest
crushing with the graded scale on the envelope ( (3),
Fig. 1) containing the wire.
2. After refitting the crankshaft in the block and fixing it
with the bearings, use a calibrator gauge (1) to check
the axial play at the penultimate bearing.
• If the clearance exceeds that indicated in Engine - LAIL11TL1219A0A 2
General specification (10.001), replace the thrust
bushing.
LAIL11TL1220A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.6 [10.103] / 10
Index
Engine - 10

Crankshaft - Service limits (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Crankshaft Journal - Backlash (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Crankshaft oil seal Front seal - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Crankshaft oil seal Front seal - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Engine flywheel - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47921938 07/02/2017
10.6 [10.103] / 11
47921938 07/02/2017
10.6 [10.103] / 12
Engine - 10
Balancer and damper - 110
47921938 07/02/2017
10.7 [10.110] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Balancer
Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Balancer
Service instruction (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Timing adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47921938 07/02/2017
10.7 [10.110] / 2
Engine - Balancer and damper
Balancer - Sectional view

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
LAIL11TL1393E0A 1
1. Separators 15. Suction pipe fixing bolt

2. Locking ring 16. Bushing
3. Bushing (28) lubrication tube 17. Connection sleeve
4. Counterweight support shaft 18. Locking ring
5. Shaft retention spring pin 19. Separator
6. Counterweight drive gear (13) support 20. Gear (22) support
7. Separator 21. Separator
8. Counterweights 22. Counterweight drive movement take off gear
9. Counterweight drive gear 23. Seal cover
10. Fixing bolts from the counterweight box to the 24. O-Ring
block
11. Locking ring 25. Locking ring
12. Counterweight box 26. Transmission gear
13. Counterweight drive gear 27. Gear (26) support shaft
14. Suction tube 28. Bushing
47921938 07/02/2017
10.7 [10.110] / 3
Balancer - Service instruction

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Checks, measurements, and repairs

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A

parts.
Check component wear and replace the damaged
ones.
In case of replacement, the rotary counterweight bush-
ings must be fastened to their respective housings af-
ter heating the counterweights in oil at a temperature of
140 – 160°.
Grind the inside of the replaced bushings using widen-
ers with expansible blades. Note the play indicated in
table Engine - General specification (10.001).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.7 [10.110] / 4
Balancer - Remove
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Dynamic balancer with rotating counterweights

To remove the balancer assembly with the engine fitted
on the tractor, proceed as follows:
1. Remove the oil pump along with the strainer.
2. Loosen the bolts securing the balancer assembly and
slide the assembly towards the flywheel side until the
shaft (1) moves away from the fixed coupling (2).
3. Remove the balancer assembly.
LAIL11TL1356A0A 1
Next operation:
Removing the dynamic balancer, see the procedures in Balancer - Disassemble (10.110).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.7 [10.110] / 5
Balancer - Disassemble
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
Always use suitable tools to align mating parts. DO NOT use your hand or fingers.
Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
C0044A
Prior operation:
Removing the dynamic balancer, see the procedures in Balancer - Remove (10.110).
1. Remove the cotter pins (1) and disassemble the weight

shaft through punch blows.
2. Disassemble the drive gear (2) by removing the circlip
(3) and the bolts (4) that secure the housing.
3. Disassemble the idler gear (5) by removing the circlip
(6).
LAIL11TL1357A0A 1
Mounting
1. To assemble, follow the steps for disassembly in the
reverse order.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.7 [10.110] / 6
Balancer - Timing adjust

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Check the parts for wear, replacing damaged parts, and

remove burrs from the exchanged bushings. Weight
bushings must be fitted in their housings after heating
the weights in oil at a temperature of 140 – 160 °C.
2. When reassembling the part, the gear (5) and the
weights (8) must be positioned according to the marks
indicated by the arrows.
Observe that:
• The weight drive idler gear (5) must have the longer
part of the hub facing the case wall.
• The holes for the pins, made on the shaft (7), must
be aligned with the corresponding holes on case. LAIL11TL1358A0A 1
When refitting the contra-rotating mass unit, timing is
undertaken as follows:
1. Position piston No. 1 at top dead center.
2. Secure the mechanical transmission (9), matching the
reference marks as shown in Figure 1.
3. Lock the weights in the correct installation position with
the pin (1), checking the correspondence of the refer-
ence marks.
4. Fit the transmission coupling (2) and lock the assembly,
tightening the bolts to the specified torque.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.7 [10.110] / 7
Index
Engine - 10

Balancer - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Balancer - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Balancer - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Balancer - Service instruction (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Balancer - Timing adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47921938 07/02/2017
10.7 [10.110] / 8
Engine - 10
Pump drives - 114
47921938 07/02/2017
10.8 [10.114] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
Pump drives - 114
SERVICE
Crankcase gears
Gear tooth contact (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Timing adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Check synchronization (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47921938 07/02/2017
10.8 [10.114] / 2
Engine - Pump drives
Crankcase gears - Gear tooth contact

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Before removing the timing gear, use a calibration

gauge or feeler gauge to measure the backlash be-
tween each set of gears.
Rotate the gears and check the backlash at four equal
points on the gears.
If the backlash exceeds 0.160 mm, the gears need to
be replaced.
LAIL11TL1338A0A 1
Next operation:
To remove the idler shaft gear, see the procedures in Crankcase gears - Remove (10.114).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.8 [10.114] / 3
Crankcase gears - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To check the gear teeth contact, see the procedures in Crankcase gears - Gear tooth contact (10.114).
1. Remove the lock ring and the spacer (1) and the (3).
Hub idler gear (2).
LAIL11TL1339A0A 1
2. Remove three bolts (1) and the cap hub.
LAIL11TL1340A0A 2
Next operation:
For the installation and synchronization of the distribution gears, see the procedures in Crankcase gears - Timing
adjust (10.114).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.8 [10.114] / 4
Crankcase gears - Timing adjust

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To remove the idler shaft gear, see the procedures in Crankcase gears - Remove (10.114).
1. If the rear cover was removed, thoroughly clean the

mating surfaces between the cover and engine block,
using a suitable solvent cleaner and apply a thin coat of
grease to the engine block and assemble the cover to
the engine and tighten the retaining bolts to the speci-
fied torque.
2. Rotate the flywheel to PMS1 position before assem-
bling the timing gears.
3. Assemble the camshaft, thrust washer, flange, and
camshaft gear and tighten the two bolts to specified
torque.
LAIL11TL1341A0A 1
4. Install the Feed Pump Drive Gear by following the re-

moval procedure in reverse.
5. Install the idler gear on the block, aligning the timing
marks 1-1, 2-2, and 3-3 to the crankshaft gear, the
camshaft drive gear, and the supply pump drive gear
respectively.
NOTE: Ensure that the flywheel is positioned at the PMS1
mark while aligning the timing marks.
6. Install the fuel injection pump drive gear by aligning
mark 4-4 to the supply pump drive gear when the idler
gear is aligned with other gears as mentioned in step 5.
7. Tighten the fuel injection pump drive gear bolt to the
specified torque. Install the hydraulic drive gear by in-
verting the removal procedure.
8. Replace new gaskets between timing cover and
hydraulic and power steering pump flange before
installing pump.
LAIL11TL1342A0A 2
Next operation:
For the play between the valves and rocker arms, see the procedures in Rocker arm - Adjust the clearance between
the valves and rockers (10.106).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.8 [10.114] / 5
Crankcase gears - Check synchronization

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
If after installing, removing, or servicing the distribution

assemblies, you need to check the distribution diagram,
follow the steps below:
1. Check synchronization of the distribution gears in-
dicated in topic: Crankcase gears - Timing adjust
(10.114).
2. Temporarily adjust the play between the valves and the
rocker arms to 0.45 mm.
3. Keep turning the crankshaft on a graduated scale un-
til valve opening and closing match the angle values
shown in Fig. 1.
4. Adjust the operating play between the valves and
rocker arms as indicated on Rocker arm - Adjust the BRAG11TR0106LUE 1
clearance between the valves and rockers (10.106).
Distribution diagram
A. Fixed anticipation (*) (start of injection)
1. T.D.C.
2. B.D.C.
3. Intake
4. Exhaust
5. Fuel injection
* Consult the table in Engine - General specification
(10.001) on the base for the type of engine and pump
installed in the tractor.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.8 [10.114] / 6
Index
Engine - 10
Pump drives - 114

Crankcase gears - Check synchronization (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Crankcase gears - Gear tooth contact (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Crankcase gears - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Crankcase gears - Timing adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47921938 07/02/2017
10.8 [10.114] / 7
47921938 07/02/2017
10.8 [10.114] / 8
Engine - 10
Lift pump and lines - 210
47921938 07/02/2017
10.9 [10.210] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
SERVICE
Fuel lift pump

Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47921938 07/02/2017
10.9 [10.210] / 2
Engine - Lift pump and lines
Fuel lift pump - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
NOTE: Before removing the pump, check that the areas around the feed pump are clean.
1. Close the fuel entry recorder (1).
BRAG11TR0099LUE 1
2. Disconnect the fuel intake and return lines from the feed
pump.
3. Loosen the two nuts (1) securing the feed pump to
the mounting bracket and remove the feed pump. Re-
move the gasket between the feed pump and mounting
bracket.
BRAG11TR0100LUE 2
Installation
4. To install the transfer pump, follow the procedures for
its removal in reverse order.
Next operation:
Feed pump disassembly: see procedures in Fuel lift pump - Disassemble (10.210).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.9 [10.210] / 3
Fuel lift pump - Disassemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Removing the transfer pump, see procedures in Fuel lift pump - Remove (10.210).
1. Loosen the butterfly nut, open the screen cap (1) and
remove the screen (2).
LAIL11TL1290A0A 1
2. Loosen the screws and remove the supply pump head

(1).
LAIL11TL1291A0A 2
3. Remove the nylon cup (1) using the appropriate tool.
LAIL11TL1292A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.9 [10.210] / 4
4. Remove the diaphragm assembly by pressing and turn-

ing 90° clockwise or anti-clockwise.
LAIL11TL1293A0A 4
5. Remove the spacer (1) from the diaphragm assembly.
LAIL11TL1294A0A 5
Mounting
For assembly, follow the disassembly procedure in re-
verse.
Next operation:
Inspecting the fuel transfer pump, see the procedures in Fuel lift pump - Inspect (10.210).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.9 [10.210] / 5
Fuel lift pump - Inspect

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To remove the transfer pump, see procedures in Fuel lift pump - Disassemble (10.210).
1. Check diaphragm for damage, cuts, or cracks. Replace

diaphragm assembly if necessary.
2. Check the rubber valves and nylon cup O-ring and head
for damage. If necessary, replace the nylon cup and
O-ring.
LAIL11TL1295A0A 1
Next operation:
Assembling the transfer pump, see procedures in Fuel lift pump - Disassemble (10.210).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.9 [10.210] / 6
Index
Engine - 10

Fuel lift pump - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fuel lift pump - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fuel lift pump - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.9 [10.210] / 7
47921938 07/02/2017
10.9 [10.210] / 8
Engine - 10
Fuel injection system - 218
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Fuel injection system

FUNCTIONAL DATA
Fuel injection system

Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
Rotary injection pump

Bleed (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Timing adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Timing adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Fuel injectors
Replace injector sleeves (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 2
Engine - Fuel injection system
Fuel injection system - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
TT3840 TT3840F TT3880F TT4030

Turbocompressor
GARRET type TA3118 - 0.82 A/R 57
With incorporated rotating distributor and automatic
Injection pump
advance regulator
VE 3/11F
BOSCH pump 1250 L 163 -
- 4794586
DELPHI pump - DELPHI DP 150
Direction of rotation Anti-clockwise
Injection order 1-2-3 1-3-4-2
Injetores
BOSCH type 4800029
Injector port type 4791124 -
Injector type 4800030
DELPHI type
Injector port type - KBEL83S35
Injector type
Number of holes 3 5
Diameter of injector holes 0.350 mm 0.230 mm 0.250 mm
Calibration pressure 230 –
258.3 – 268.5 bar
242 bar
BOSCH pump injection piping
FPT/Cartec FPT/Cartec FPT/Cartec (
Type 4797506 -
(504388200) (504388201) 5801445643)
6 mm x 6 mm x 6 mm x 6 mm x
Tube size 1.5 mm x 1.5 mm x 1.5 mm x 1.8 mm x
475 mm 540 mm 540 mm 540 mm
Bomba da alimentação
Control shaft eccentricity 3.000 mm
Control shaft diameter corresponding to the bushes 31.975 – 32.000 mm
Internal diameter of bushes installed and finished in
32.050 – 32.075 mm
the housing
Interference between bushes and the housings 0.063 – 0.140 mm
Assembly play between the shaft and bushings 0.050 – 0.100 mm
Internal washer thickness 1.450 – 1.500 mm
External washer thickness 2.930 – 3.000 mm
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 3
Fuel injection system - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
The fuel system consists of a reservoir, a feed pump, filters, a rotary injection pump, injectors, and tubing. The fuel
injection pump is pressure-fed from the feed pump. The fuel flows from the fuel tank to the sediment separator filter,
passes the feed pump, and continues to the filter. From the filter, the fuel continues to the injection pump, and then
to the injectors. The injection pump supplies extra fuel to lubricate and cool the injectors. The excess fuel returns to
the fuel tank, by means of the return line from the injectors.
Feed pump
A suction pump for the diaphragm is located between the tank and the primary fuel filter. The pump draws fuel from
the tank via the sediments (incorporated in lift pump) and passes fuel under pressure to the primary and secondary
fuel filters and onto the fuel injection pump.
Fuel filters
Rotary-type fuel filters located on the right-hand side of the engine receive the fuel from the suction pump. From the
filter head, the fuel is diverted through the filter element and into the base chamber. The filtered fuel then rises through
the central tube of the element to the filter head outlet, continuing to the injection pump.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 4
Rotary injection pump - Bleed

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Synchronisation of injection pump, see procedures in Rotary injection pump - Timing adjust (10.218).
1. Loosen the plug (1) in the first filter.
LAIL11TL1325A0A 1
2. Activate the lever (1) on the injection pump until fuel

flows out from the filter hole without air bubbles, then
retighten the plug ( (1), Fig. 1).
LAIL11TL1326A0A 2
3. Loosen the nut (1) on the injection pipe, start the engine
and having ensured no more air bubbles are coming
out, tighten the nut (1).
LAIL11TL1327A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 5
Rotary injection pump - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
1. Remove the exhaust tube and open the hood.

3. Remove the protection screen (1) by loosening the
three fixing bolts on the right-hand side of the blower.
LAIL11TL1275A0A 1
4. Remove the throttle control return spring (1) and re-

move the throttle lever (2).
LAIL11TL1276A0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 6
5. Loosen the clamp (1) and disconnect the flexible tube

(2) connected to the cold start device.
LAIL11TL1277A0A 3
6. Disconnect the electric wires (1) from the starter motor

solenoid.
LAIL11TL1278A0A 4
7. Loosen the connections (1) from the supply pump and

the connection (2) from the injection pump.
LAIL11TL1279A0A 5
8. Loosen the connections from the fuel filter and remove

tubes (1) and (2).
LAIL11TL1280A0A 6
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 7
9. Loosen the nuts from the injection pump to injector con-

necting tubes (1) and remove the tubes.
LAIL11TL1281A0A 7
10. Loosen the fixing bolts (1) from the injection pump
control gear cover (2).
LAIL11TL1282A0A 8
11. Remove the access cover to the flywheel rack (1).
LAIL11TL1283A0A 9
12. Turn the flywheel with appropriate means until the two
reference signs (4) marked on gears (1) and (2) match
up.
LAIL11TL1284A0A 10
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 8
13. Loosen the nut (1) fixing the injection pump shaft to
the respective drive gear.
LAIL11TL1285A0A 11
14. Loosen the fixing nuts (1) from the distribution gear
box pump.
LAIL11TL1286A0A 12
15. Extract the injection pump drive gear (1) using extrac-
tor 380000322 (2).
LAIL11TL1287A0A 13
16. Remove the injection pump (1).
NOTE: On TT3840 and TT3840F models the fuel filter has

to be removed before the injection pump.
LAIL11TL1288A0A 14
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 9
17. Remove the gasket (1), the spacer (2) and the gasket
(3).
LAIL11TL1289A0A 15
Next operation:
To remove the transfer pump, see procedures in Fuel lift pump - Disassemble (10.210).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 10
Rotary injection pump - Install

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Removal of fuel injection pump, see procedures in Rotary injection pump - Remove (10.218).
1. Reassemble the injection pump drive gear matching

the synchronisation references marked on the gears
and fasten with the correct nut. Fix the pump to the
support with the three nuts.
2. Reassemble the gear cover.
3. Reassemble the two semi-rigid tubes connecting the
injection pump/filter and supply pump/filter.
4. To make it easier, first fasten the connections to the
filter.
5. Assemble the engine stopping cable. Reassemble the
high pressure tubes to the pump and injectors.
6. Reassemble the injection pump throttle control lever
articulation spring. Reassemble all the flexible tubes
that were disassembled before.
7. Reinstall the access cover to the flywheel rack.
8. Reassemble the protection screen on the RH side of
the fan.
9. Reconnect the negative battery cable.
10. Close the hood and reassemble the exhaust tube.
Next operation:
Adjust synchronization of injection pump, see procedures in Rotary injection pump - Timing adjust (10.218).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 11
Rotary injection pump - Timing adjust

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Installation of injection pump, see procedures in Rotary injection pump - Install (10.218).
BOSCH injection pump

If the engine is running irregularly, if reference signs (1)
are missing or if doubts arise about its accuracy, the
pump must be synchronised as follows:
1. Loosen the connections from the injection pump to in-
jector connecting tubes and remove the tubes.
LAIL11TL1099A0A 1
2. Remove injection pump gear cover.
LAIL11TL1100A0A 2
3. Check the reference numbers marked on gears (1) and

(2) match.
4. Remove the flywheel inspection cover (1).
LAIL11TL1101A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 12
5. Turn the crankshaft so it lifts cylinder no. 1 to TDC

(compression phase).
LAIL11TL1102A0A 4
6. Check through the flywheel inspection hole that the

alignment of the reference arrow with the degree mark
is of:
Motor TT 3840/3840F (3 cilindros) = 5 – 7°
7. With the injection pump installed in the respective hous-
ing and fixing bolts loose, remove the plug (1) installed
in the pump body.
8. Install the calibrator 380000228 ( (1), Fig. 7) and the
tool 380000229 (2), pre-loading the calibrator to ap-
proximately 2.5 mm.
9. Then slowly turn the flywheel backwards until lifting the
pumping element (of the injection pump) to BDC in the LAIL11TL1311A0A 5
start of pumping position (made evident by the compar-
ing gauge arrow that stops lowering).
10. Set the comparing gauge arrow to zero and slowly
turn the flywheel to the right (seen from the fan side)
until reaching the reference index corresponding to
the degree marking on the flywheel.
11. Check on the calibrator gauge if the pumping element
travel is 1 mm, if not, loosen the pump fixing bolts.
12. Turn the pump anti-clockwise if travel is lower and
clockwise if travel is higher until obtaining the specified
travel.
13. Once these conditions have been reached, tighten LAIL11TL1312A0A 6
the pump fixing nuts ( (1), Fig. 12, Rotary injection
pump - Remove (10.218)) with a torque of 25 N·m
(18.44 lb ft).
14. Mark pump point references ( (1), Fig. 1) on the hous-
ing, on the pump and on the interface spacer.
15. Remove the calibrator 380000228 (1) and the tool
380000229 (2), refit the cover, tightening it to a torque
of 8 – 10 N·m (5.90 – 7.38 lb ft).
16. Reassemble the other parts proceeding in the inverted
order in relation to the operations.
LAIL11TL1313A0A 7
Next operation:
Bleeding injection pump, see procedures in Rotary injection pump - Bleed (10.218).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 13
Rotary injection pump - Timing adjust

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
1. Make a plate (1) to hold the injection pump in a vice.

Use a metal sheet 6 mm thick, 126 mm wide and
200 mm long.
2. Make a 50 mm diameter hole, 63 mm from the point
and 63 mm from the sides,
3. Insert the front (shaft point) of the injection pump into
the 50 mm hole in the plate. Using the installation holes
as a template, make three marks on the plate
4. Drill three holes 9.5 mm in diameter in the plate.
BRAG11TR0110LUE 1
5. Fix the fitting plate (1) in the vice. Fix the injection pump
(2) onto the bolt using the three bolts 5/16 x 1 in and
nuts.
6. Put the Woodruff key on a firm surface on the bench.
Using a punch, make a small mark on both sides of
the key. This will guarantee the pump shaft is firmly
fixed and prevent the key coming out of the shaft when
installing the pump on the engine.
7. Install the Woodruff key in the channel in the pump
shaft, ensuring it is correctly and firmly positioned.
BRAG11TR0111LUE 2
8. Power the KSB solenoid to remove the cold start syn-

chronization advance as follows:
9. Using a battery 12 V and power cables, connect the
positive terminal of the battery to the KSB solenoid (1)
(cold start advance) and the negative terminal of the
battery to a clean unpainted part of the body or the
manufactured support plate. (2)
BRAG11TR0112LUE 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 14
10. At this point the advance arm of the KSB on the side of
the sump (1) will be positioned on the rear part of the
pump, away from the limiter (2). When the advance
arm is in this position, the cam ring on the advance
pump 6° prevents cold start. The KSB solenoid must
remain powered at 12 V until the synchronisation ad-
vance is clear, before proceeding. With the battery
totally charged this will take about 5 min to happen.
BRAG11TR0113LUE 4
11. After 5 min, the advance arm (1) will have moved for-
wards in the pump, almost reaching the limiter (2).
The KSB solenoid should remain powered at 12 V dur-
ing the rest of the adjustment procedure. The cold
start advance is now totally clear, and you can pro-
ceed with the rest of the test.
BRAG11TR0114LUE 5
12. Obtain two tightening nuts M14x1.50 mm locally.

Thread both the nuts (1) onto the pump shaft (2), then
tighten them using two 22 mm spanners.
BRAG11TR0115LUE 6
13. Using the same spanner as on the internal nut, turn

the pump shaft anti-clockwise (starting form the front
of the pump) until the Woodruff key (1) is aligned
slightly before the synchronisation mark on the piston
(1) in the body of the pump (2).
NOTE: On turning the pump shaft there will be a restriction
on the piston in the pump that raises and lowers the cam
lobes on the cam plate. The pump shaft will stop and there
will be no restriction in it when turned to the correct position
with the key positioned slightly before the synchronisation
mark. It is very important to turn the pump shaft anti-clock-
wise when adjusting this pump.
BRAG11TR0116LUE 7
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 15
14. Using a spanner 12 mm remove the piston access

plug (1) from the centre of the pump rear cover.
BRAG11TR0117LUE 8
15. Install the adapter in the synchronisation tool (1) into

the injection pump and the pin 380001601 in the ac-
cess point to the piston. Tighten the adapter using a
spanner 16 mm.
BRAG11TR0118LUE 9
16. Insert the calibration gauge 380000228 (1), into the

adapter in the synchronisation tool (2). Pre-load the
calibration gauge to 2.5 mm and turn the adjustment
ring on the calibration gauge (3) to zero.
NOTE: At this point the pump shaft is positioned withe the
Woodruff key slightly before the synchronisation mark on
the case. On turning the shaft slightly back you may see
the gauge needle move to zero, but this should not happen.
If the needle falls to zero, readjust the ring to zero with the
shaft in this position. This will guarantee that the piston
inside the pump is at the dead point, halfway between the
cam lobes.
BRAG11TR0119LUE 10
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 16
17. Using a 10 mm, loosen the locking bolt (1) from the
shaft, located in the side of the injection pump. Re-
move the shim plate (2) from behind the head of this
bolt.
NOTE: Keep the shim for reinstallation behind the synchro-
nisation adjustment bolt after the pump is installed in the
motor. Leave the synchronisation adjustment bolt loose for
now.
18. Install a 10 mm socket in the activator and tighten to
a torque of 34 N·m.
19. While watching the gauge needle, slowly turn the
pump shaft anti clockwise. The pump piston will start
to raise the cam lobe and the calibration gauge will BRAG11TR0120LUE 11
go to zero. When the comparison gauge reaches
the correct synchronisation mark (check the following
table), hold the shaft carefully in position and tighten
the synchronisation bolt, without locking it, to a torque
of 34 N·m.
Model TDC Synchronisation

TT3840 1.44 – 1.50 mm
20. Remove the lightening nuts (1) from the point of the
shaft while checking that the comparison gauge nee-
dle does not move. If this happens it means the shaft
turns and needs to be readjusted. The synchronisa-
tion bolt (2) will hold the pump shaft in the correct place
for the time needed to install the pump in the engine.
21. Disconnect the power cables from the battery 12 V.
22. Remove the comparison gauge and the synchronisa-
tion tool adapter. Without tightening it, install the pis-
ton access outlet now, because the engine synchro-
nisation pump will need to be checked after the pump
is installed in the engine.
BRAG11TR0121LUE 12
23. Remove the injection pump from the support plate.

Install the pump following the procedures in Rotary
injection pump - Install (10.218).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 17
Fuel injectors - Replace injector sleeves

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
If the cylinder head has been machined, check that the

fuel injector projection is the projection shown in the
figure to the side.
• Injector projection: 0.05 – 0.70 mm
• Maximum permissible projection: 1.00 mm
If projection is more than 1.00 mm, replace the injector
sleeve as follows:
1. Fasten the extractor sleeves (Special tool No.
293784 (1) to the fixing nuts of the head (2) on the
retainer studs of the injector.
2. Rotate the nut (3) to extract the sleeve (4) from its
housing on the head. LAIL11TL1386A0A 1
Installing a new sleeve

1. Install O-rings (2) on the sleeve. Insert the sleeve in the
housing using Special Tool 380000834. Make sure that
the lower part is in contact with the seat of the head.
LAIL11TL1387B0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 18
2. Position the special tool 380000830 (1) in the new

sleeve. Secure the bushing in the seat by tightening
the nut (2) counter-clockwise. Insert the special tool
380000831 (3) in the bushing (1) and then in the lower
part of the sleeve.
LAIL11TL1388B0A 3
3. Remove the tool 380000831. Fit the tool 380000833

(1) to adjust the seat of the injector so that the surface
is smooth and free of burrs or tool marks.
LAIL11TL1389B0A 4
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 19
4. Insert the injector in the sleeve and check that the pro-
jection is between 0.05 – 0.7 mm.
LAIL11TL1390B0A 5
Next operation:
Assembling the injector sleeves, see the procedures in Fuel injectors - Assemble (10.218).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 20
Fuel injectors - Assemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Injector leak tests: consult the procedures in Fuel injectors - Leakage test (10.218).
Proceed as follows:
1. Assemble the injectors (2) in their respective housings.
2. Position the supports and assemble the base ball
washers.
BRAG11TR0102LUE 1
3. Tighten the nuts (1) manually until they touch the ball
washers and use a torque meter to tighten them to the
indicated torque in two successive stages:
• 1st stage: tighten the nuts to 10 N·m (7.38 lb ft)
• 2nd stage: tighten the nuts to 25 N·m (18.44 lb ft)
4. Tighten the injector return tube.
5. Tighten the fixing nut from the high pressure tubes to
the injectors.
LAIL11TL1337A0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 21
Index
Engine - 10

Fuel injection system - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fuel injection system - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Fuel injectors - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Fuel injectors - Replace injector sleeves (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Rotary injection pump - Bleed (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Rotary injection pump - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Rotary injection pump - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Rotary injection pump - Timing adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Rotary injection pump - Timing adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
47921938 07/02/2017
10.10 [10.218] / 22
Engine - 10
Air cleaners and lines - 202
47921938 07/02/2017
10.11 [10.202] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
SERVICE
Air cleaner
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.11 [10.202] / 2
Engine - Air cleaners and lines
Air cleaner - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Remove the exhaust tube and open the hood.

3. Remove the left- and right-hand safety guards (1) from
around the fan.
LAIL11TL1371A0A 1
4. Remove the hose clamp, separate the lower hose from

the radiator (1) and drain the coolant.
LAIL11TL1372A0A 2
5. Remove the ground cable fixing screw from the front

axle (1).
6. Disconnect the electrical leads from the horn.
LAIL11TL1373A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.11 [10.202] / 3
7. Disconnect the electrical leads from the air filter restric-

tion sensor (1).
LAIL11TL1374A0A 4
8. Remove the intake manifold hose clamp (1).
LAIL11TL1375A0A 5
9. Remove the air filter hose clamp (1).
LAIL11TL1376A0A 6
10. Remove the air filter restriction sensor (1) and retrieve
the tubing.
LAIL11TL1377A0A 7
47921938 07/02/2017
10.11 [10.202] / 4
11. Loosen the clamp and disconnect the tube (1) which
connects the air filter to the exhaust aspirator.
LAIL11TL1378A0A 8
47921938 07/02/2017
10.11 [10.202] / 5
Index
Engine - 10

Air cleaner - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.11 [10.202] / 6
Engine - 10
Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler - 254
47921938 07/02/2017
10.12 [10.254] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler

47921938 07/02/2017
10.12 [10.254] / 2
Engine - Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler
Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
TT3840 TT3840F TT3880F TT4030

Through dry air filter with dual cartridge, light indicator for clogged
Air filtering
centrifugal pre-filter and automatic dust discharge
Feed Pump With dual membrane
Through screen filter at the feeding pump, one filter with
Fuel filtering
replaceable cartridge at the injection pump feed
Minimum fuel capacity with rotary control shaft
100 l/hour
at 1600 RPM
Cam controlled Driven by the engine distribution
BOSCH injection pump With rotary distributor
Speed regulator, at all speeds, incorporated
With centrifugal mass
into BOSCH and DELPHI pumps
Automatic speed variator, incorporated in
Hydraulic
BOSCH and DELPHI pump
47921938 07/02/2017
10.12 [10.254] / 3
Index
Engine - 10

Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.12 [10.254] / 4
Engine - 10
Engine cooling system - 400
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine cooling system

FUNCTIONAL DATA
Engine cooling system

Engine cooling system - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Water pump
Component localization (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE
Radiator
Cap - Service instruction (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Water pump
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Coolant thermostat
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 2
CONSUMABLES INDEX

AGRIFLU
AGRIFLU
Loctite® 242® Water pump - Overhaul 10.13 / 14
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 3
Engine - Engine cooling system
Engine cooling system - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
TT3840 TT3840F TT3880F TT4030

Cooling Water circulation
Three rows of vertical tubes with Four rows of vertical copper tubes
Radiator type
copper fins
Fan fastened to the water pump pulley Aspiration, with 4 steel blades
Water pump Centrifugal with blades
Engine rpm and water pump ratio 1:16/1.03:1
Temperature control With thermostat
Water thermometer With colour scale divided into 3 sections.
Definition of each section:
Start band (blue) 30 °C : 65 °C
Central band (green) 65 °C : 105 °C
End band (red) 105 °C : 115 °C
Interference between the shaft and
0.017 – 0.059 mm
water pump turbine
Interference between the shaft and fan
0.024 – 0.058 mm
hub
Interference between the bush with front
0.012 – 0.058 mm
sealant and the turbine
Radiator cover pressure relief valve 0.9 Kg/cm² ( 13 psi)
Válvula termostática
Valve opening temperature 79 °C
Thermostat valve closing temperature 94 °C
Valve travel when fully open 7,5 mm
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 4
Engine cooling system - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
The function of the water pump mounted at the front of the engine, is to maintain a continuous flow of water around the
cooling system. This is essential to ensure the correct engine temperature and performance during vehicle operation.
The pump is driven by a ëVí belt from the crankshaft pulley, when the engine is running.
The cooling system for the new generation of engines is of the recirculating by-pass type with full-length water-jackets
for the bottom tank of the radiator by the water pump, which transfers the coolant to the cylinder block. This coolant
then flows through cored passages to cool the cylinder walls. Passages in the cylinder head gasket allow coolant to
flow from the cylinder block, into the cylinder head cored passages also conduct the coolant to the fuel injector nozzle
locations before re-entering the water pump below the thermostat.
The thermostat is located at the top of the water pump body, and controls the water flow as required by changes in
temperature.
NOTE: A faulty thermostat may cause the engine to operate at too high (hot) or low (cold) a temperature. If not
replaced this could result in a damaged engine or impaired engine performance.
When the thermostat is closed a recirculating by-pass is provided to allow the coolant to recirculate from the head to
the block to effort a faster warm-up.
Once the engine has reached its normal operating temperature, the thermostat will open and allow water to be drawn
through the radiator by the pump action. Cooled water then returns to the engine system. Cooling occurs as the
coolant passes down through the radiator cores, which are exposed to the air as it is drawn through the radiator by
the fan.
NOTE: Do not operate the engine without a thermostat. The cooling system incorporates a drain plug, on the left
hand side of the cylinder block. The cap on the radiator is a system pressure cap and should not be removed unless
refilling the system from empty.
The engine cooling fan is mounted on a pump pulley which is belt driven from the crankshaft.
Coolant
Clean all of the parts thoroughly before proceeding with repair operations.
The cooling system is filled with a permanent coolant mixture that consists of water and NEW HOLLAND AMBRA
AGRIFLU anti-freeze (up to 50% in volume). This mixture prevents freezing below the temperatures indicated in the
table:
This mixture also has anti-oxidizing, anti-corrosion, anti-foam, and anti-sediment properties to ensure long-term pro-
tection of the cooling system.
The same mixture can be used in the system for up to two years or 1600 h of use, whichever comes first, after which
the mixture must be changed.
Engine coolant % by volume of NEW HOLLAND AMBRA AGRIFLU

-8 °C (17.60 °F) 20%
-15 °C (5.00 °F) 30%
-25 °C (-13.00 °F) 40%
-35 °C (-31.00 °F) 50%
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 5
Water pump - Component localization

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
LAIL11TL1395G0A 1
a. Water circulation with thermostat closed 1. Thermostat

b. Water circulation with thermostat open 2. Pump
Trac- 3 cylinder model 3. Engine water electric thermometer
tors
with
tur-
boc-
har-
ged
engi-
nes
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 6
d. 4-cylinder model 4. Temperature transmitter

5. Fan
6. Radiator
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 7
Radiator Cap - Service instruction

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Radiators – Circulation and checks

The radiator cap has two valves, a pressure valve and
a pressure relief valve. Periodically check that they are
working properly.
Remove impurities from the radiator using a solution of
water and descaling agent in the proportions indicated
on the packaging.
To not limit the circulation of the radiator, we advise al-
ways extending the circulation around the cooling cir-
cuit and filling the engine with the solution mentioned
above.
Turn the engine for one hour. With the engine off, drain
the solution by opening the drain.
In case of leaks, the radiator can be cooled by immer-
sion in a tank of water at a temperature of 20 – 40 °C
(68 – 104 °F), introducing air with a pressure of 0.98 bar
(14.21 psi) for approximately two minutes (repeat the
test at least three times).
Repair and inspection

The radiator cap has two valves: a pressure relief valve
(1) set to 0.9 Kg/cm² or 13 psi and a vacuum relief
valve.
Periodically check that valves operate correctly.
On overhaul, eliminate scale in radiator as follows:
1. Prepare the quantity of warm water and bicarbonate of
soda solution indicated on the container ( 30 g/L).
2. Pour the solution into radiator. Drain and rinse with
plenty of water.
LAIL11TL1383A0A 1
To check for radiator leaks, immerse it in a tank of water

at 10 °C and apply an air pressure of 1 Kg/cm² for two
minutes.
Repeat the test at least three times.
When flushing the radiator, also flush the rest of the
cooling system using the solution and procedures in-
dicated above.
Run the engine for about 1 h before draining the solu-
tion with the engine off.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 8
Radiator - Remove
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Remove the air filter following procedures described in

Air cleaner - Remove (10.202).
2. Loosen the hose clamp (1) and remove the upper radi-
ator hose.
LAIL11TL1379A0A 1
3. Loosen the clamp and remove the radiator cover line

(1).
LAIL11TL1380A0A 2
4. Loosen the two bolts (1) that secure the radiator to the
front shaft support and remove the bolts, rubber mounts
and spacers.
LAIL11TL1381A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 9
5. Remove the radiator (1) and the upper rubber mounts.

To install the radiator, see the procedures described in
Radiator - Install (10.400).
LAIL11TL1382A0A 4
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 10
Radiator - Install
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Put it back in place and tighten the two bolts (1).

2. Connect the two rubber hoses to the cooling pump and
the thermostat housing. Connect the tubing to the ra-
diator cap.
3. Reconnect the hood support to the support on the ra-
diator and replace the retaining bolts.
LAIL11TL1381A0A 1
4. Reconnect the hose (1) to the exhaust aspirator.

5. Connect the hose between the air cleaner and the in-
take manifold. Install the air filter restriction sensor.
LAIL11TL1378A0A 2
6. Reconnect the electrical leads to the horn, the air filter

restriction sensor and the front axle earth discharge.
7. Reconnect the two guards to the sides of the fan.
8. Fill the radiator with coolant.
9. Reconnect the negative cable on the battery and close
the hood.
LAIL11TL1374A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 11
Water pump - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Drain the refrigerant from the engine block

2. Remove the radiator as described in Radiator - Re-
move (10.400).
3. Remove the cooling fan.
4. Remove the hoses and remove the bolts securing the
water pump.
5. Disassemble the oil pump according to the procedures
described in Water pump - Disassemble (10.400).
BRAG11TR0091LUE 1
Installation
1. Installation of the water pump is the removal operation
in reverse. As a precaution after installing the radiator,
refill the cooling system and run the engine to check for
leaks.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 12
Water pump - Disassemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Remove the cover (8) and retaining screw (3) from the
shaft bearing (2).
2. Tap the end of the shaft lightly to break the oxide film
between the shaft and the impeller and remove the im-
peller using the puller 291182/1.
3. Using a suitable puller, withdraw shaft complete with
bearing and fun hub.
4. Only remove the seal (5) if replacement is necessary,
i.e. when the graphite surface in contact with the im-
peller bushing is no longer smooth enough to prevent
leakage.
LAIL11TL1365A0A 1
Mounting
Assembly is the inverse of removal. Do not forget the
following points:
1. The bearing (2) does not require any lubrication.
2. The impeller (7) must be fitted flush with the end of the
drive shaft.
LAIL11TL1366A0A 2
Next operation:
To service the water pump, see the procedures in Water pump - Overhaul (10.400).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 13
Water pump - Overhaul

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
For disassembly of the water pump, see the procedures in Water pump - Disassemble (10.400).
Service
NOTE: The bearing (9) forms a single part with the control
shaft (10): it is a sealed group and therefore does not re-
quire lubrication during operation.
Service the pump as follows:
1. Remove the cover (4) and the fixing bolt (2) for the shaft
(10) and the bearing (9).
2. Tap lightly on the end of the shaft ( (1), Figure 1) on the
side of the turbine (5) to break the oxide film formed
between the shaft and the turbine: use the extractor
380000223 ( (1), Figure 2) and remove the turbine.
3. Remove the front retention bush ( (7), Figure 1).
4. Use a punch to extract the pump body ( (6), Figure 1)
of the whole shaft (10) with the bearing (9) and the fan
hub (1).
NOTE: Only remove the seal (repair) ( (8), Figure 1) when
LAIL11TL1367A0A 1
it needs to be replaced.
Check the state of component wear and replace the
damaged ones.
Reassemble the parts proceeding as follows:
LAIL11TL1368A0A 2
5. Fit the whole shaft ( (10), Fig. 1) with the bearing (9)
and the hub (1) on the pump body (6) and lock it using
the fixing bolt (2) , after passing LOCTITE® 242®.
6. In the event of a replacement, place the seal ( (8),
Figure 1) into the appropriate housing, using tool no.
293280 ( (1), Figure 3).
LAIL11TL1369A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 14
7. Warm the rotor (1) in a hot air oven until there is a

temperature difference of 130 – 150 °C in relation to
the shaft (2).
8. Fit the rotor (1) on the shaft (2), supporting the end
of it so that the bearing is not damaged, until you get
working clearance G = 0.5 – 0.7 mm (see Fig. 1).
9. Install the lining ( (3), Figure 1) for the seal and cover
(4), fixing it with screws.
LAIL11TL1370A0A 4
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 15
Coolant thermostat - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Drain the cooling system below the level of the thermo-

static valve housing.
2. Remove the hoses (1) and bolts securing the bracket
(2).
BRAG11TR0092LUE 1
3. Remove the top flange (1) by loosening the bolts.

4. Remove the thermostat (3) from the housing with the
gasket (2).
5. Test the valve according to the procedures described
in Coolant thermostat - Test (10.400).
LAIL11TL1384A0A 2
Install
1. Apply sealant on a new gasket (2). Install the new
gasket in the thermostatic valve housing.
2. Position the recess on the thermostatic valve housing.
Coat the edge of the thermostatic valve with grease.
3. Install the thermostatic valve. Reinstall the thermo-
static valve housing.
LAIL11TL1384A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 16
Coolant thermostat - Test

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Removal of the oil pump, see the procedures in Coolant thermostat - Remove (10.400).
Place the thermostatic valve in a container with water

at a temperature up to 100 °C. If the thermostat fails
to open when heated, or does not close properly when
cooled, it must be replaced.
LAIL11TL1385A0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 17
Index
Engine - 10

Coolant thermostat - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Coolant thermostat - Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Engine cooling system - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine cooling system - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Radiator - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Radiator - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Radiator Cap - Service instruction (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Water pump - Component localization (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Water pump - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Water pump - Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Water pump - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
47921938 07/02/2017
10.13 [10.400] / 18
Engine - 10
Fan and drive - 414
47921938 07/02/2017
10.14 [10.414] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
Fan and drive - 414
SERVICE
Fan and drive

Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Tension adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47921938 07/02/2017
10.14 [10.414] / 2
Engine - Fan and drive
Fan and drive - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Loosen the alternator pivot bolt.
LAIL11TL1234A0A 1
2. Loosen the belt tension adjustment bolt (1) and remove

the belt.
LAIL11TL1235A0A 2
3. Remove the fan from the radiator (1).
LAIL11TL1236A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
10.14 [10.414] / 3
Engine - Fan and drive
Fan and drive - Tension adjust

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
To check the fan, water pump and alternator drive belt,

apply a load of 8 – 10 kg on the belt section between
the alternator and water pump pulleys. There should be
a 10 – 11 mm deformation in the belt. If needed, adjust
as follows:
1. Loosen the nut (1) securing the alternator to the belt
tensioner.
2. Move the alternator on the tensioner support in order
to obtain the specified tension. Retighten the nut (1).
LAIL11TL1235A0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
10.14 [10.414] / 4
Index
Engine - 10
Fan and drive - 414

Fan and drive - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Fan and drive - Tension adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47921938 07/02/2017
10.14 [10.414] / 5
47921938 07/02/2017
10.14 [10.414] / 6
Engine - 10
Engine lubrication system - 304
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine lubrication system

FUNCTIONAL DATA
Engine lubrication system

Overview (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Overview (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Oil pressure valve
Engine oil pump
Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
SERVICE
Engine oil filter

Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Engine oil pump
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 2
Engine - Engine lubrication system
Engine lubrication system - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Lubrication system/Model TT3840 TT3840F TT3880F TT4030

Lubricate Forced, with gear pump
Pump control From the distribution shaft
Engine rpm and oil pump ratio 2:1
Oil filtering Through screen filter for aspiration and cartridge for output
Normal oil pressure with engine hot and
2.9 – 3.9 bar (42.05 – 56.55 psi)
running at maximum rpm
Pressure limiting valve Located on the pump body
Initial valve opening pressure 3.5 bar (50.75 psi)
Play between the drive shaft and the oil pump - 0.016 – 0.055 mm -
bush
Play between the shaft and the relative driven - 0.033 – 0.066 mm -
gear
Play between the drive and driven gear teeth - 0.100 mm -
Radial play between the drive and driven - 0.060 – 0.170 mm -
gears and the pump body
Drive and driven gear thickness - 40.961 – 41.000 mm -
Height of gears in the valve body - 41.025 – 41.087 mm -
Longitudinal play between the pump body - 0.025 – 0.126 mm -
and the gears
Characteristics of the pressure limiting valve
spring
Length of free spring - 45 mm 35.9 mm
Length of spring with a load of 45 – 49 N - 37.5 mm -
(10.12 – 11.02 lb)
Length of spring with a load of 88 – 94 N - 30.5 mm -
(19.78 – 21.13 lb)
Length of spring with a load of 127.8 – - - 29 mm
141.2 N (28.73 – 31.74 lb)
Length of spring with a load of 133.4 – 258 N - - 23.2 mm
(29.99 – 58.00 lb)
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 3
Engine lubrication system - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Lubrication of the engine ( Engine lubrication system - Overview (10.304) and Engine lubrication system -
Overview (10.304)) is maintained by a gear type oil pump mounted in the rear of the engine block, forward of the
flywheel on the left-hand side viewed from rear side of the engine. The oil pump is driven from the rear of the
camshaft and drains oil from the engine oil sump through a tube and screen assembly.
A spring loaded relief valve is integral with the oil filter and prevents over pressurization of the system. A spin on type
oil filter is mounted externally to its support housing on the left-hand side of the engine.
Oil flows from the filter to the main oil gallery, which runs the length of the cylinder block, which also intersects the
camshaft follower chamber.
The main gallery also supplies oil to the crankshaft main bearings, connecting rods both big and small ends and timing
gear bushes. The underside of the pistons and pins are lubricated by oil pressure jets. Timing gears are lubricated
by splashed oil from the cam follower chamber and the pressure lubricated camshaft drive gear bushing.
An intermittent flow of oil is directed to the value rocker arm shaft assembly via a drilled passage in the cylinder block.
It is located vertically above bearing No. 3 of the camshaft and aligns with a hole in the head. The rotation of the
camshaft allows a controlled intermediate flow of lubrication.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 4
Engine lubrication system - Overview

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 5
3 cylinder engine lubrication schematics
LAIL11TL1396H0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 6
1. Oil filler cap 5. Oil dipstick

2. Filter safety valve (intervenes when the oil 6. Pump
pressure at the filter input exceeds the output
pressure by 1.5 – 1.7 bar)
3. Filter 7. Oil pressure limiter valve
4. Illuminated switch to indicate low engine lubrication 8. Filter with screen in aspiration
oil pressure (located on the panel)
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 7
Engine lubrication system - Overview

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 8
Aspirated 4 cylinder engine lubrication schematics
LAIL11TL1397H0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 9
1. Oil filler cap 5. Oil dipstick

2. Filter safety valve (intervenes when the oil 6. Pump
pressure at the filter input exceeds the output
pressure by 1.5 – 1.7 bar)
3. Filter 7. Oil pressure limiter valve
4. Illuminated switch to indicate low engine lubrication 8. Filter with screen in aspiration
oil pressure (located on the panel)
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 10
Oil pressure valve - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Insufficient oil pressure signal
Functional checks
The signal comprises a control switch and a red light situated on the panel, which illuminates in the following cases:
1. Low oil pressure (the signal illuminates normally, without any problems, even with the engine hot and at low speed).
2. Control switch not working.
If, with the engine off and the key on, the red light does not illuminate, the possible causes are:
• Blown fuse.
• Lamp burnt out.
• Connection wire interrupted.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 11
Engine oil pump - Sectional view

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Aspirated engine oil pump
LAIL11TL1392B0A 1
1. External control gear 4. Driven shaft and gear

2. Bushing 5. Pressure limiting valve
3. Control shaft and gear
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 12
Turbine engine oil pump
LAIL11TL1361A0A 2
1. Pressure limiting valve 3. Pump body

2. Spring 4. Internal gears
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 13
Engine oil filter - Replace

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
The rotary-type oil filter (1) is a full-flow unit fitted on the

outlet side of the pump.
A by-pass valve will enable unfiltered oil to enter the
engine, if the filter becomes obstructed.
Every 300 h hours of service, change the cartridges
noting the following points:
1. Apply engine oil to the external seal.
2. Fit the cartridge by turning it until contact with the
mounting flange is established.
3. Turn the cartridge an additional 3/4 of a turn.
BRAG11TR0093LUE 1
Replace the cartridge periodically (every 400 h of use),

remembering to:
• Lubricate the outside of the seal in contact with the
mounting base of the crankshaft sump.
• Screw in the new cartridge until the seal touches the
mounting base.
• Adjust the cartridge, by hand only, just over 3/4 of a
turn.
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 14
Engine oil pump - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Oil pan removal: see the procedures in Engine oil pan - Remove (10.102).
1. Remove the bolt from the suction pipe strainer support

(1) on the balancer
BRAG11TR0097LUE 1
2. Loosen the screws and remove suction pipe (1) .

3. Loosen the two bolts that fasten the oil pump to the
housing and remove the pump from the engine.
BRAG11TR0098LUE 2
Next operation:
Oil pump disassembly following the procedures described in Engine oil pump - Disassemble (10.304).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 15
Engine oil pump - Disassemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Oil pump removal: see procedures in Engine oil pump - Remove (10.304).
Aspirated engines
1. Loosen the two Allen screws and the two bolts retaining
the pump face plate to the body.
BRAG11TR0095LUE 1
2. Remove the driven gear (4) from its corresponding

shaft.
3. Remove the pin that fastens the external control gear
(1) and remove the gear.
4. Remove the drive shaft (3) and the corresponding gear.
5. Remove the pressure relief valve (5), loosening the cap
screw.
LAIL11TL1392B0A 2
Next operation:
Oil pump inspection following the procedures described in Engine oil pump - Inspect (10.304).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 16
Engine oil pump - Inspect

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Oil pump disassembly: see procedures in Engine oil pump - Disassemble (10.304).
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A

parts.
Service
To gain access to the oil pump, it is necessary to disas-
semble the engine pan, as indicated in Engine oil pan
- Remove (10.102).
During servicing, control pump part wear checking the
sizes indicated in the table.
In case of replacement, remember that the drive shaft
and the relative gear are supplied coupled, with the lat-
ter being hot fitted onto the shaft.
Repair
Fasten the pump body assembly on a vice and place
the drive and driven gears. Placing a ruler across the
top, slide a feeler gauge, between the ruler and the
inner rotor. The backlash should be between 0.025 –
0.126 mm. If it is greater, the pump must be replaced.
LAIL11TL1362A0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 17
Check drive and driven gear clearance in the pump

body, by inserting a feeler gauge. If the value exceeds
0.030 – 0.170 mm, the pump must be replaced.
NOTE: If not to specification, replace the oil pump, as re-
duced pump pressure through wear could result in reduced
engine life.
NOTE: Having loosened the bolts, manually check that the
gears turn freely. If not, disassemble and repeat the pro-
cedure.
LAIL11TL1363A0A 2
Next operation:
Oil pump assembly following the procedures described in Engine oil pump - Assemble (10.304).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 18
Engine oil pump - Assemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Oil pump inspection: see the procedures in Engine oil pump - Inspect (10.304).
1. Clean and coat parts in new engine oil. Place the gears
in the pump body and ensure that they are rotating
freely. Insert the pump plate into the body and ensure
that the shaft is fully seated in the plate.
2. Tighten the Allen screws and the other bolts securing
the plate to the specified torque.
NOTE: After tightening the bolts, manually check that the
gears can rotate freely. If not, disassemble and repeat the
procedure.
BRAG11TR0095LUE 1
Next operation:
Oil pump installation: see the procedures in Engine oil pump - Install (10.304).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 19
Engine oil pump - Install

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Oil pump assembly: see the procedures described in Engine oil pump - Assemble (10.304).
1. Install the pump on the engine block and fit the suction
pipe and strainer.
BRAG11TR0098LUE 1
2. Place the suction pipe strainer support bolt (1) in the

balancer.
3. Check the free and loaded lengths of the relief valve:
Free length: 45 mm
Length under a load of 9 – 9.6 kg ( 88 – 94 N): 30.5 mm
If not to specification, replace the relief valve spring.
BRAG11TR0097LUE 2
Next operation:
Oil pan installation: see the procedures described in Engine oil pan - Install (10.102).
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 20
Index
Engine - 10

Engine lubrication system - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engine lubrication system - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Engine lubrication system - Overview (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine lubrication system - Overview (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Engine oil filter - Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Engine oil pump - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Engine oil pump - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Engine oil pump - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Engine oil pump - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Engine oil pump - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Engine oil pump - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Oil pressure valve - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
47921938 07/02/2017
10.15 [10.304] / 21
Av. Juscelino K. de Oliveira, 11825, CIC - Curitiba (PR) - Brasil, CEP:81170-901
SERVICE - Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN BRASIL
© 2017 CNH Industrial Latin America LTDA
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
NEW HOLLAND policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipment
at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only and
the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any particular
product, please consult your NEW HOLLAND Dealer.
47921938 07/02/2017
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Clutch
47921938 07/02/2017
18
Contents
Clutch - 18
[18.104] Clutch hydraulic release control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.1
[18.110] Clutch and components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2
47921938 07/02/2017
18
CONSUMABLES INDEX

LOCTITE® 574 Clutch - Sealing 18.2 / 6
Loctite® 242 Clutch - Sealing 18.2 / 6
47921938 07/02/2017
18
47921938 07/02/2017
18
Clutch - 18
Clutch hydraulic release control - 104
47921938 07/02/2017
18.1 [18.104] / 1
Contents
Clutch - 18
SERVICE
Clutch hydraulic release control

Clutch hydraulic release control - Remove Clutch pedal (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Adjust Transmission clutch pedal Free - travel and Adjustment (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47921938 07/02/2017
18.1 [18.104] / 2
Clutch - Clutch hydraulic release control
Clutch hydraulic release control - Remove Clutch pedal

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Remove brake pedal spring, (1).

2. Remove split pin, (2), and disconnect linkage, (3).
3. Remove circlip, (4), and pull out right-hand brake pedal.
20098362 1
4. Loosen lock screw, (1), and remove left-hand brake

pedal, (2).
20098363 2
5. Remove spring, (1), to split pin and disconnect left-

hand brake linkage, (2), at left-hand side of the tractor.
20098364 3
47921938 07/02/2017
18.1 [18.104] / 3
6. Remove clutch pedal spring, (1).
20098364 4
7. Remove split pin, (1), and disconnect linkage, (2), from

clutch cross shaft.
20098365 5
8. Jack-up rear left-hand side of tractor and remove left-

hand rear wheel, (1).
20096210 6
9. Pull out clutch/brake pedal support rod, (1), from the

rear axle housing.
10. Retrieve clutch pedal, (2), from the support shaft.
20098366 7
47921938 07/02/2017
18.1 [18.104] / 4
Clutch hydraulic release control - Adjust Transmission clutch pedal

Free - travel and Adjustment
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Free-travel is the distance the clutch pedal will travel

from the rest (unapplied) position to the moment of re-
sistance. The free-travel distance feels loose on the
pedal to the operator and ends when the pedals be-
come more difficult to move, as when the clutch is ap-
plied.
It may be necessary to seek assistance when checking
the clutch pedal free-travel.
To check the clutch pedal free-travel proceed as follows.
1. Measure the distance from the bottom of the clutch
pedal to the platform.
2. Slowly depress the clutch pedal until feeling resistance
and record the amount of travel. The resultant should
be 35 – 40 mm (1.38 – 1.57 in) . If free-travel is
less than 35 mm (1.38 in) proceed with the remaining
steps.
3. Loosen the lock nut, (1), on the pedal control rod, (2),
located on the left-hand side of the platform under the
clutch pedal.
4. Remove the pin and clevis on the rod end (not shown)
and turn the rod end counterclockwise to increase free-
20098367 1
travel. One complete turn adjusts the clutch pedal free-
travel by 10 mm (0.39 in).
5. Reinstall the clevis and pin. Repeat until obtaining the
specified free-travel.
47921938 07/02/2017
18.1 [18.104] / 5
Index
Clutch - 18

Clutch hydraulic release control - Remove Clutch pedal (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clutch hydraulic release control - Adjust Transmission clutch pedal Free - travel and Adjustment (*) 5
47921938 07/02/2017
18.1 [18.104] / 6
Clutch - 18
Clutch and components - 110
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 1
Contents
Clutch - 18
TECHNICAL DATA
Clutch
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Sealing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Clutch
Sectional view Clutch assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Sectional view Clutch plate (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SERVICE
Clutch
Remove Clutch assy (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Disassemble Clutch Assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Inspect Clutch assy (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Assemble Clutch Assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Install Clutch Assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
DIAGNOSTIC
Clutch
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 2
CONSUMABLES INDEX

LOCTITE® 574 Clutch - Sealing 18.2 / 6
Loctite® 242 Clutch - Sealing 18.2 / 6
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 3
Clutch - Clutch and components
Clutch - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Specifications
TT3840 TT3840F TT3880F TT4030
Type Double, dry plate, torsion spring
Control Mechanical pedal for transmission
Hand lever for PTO
Release mechanism Dished Spring
Plate material Organic Compound
Plate Thickness:
Transmission 8.8 – 9.6 mm
PTO 8.3 – 8.9 mm
Wear Limit See the values in Clutch - Inspect Clutch assy (18.110).
Plate with Pressure Springs Tangential Springs
Transmission Clutch Control Sleeve Working
0.050 – 0.151 mm
Clearance
PTO Clutch Control Sleeve Working
0.072 – 0.205 mm
Clearance
PTO clutch lever play adjustment 2.5 – 5 mm
Transmission clutch pedal free play
45 – 50 mm
adjustment
Transmission pedal requirements
Pedal Pin Diameter 27.948 – 28.000 mm
Internal diameter of support bushing (fitted,
28.020 – 20.072 mm
not dressed)
Pin/bush play 0.020 – 0.124 mm
Pedal Bracket Internal Diameter 32.927 – 32.966 mm
Bush Outer Diameter 33.009 – 33.030 mm
Pedal bracket/bush interference adjustment 0.043 – 0.103 mm
Clutch - Torque
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 4
20097611 1
Description Thread Size (mm) Torque N⋅⋅m (lb ft)

Transmission housing to flywheel M12 X 1.25 X 45 75 N·m (55 lb ft)
housing bolts, (C1)
Clutch assembly mounting bolts, (C2) M8 X 1.25 X 45 26 N·m (19 lb ft)
Release fork bolts, (C3) M16 X 1.5 X 32 160 N·m (118 lb ft)
Clutch - Special tools

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 5
Special tools
Tool description No. of the tool
Clutch centralizer and finger height setting gauge 291184
Clutch finger height adjusting wrench (set of 3) 293763
Clutch pedal free play setting tool 9971365
Clutch - Sealing
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
20097530 1
Operation Description Sealants Specification

Engine to transmission buckle up, (S1) LOCTITE® 574
Release fork bolts, (S2) LOCTITE® 242
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 6
Clutch - Sectional view Clutch assembly

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
20097531 1
1. Dish Spring 7. Transmission clutch plate

2. PTO clutch release fingers 8. Flywheel bearing
3. Transmission clutch release fingers 9. PTO clutch release fork
4. Release control sleeves with thrust bearings 10. Transmission clutch release fork
5. PTO clutch release lever locknuts & adj. link 11. Transmission clutch release lever locknut, adjusting
6. PTO clutch plate screw and lever
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 7
Clutch - Sectional view Clutch plate

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
20097591 1
1. Clutch facing 5. Segment

2. Facing rivet 6. Idle damper spring
3. Segment rivet 7. Main damper spring
4. Hub
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 8
Clutch - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Description
The clutch system is double clutch mechanical type. It includes two dry clutch discs with non-asbestos, organic ma-
terial pads. One clutch disc is to connect transmission to engine and another for connecting PTO directly to engine,
independent of transmission.
As usual, the clutch is located in front of the transmission. The transmission (main) clutch is operated by means of
foot pedal and PTO clutch is operated by hand lever located on right side below rear hood panel. The clutch system
is composed of the clutch housing, clutch pressure plate, disc ring clutch release fingers, clutch release bearings and
clutch discs.
Operation
When both the clutches are engaged, the PTO clutch pressure plate pushes the PTO clutch disc against engine
flywheel and transmission presure plate pushes the clutch housing by the spring action of dish ring.
The friction between the clutch disc, flywheel and clutch housing transmits the engine power to the transmission drive
shaft and PTO drive shaft independently.
The clutch pedal is connected to the main clutch release bearing by means of mechanical linkage components.
When the clutch pedal is pressed, the clutch release bearing moves forward and discharges the main clutch fingers.
Consequently, the clutch pressure plate backs off and releases the clutch disc from the clutch housing. The transfer
of engine power to the transmission is stopped.
When the clutch pedal is released, the main clutch release bearing disengages the main clutch finger which acts on the
clutch pressure plate and causes the clutch housing, main clutch discs and pressure plates to come in contact. The
flow of power from the engine and transmission is re-established. Similarly PTO clutch is engaged and disengaged
independent of transmission clutch by operating PTO clutch control lever.
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 9
Clutch - Remove Clutch assy

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
NOTE: It is necessary to split the tractor between Engine and Transmission housing to gain access to the clutch.
1. Separate the Transmission housing from Engine as de-
scribed in Engine - Remove (10.001).
20097512 1
2. Remove the four of the six capscrews, (1), that retain

the clutch assembly to the engine fly wheel.
20097525 2
3. Insert the double clutch aligning arbor # 380002740 into

the clutch disc splines. Remove the two remaining cap-
screws that retain the clutch assembly to the flywheel.
Then remove the clutch assembly with the PTO clutch
disc from the flywheel.
20097526 3
Next operation:
For removing the engine, see the procedures in Clutch - Disassemble Clutch Assembly (18.110).
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 10
Clutch - Disassemble Clutch Assembly

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Loosen the PTO clutch release lever locknuts, (1).

NOTE: Since the locknuts are under the load of disk ring,
loosen all these gradually and evenly by rotating 1/4 to 1/2
turns.
20097536 1
2. Remove PTO pressure plate, (1).
20097537 2
3. Position the clamps, (1), at intervals of 120° on the

clutch body and gradually and carefully squeeze the
Belleville spring disk.
20097538 3
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 11
4. Extract the spring retaining pins, (1), from the seats.
20097539 4
5. Remove disk ring, (1), and lock ring, (2).
20097540 5
6. Loosen lock nut, (1).
20097553 6
7. Remove transmission clutch pressure plate, (1),
20097541 7
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 12
8. Remove transmission clutch disc, (1), from the hous-

ing.
20097542 8
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 13
Clutch - Inspect Clutch assy

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
20097548 1
H - Ø 300 mm (11.8 in)
G - 2 mm (0.1 in)
1. Check clutch driven discs for wear and replace if rivets, (2), ( Clutch - Sectional view Clutch plate (18.110)) are near or flush
with top facing.
2. Discs are also to be replaced if the organic facings are found to be soaked with oil.
3. Check condition of clutch housing and pressure plate friction surfaces. If necessary dress, noting that dimensions of pressure
plates and clutch housing must not be reduced below the limits described below, otherwise replace as necessary.
• Fly wheel, (1), under cut - 'A' = 2 mm (0.0787 in).
• PTO clutch pressure plate, (2), thickness - 'B' = 22 mm (0.866 in).
• Transmission clutch pressure plate, (3), thickness - 'C' = 24 mm (0.945 in).
• Clutch housing, (4), under cut - 'E' = 2.5 mm (0.0984 in).
• Dressing allowance - 'F' = 70 mm (2.8 in) ± 0.15 mm (0.00591 in)
• Calculate Dimension 'F' as follows
F=A+B+C+S1+S2+P
Where
S1 = PTO clutch disc thickness

S2 = Transmission clutch disc thickness
P = Spring dimensions to restore original load = 4.5 mm (0.177 in) (fixed).
• Check that value 'F' is equal to 70 mm (3 in) ± 0.15 mm (0.00591 in)
• In restoring value 'F' check that clutch housing thickness 'E' does not fall below 17 mm (0.669 in). i.e., D-F = E > 17 mm
(0.669 in).
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 14
• Check that the undercut 'E' on clutch housing is deeper than 2.5 mm (0.0984 in) and restore as necessary.
• If necessary dress friction face on flywheel and restore external undercut 'A' of 2 mm (0.0787 in).
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 15
Clutch - Assemble Clutch Assembly

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Clutch - Inspect Clutch assy (18.110).
1. Install the main clutch disk, (1), into the housing.

NOTE: Install clutch disc with flange facing towards the
release fingers.
20097549 1
2. Install the inner clutch pressure plate, (1), with contact

surface facing the main clutch disc.
3. Install the large ring, (2), as shown. The ring will start
and stop at pin in plate.
20097550 2
4. Install the set screw and lock nut assembly, (1), into the
pressure plate for the release fingers.
20097551 3
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 16
5. Install the large spring plate, (1), onto pressure plate.

NOTE: The slots in spring plate must engage the locating
pin in pressure plate.
20097552 4
6. Install the large C-Clamps, (1), around the spring plate

in 120° increments.
7. Install the retaining plate, (2), around the spring plate as
shown. The plate will engage into a slot in the housing
assembly.
8. Remove the C-Clamps, (1), after all retaining plates are
installed in the clutch housing.
20097539 5
9. Install the springs, (1), around each release lever.

10. Install the pressure plate, (2), with clutch disc face
towards the flywheel.
20097554 6
11. Secure the pressure plate to the release fingers with

lock nuts, (1).
20097555 7
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 17
12. Install the PTO clutch disc, (1), onto clutch aligning
arbor tool, 380002740 (2), and insert assembly into
bearing in flywheel.
NOTE: When installing the clutch disc, make sure the
flange, (3), on disc is facing away from the flywheel.
20097527 8
13. Install the clutch assembly, (1), over the special tool,
(2), still in the flywheel.
14. Install the M8 x 1.25 x 45 mm bolts with lock washers,
(3) and tighten in a star pattern to avoid breaking com-
ponents. Torque the hardware to 26 N·m (19 lb ft).
15. Perform clutch release finger adjustments as de-
scribed in Clutch hydraulic release control - Adjust
(18.104).
16. Install the transmission to the engine.
20097533 9
Next operation:
Clutch - Install Clutch Assembly (18.110).
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 18
Clutch - Install Clutch Assembly

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Install the PTO clutch disc, (1), onto clutch aligning ar-
bor tool, 380002740 (2), and insert assembly into pilot
bearing in the flywheel.
NOTE: When installing the clutch disc, make sure the
flange, (3), on disc is facing away from the flywheel.
20097527 1
2. Install the clutch assembly, (1), over the special tool,

(2), still in the flywheel.
3. Install the M8 x 1.25 x 45 mm bolts with lock washers,
(3) and tighten in a star pattern to avoid damaging com-
ponents. Torque the hardware to 26 N·m (19 lb ft)
4. Install the transmission to the engine.
20097533 2
Install the clutch assembly back on flywheel taking care

of the following:
5. Check condition of pilot bearing, (1), pressed in fly-
wheel. Replace in the event of excessive noise or bind-
ing.
6. Install old/new bearing packing the seat with grease.
• Before securing the transmission housing and
engine, thoroughly clean and degrease mating
surfaces and apply a bead of silicone sealer of
approximately. 2 mm (0.08 in) of diameter following
pattern shown in Figure 4.
20097534 3
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 19
20097535 4
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 20
Clutch - Troubleshooting
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

The clutch slips Replace the clutch disk. Replace the clutch
Clutch disc, pressure plate and/or flywheel
wear. if necessary and grind the flywheel.
Damaged, bent or broken fingers. Replace the finger assembly.
Oil or grease on friction material. Replace the clutch disk. Repair the leak
of lubricant into the clutch housing. Thor-
oughly clean friction surfaces.
Clutch grabs. Stiff external control linkage. Check and lubricate linkage pivot points.
Warped clutch disk. Replace the clutch disk.
Clutch disk with damaged damper springs Replace the clutch disk.
or loose hub.
Oil or grease on friction material. Replace the clutch disk. Repair the leak
of lubricant into the clutch housing. Thor-
oughly clean friction surfaces.
Finger springs broken. Replace finger springs.
Clutch fails to disengage Warped clutch disk. Replace clutch disc
and drags.
Damaged clutch release bearing Replace clutch release bearing.
Damaged finger spring. Replace finger springs.
Clutch control pedal Hard pedal Check and lubricate linkage.
hardness
Broken or disconnected clutch return Replace or hook – up clutch return spring.
spring.
Clutch noise during Warped clutch disc. Replace clutch disc
engagement and/or
disengagement.
Damaged clutch disc damper springs. Replace clutch disc
Excess backlash on clutch disc to hub Replace clutch disc and shaft, as neces-
meshing splines. sary.
Clutch noise at Worn clutch release bearing. Replace the bearing.
disengagement.
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 21
Index
Clutch - 18

Clutch - Assemble Clutch Assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Clutch - Disassemble Clutch Assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Clutch - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Clutch - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Clutch - Inspect Clutch assy (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Clutch - Install Clutch Assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Clutch - Remove Clutch assy (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Clutch - Sealing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Clutch - Sectional view Clutch assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Clutch - Sectional view Clutch plate (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Clutch - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Clutch - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Clutch - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 22
47921938 07/02/2017
18.2 [18.110] / 23
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47921938 07/02/2017
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Transmission
47921938 07/02/2017
21
Contents
Transmission - 21
[21.114] Mechanical transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.1
[21.130] Mechanical transmission external controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.2
[21.140] Mechanical transmission internal components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.3
47921938 07/02/2017
21
CONSUMABLES INDEX

Loctite® 518 Mechanical transmission - Sealing 21.1 / 5
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA Mechanical transmission - Install 21.1 / 14
MULTI G 134™ HYDRAULIC
TRANSMISSION OIL
47921938 07/02/2017
21
47921938 07/02/2017
21
Transmission - 21
Mechanical transmission - 114
47921938 07/02/2017
21.1 [21.114] / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
TECHNICAL DATA
Mechanical transmission
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Sealing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Dynamic description 8 + 2 Transmission (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
DIAGNOSTIC
47921938 07/02/2017
21.1 [21.114] / 2
CONSUMABLES INDEX

NEW HOLLAND AMBRA Mechanical transmission - Install 21.1 / 14
MULTI G 134™ HYDRAULIC
TRANSMISSION OIL
47921938 07/02/2017
21.1 [21.114] / 3
Transmission - Mechanical transmission
Mechanical transmission - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Specifications
Component TT3840 TT3840F TT3880F TT4030
Type 8 forward speeds and 2 reverse speeds
Gears Sprocket wheel
Divider Planetary, with three sprocket wheel pinions
– Reduction ratio 20 : (20 + 52) = 1 : 3.6
Transmission and splitter controls Separate levers
External diameter of the driven gear bushing 49.925 mm@ 49.950 mm
Internal diameter of the driven gear 50.050 mm@ 50.089 mm
Bushing clearance in gear 0.100 mm@ 0.164 mm
Driven shaft diameter 39.166 mm@ 39.191 mm
Bushing inside diameter 39.200 mm@ 39.239 mm
Shaft clearance in bushing 0.009 mm@ 0.073 mm
PTO clutch shaft diameter 24.964 mm@ 24.985 mm
Internal diameter of the fitted bushing 25.040 mm@ 25.092 mm
PTO Shaft Clearance in Bushing 0.055 mm@ 0.128 mm
Bushing Interference Fit with Drive Shaft 0.037 mm@ 0.091 mm
Shim thickness for adjusting the end float of driven gears 3.7 mm - 4 mm - 4.3 mm
Flat washer thickness and inboard and outboard baulk rings 1.470 mm@ 1.530 mm
for driven gears and planetary gear splitter supports
Gear selector shaft detent ball spring length:
- Free 61.5 mm
- With load of 5.1 kg to 5.7 kg 48 mm
Gear selector shaft detent ball spring length:
- Free 35.5 mm
- With load of 5.15 kg to 5.25 kg 31.5 mm
Gear selector shaft detent ball spring length (splitter only):
- Free 35.5 mm
- With load of 11.7 kg to 12.9 kg 31.5 mm
Mechanical transmission - Torque

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Description Thread Size Torque Nm (lb ft)

Transmission housing to Engine Nut M12 X 1.25 100 N·m (74 lb ft)
Driven Gear Shaft Lock--Nut M24 X 1.50 255 N·m (188 lb ft)
Transmission Shaft Bearing Cover M8 X 1.25 18 N·m (13 lb ft)
Nut
Transmission Housing Cover Bolts M8 X 1.25 25 N·m (18 lb ft)
Spacer to Transmission Housing and M10 X 1.25 60 N·m (44 lb ft)
Power Train Nuts
Planetary Reduction Fixed Gear Bolts M12 X 1.50 75 N·m (55 lb ft)
Splitter Shift Fork Rod Bracket Bolts M10 X 1.25 60 N·m (44 lb ft)
47921938 07/02/2017
21.1 [21.114] / 4
Mechanical transmission - Sealing

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Operation Description Sealant Specification

Rear axle to transmission housing, (S1) LOCTITE® 518
Transmission to Engine, (S2) LOCTITE® 518
Gear shift cover to transmission housing, (S3) Silicone Sealer
Pinion shaft front cover hardware, (S4) LOCTITE® 243
20099001 1
Mechanical transmission - Special tools

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Special tools
Tool description N°. of the tool
Sling hook, gear box 291517
Gear box stand 270086
Remover, drive shaft 9971348
Remover, reverse gear shaft 9971347
Puller, needle bearing reverse gear 292909
18 – 25 mm jaw. 292907
47921938 07/02/2017
21.1 [21.114] / 5
Mechanical transmission - Dynamic description 8 + 2 Transmission

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Unexpected machine movement!
Engage the parking brake and put all levers in neutral before leaving the machine to make the con-
nections.
W0425A
The transmission has eight forward and two reverse

gears.
The main gearshift lever (the right hand lever) is used to
select any one of the four forward gears or one reverse
gear. The Hi-Low selector lever is used to select the high
(H) or low (L) range, which gives double the number of
available gears.
To change gear range; depress the clutch pedal, stop the

tractor and move the Hi-Low selector lever, 1, backward
for high or forward for low.
To change the gears in the selected range; depress the

clutch pedal and shift the main gear lever, 2, as normal.
Third and fourth gears in both ranges are synchronized in

the TT3880F/TT4030 models and optional in the TT3840/
BRAG12TRLUE0273 1
TT3840F models. To select reverse gear (R), first stop
the tractor.
NOTE: A neutral start switch is provided to prevent oper-
ation of the starter motor unless the transmission range
lever is in neutral position.
NOTICE: If it is necessary to tow the tractor, both the
Hi-Low selector and main gearshift levers must be in neu-
tral.
20099909 2
47921938 07/02/2017
21.1 [21.114] / 6
The constant-mesh transmission has parallel shafts with

gear in constant mesh. In the collar shift version, shift-
ing is accomplished by locking free-running gears to their
shaft with sliding collars. In the synchromesh version,
gears can be selected without clashing by synchronising
the speeds of mating gears before they engage. This is
possible by adding an extra device, called a “Sychronizer”
to equalise the speed of the mating points before they en-
gage. It permits gear shifting while the tractor is moving.
The range gears is a planetary type work much like the

solar system. Each of the “Pinions” on planet gears, turns
on its own axis and at the same time, rotates around the
sun gear. 20099910 3
A- Sun
W.B Planets
C- Planet Pinion Carrier
D- Ring gear
E- Sun Gear
F- Planet Pinion
47921938 07/02/2017
21.1 [21.114] / 7
Mechanical transmission - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
NOTE: To remove the Transmission, separate engine with

front axle from transmission housing and rear axle housing
from transmission housing. Follow the below steps for re-
moval procedure.
1. Separate the engine with the front axle from the trans-
mission housing following the procedure Engine - Re-
move (10.001).
20098370 1
2. Drain the lubrication oil from transmission housing by

opening drain plugs, (1), and (2).
20098382 2
47921938 07/02/2017
21.1 [21.114] / 8
3. Install a mechanical stand under the rear axle housing.
20093443A 3
4. Remove right-hand and left-hand foot boards, (1).
20098947 4
5. Disconnect clutch pedal, (1), and PTO clutch, (2), lever

linkages.
20098365 5
6. Disconnect rear electric connection and safety start

switch electric connections.
7. Remove the clamps and release the electric wires from
the transmission and rear axle housing.
20098948 6
47921938 07/02/2017
21.1 [21.114] / 9
8. Loosen the clamp, (1), to drain the steering oil and re-
move the pipes.
9. Loosen steering assembly securing bolts and remove
steering assembly with spindle.
20098800 7
10. Loosen the bolts and remove both the gear shift cov-
ers, (1) and (2).
20098949 8
11. Remove all rail pins and forks, (1), to ease the splitting.
20098950 9
12. Attach lift hooks, (1), to the transmission housing and

connect it to a suitable hoist.
13. Loosen the bolts and stud nuts securing transmission
and rear wheel drive housings together.
14. Remove the transmission housing from rear axle
housing by moving it forward sufficiently to clear the
PTO shaft and rail shafts.
20098951 10
47921938 07/02/2017
21.1 [21.114] / 10
15. Attach the transmission housing on a rotary stand or

bench for further inspection and disassembly , if re-
quired.
20098952 11
47921938 07/02/2017
21.1 [21.114] / 11
Mechanical transmission - Install

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
1. Reinstall the transmission to the engine observing the

following.
20099003 1
2. Clean both surfaces and apply a 2 mm (5/64 in) bead

of sealant according to figure 1.
3. Use an appropriate lifting device to install transmission
to the rear wheel drive housing.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the rails while sliding the

two housings together.
4. Install the M12 x 1.5 x 40 bolts, M12 x 1.5 x 60 bolts,
washers and nuts to secure the two housings together.
Torque the hardware to 75 N·m (55 lb ft).
20098951 2
47921938 07/02/2017
21.1 [21.114] / 12
5. Reinstall the rail pins, (1), and forks.
20098950 3
6. Reinstall gear shift covers, (1) and (2).
20098949 4
7. Install steering assembly with spindle. Secure hard-

ware.
8. Reinstall pipes, (1) and replenish fluids.
20098800 5
9. Install clamps from removal and secure the wire har-

ness.
10. Connect the rear electric connection and safety start
switch connections.
20098948 6
47921938 07/02/2017
21.1 [21.114] / 13
11. Attach the clutch pedal lever linkage, (1).

12. Attach the PTO clutch lever linkage, (2).
20098365 7
13. Remove fill plug, (1).

14. Fill the transmission housing with NEW HOLLAND
AMBRA MULTI G 134™ HYDRAULIC TRANSMIS-
SION OIL hydraulic oil.
15. While filling the unit, check the level on the right side
of the rear axle housing, (2).
20099890 8
16. Install the left hand and right hand foot boards, (1).
20098947 9
17. Attach engine, (1), to transmission assembly, (2). Re-

fer to Engine - Install (10.001) for the assembly pro-
cedure.
20098370 10
47921938 07/02/2017
21.1 [21.114] / 14
Mechanical transmission - Troubleshooting

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

Difficult engagement of External levers misadjusted Adjust properly
speed and range gears
External levers stiff or seized Check pivot points and correct
Internal control components (shafts, forks, Service the control components
and sleeves) slide with difficulty
Speed and range gears External linkage poorly adjusted and levers Adjust properly
disengage themselves poorly adjusted.
Replace the springs
Faulty retaining springs on the control shaft
Partial engagement travel Correct reasons for problem and restore full
travel
Noisy operation with Input and output shaft support bearing mis- Remove transmission housing and adjust
range in neutral and main adjusted. bearings.
lever engaged
Faulty or defective inner components. Remove housing, overhaul transmission
and replace faulty parts.
Internal component seizure due to poor lu- Overhaul transmission and top up oil to cor-
brication. rect level.
Noisy operation with Faulty clutch plate springs Replace clutch plates
tractor stationery, idling
engine and transmission
in neutral
47921938 07/02/2017
21.1 [21.114] / 15
Index
Transmission - 21

Mechanical transmission - Dynamic description 8 + 2 Transmission (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Mechanical transmission - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Mechanical transmission - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Mechanical transmission - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Mechanical transmission - Sealing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Mechanical transmission - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Mechanical transmission - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Mechanical transmission - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
47921938 07/02/2017
21.1 [21.114] / 16
Transmission - 21
Mechanical transmission external controls - 130
47921938 07/02/2017
21.2 [21.130] / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
SERVICE
Mechanical transmission external controls

Mechanical transmission external controls - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47921938 07/02/2017
21.2 [21.130] / 2
Transmission - Mechanical transmission external controls
Mechanical transmission external controls - Disassemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Loosen the bolts (1) and remove the top cover (2) from
the transmission housing.
LAIL11TT0015A0A 1
2. Remove the spring pin (1).

3. Remove the washer (2) and the spring (3).
4. Remove the spring pin (4) using a suitable magnetic
tool.
5. Loosen the rubber boot clamps (5).
LAIL11TT0016A0A 2
6. Withdraw the levers from the cover plate.

7. Follow the same procedure for the other lever.
LAIL11TT0017A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
21.2 [21.130] / 3
Transmission - Mechanical transmission external controls
Mechanical transmission external controls - Assemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Assemble the levers in the cover plate and reinstall the

cover plate on the transmission housing, observing the
following:
1. inspect the rubber boot (1) for cracks or damage and
replace if necessary.
2. Re-installation follows the removal procedure in re-
verse, from step 7 to 1 described in Mechanical
transmission external controls - Disassemble
(21.130).
3. Before fixing the cover plate, thoroughly clean and de-
grease the mating surface and apply a 2 mm bead of
sealant, following the pattern shown in Figure 2.
4. Tighten to the correct torques as detailed in Mechani-
cal transmission - Torque (21.114).
LAIL11TT0223A0A 1
LAIL11TT0231F0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
21.2 [21.130] / 4
Index
Transmission - 21

Mechanical transmission external controls - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Mechanical transmission external controls - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47921938 07/02/2017
21.2 [21.130] / 5
47921938 07/02/2017
21.2 [21.130] / 6
Transmission - 21
Mechanical transmission internal components - 140
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
SERVICE
Transmission shaft
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Disassemble Reverse gears and drive shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Disassemble Driven gears and drive shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Inspect Driven gears and drive shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Assemble Driven gears and drive shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Assemble Drive shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Transmission internal parts
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Gears, shaft, and bearings
Remove Range gear assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Disassemble Range gear assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Assemble Range gear assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 2
Transmission - Mechanical transmission internal components
Transmission shaft - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE HAND OR FINGERS. Failure to comply could result in
death or serious injury.
B020A
WARNING
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Ensure that units
or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Ensure that no persons or pets are in the vicinity of the
load to be lifted. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
M1258
1. To facilitate disassembly, install the transmission hous-

ing on rotary stand as shown, or place on a bench.
20098952 1
2. Remove transmission and PTO clutch forks locking

screws, (1).
20098372 2
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 3
3. Remove transmission and PTO clutch forks shafts, (1),

and remove associated forks from the housing.
20098965 3
4. Retrieve locking pins, (1), from the housing.
20098371 4
5. Slide out both transmission and PTO clutch release

bearings, (1).
20097515 5
6. Loosen the bolts and remove both the gear shift covers,
(1) and (2).
20098949 6
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 4
7. Remove the dowel pins, (1), from each range gear rail
shaft, (2).
20098953 7
8. Straighten the locking plates and remove the gear rail

support bracket bolts, (1).
20098954 8
9. Loosen nuts, (1) and remove oil seal cover, (2).

10. Loosen the screws, (3) and remove front bearing
cover, (4).
20098955 9
11. Remove the circlip, (1) and shims, (2). If necessary

pull out the seal, (3), from its seat on the shaft.
20098956 10
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 5
12. Using a suitable punch and mallet, remove the drive

shaft out of the housing by hammering gently towards
the engine mounting side.
20098957 11
13. Retrieve the gears inside the housing.

14. Remove the bearing from the shaft using suitable
puller.
15. Remove shift forks.
20098958 12
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 6
Transmission shaft - Disassemble Reverse gears and drive shaft

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Remove the range gear assembly as detailed in Gears,

shaft, and bearings - Remove Range gear assembly
(21.140).
20098966 1
2. Using a suitable pry bar, remove reverse gear shaft,

(1), with outer ball bearing.
20098968 2
3. Retrieve the reverse gears, (1), in transmission hous-

ing.
20098969 3
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 7
4. Retrieve pin, (1), from the gears.

5. Using suitable puller remove ball bearing, (2), from the
reverse gear shaft.
20099043 4
6. Using a pair of hooks with a sliding hammer, (1), re-

move reverse gear shaft needle bearing from the hous-
ing.
20098970 5
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 8
Transmission shaft - Disassemble Driven gears and drive shaft

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Remove range gear assembly from the housing as de-

scribed earlier.
20098966 1
2. Lock the gears and remove the driven gear shaft re-
taining nut, (1).
20098961 2
3. Remove the drive shaft from its housing and remove

the gears, as described in Transmission shaft - Dis-
assemble Reverse gears and drive shaft (21.140).
20098958 3
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 9
4. Remove reverse gear and shaft from the housing as

explained earlier.
20098969 4
5. Remove the shaft from rear axle housing mounting side

by gently hammering using suitable punch and mallet.
6. Retrieve the gears couplers / synchromesh from inside
the housing.
20098973 5
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 10
Transmission shaft - Inspect Driven gears and drive shaft

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Transmission shaft - Disassemble Driven gears and drive shaft (21.140).
• Check sychromesh assembly, spring, ball and cage

for damage and wear. If necessary, replace.
• Check the bearings and bushings, if replacement is re-
quired, remove the bearing from their seats using suit-
able pullers.
• Check gears for wear, damage, fittings etc. if neces-
sary replace the gears with new one. Remove small
dents on teeth by rubbing with abrasive paper.
20098974 1
Next operation:
Transmission shaft - Assemble Driven gears and drive shaft (21.140).
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 11
Transmission shaft - Assemble Driven gears and drive shaft

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Transmission shaft - Inspect Driven gears and drive shaft (21.140).
Refer to the Figures throughout the procedure and fit

the 3rd and 4th gear synchronizer.
The 3rd /4th synchromesh:
• Insert the toothed sector, (1), into the baulk ring,

matching the cuts of ring and sector.
20098975 1
• Put the cage on the slotted hole, followed by a spring,

(1).
20098976 2
• Press the ball, (1), with the help of a screwdriver, (2).

• Insert toothed sector partially into the ring.
• Repeat the same procedure for other cages, springs
and balls and then insert completely.
20098977 3
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 12
• Put the synchro cone on to the synchronizer ring, (1),

and pick up the gear, (2), and place it inside the ring.
20098978 4
1. Insert the 3rd and 4th driven gear synchro assembly as

shown, into the upright transmission housing.
NOTICE: Make sure the gear bushings stay with each gear.
Also, make sure groove in sliding sleeve, (3), is facing the
front of the transmission.
The gears are in order as follows:
• 4th Driven Gear (32 teeth), (1).
• Clutch Body ring (36 teeth), (2).
• Gear engage Sliding sleeve (includes two Synchro
rings [24 teeth], Hub Synchro w/spring [33 internal
teeth], poppel and ball), (3).
20098979 5
• 3rd Driven Gear (36 teeth), (5).
• Washer, (6).
2. Insert next set of gears as shown.
• 2nd Driven Gear (41 teeth), (1).
20098980 6
3. Insert next set of gears as shown.

• Synchro Hub (27 teeth), (1).
• Sliding Sleeve (46 teeth), (2).
NOTE: The synchro hub sits inside of the sliding sleeve.
20098981 7
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 13
4. Insert the last set of gears as shown.

• 1st Driven Gear (46 teeth), (2).
20098982 8
5. Insert the spacer with raised lip facing up, (1).
20098983 9
6. Install shaft, (1), with new bearing, (2), into the gears.
20098973 10
7. Set transmission into a horizontal position.

8. Insert spacer, (1), with raised lip facing forward.
20098984 11
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 14
9. Install the remaining gears with their shafts, as de-

scribed earlier in each of the appropriate sections.
20098953 12
10. Lock the gears and install nut, (1). Torque the M24 x
1.50 retaining nut to 255 N·m (188 lb ft).
11. Lock the nut by punching locking plate.
12. Install the cover with a new seal, not shown. Torque
the bolts 18 N·m (13 lb ft).
20098963 13
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 15
Transmission shaft - Assemble Drive shaft

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Re-install drive shaft in transmission housing observing

the following:
• Refer to figure for correct orientation of the different
gears, bearings and shims.
20098959 1
• Install bushing, (1), if removed using suitable tool.

• Install new seal, if removed using suitable tool.
20098960 2
1. Install bearing with snap ring, (1), into housing.
20098961 3
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 16
2. Install the gears into the housing as shown.

Gears shown:
• 4th Driven Gear (31 Teeth), (1).
• Spacer, (2).
• 3rd and Reverse Driven Gear (27 Teeth), (3).
• 1st (16 Teeth) and 2nd (21 Teeth) Driven Gear, (4).
3. Install shaft (not shown) through the gears and spacer.
20098962 4
4. Install snap ring, (1), onto shaft.

NOTE: If there is not enough space to install ring, gently
hit the back side of shaft with a rubber mallet. Install snap
ring and then hit the shaft with rubber mallet in the front,
until ring is flush with bearing.
5. Remove seal shim, (2), if applicable and install onto the
shaft cover, not shown.
20098963 5
6. Install a new bearing, (1), into rear of the housing until

bearing is flush with the rear housing.
NOTE: Make sure the inner race of the bearing, (2), is in-
stalled with the larger face against the driven gears.
20098964 6
7. Install washer, (1), followed by snap ring, (2).

NOTE: If there is not enough room to install the snap ring,
(2), use a mallet at the front of the shaft to push the shaft
rearward and allow snap ring to fit in place.
8. Adjust the end play by shimming with washer, (1).
End Play Specification
• 0 – 0.127 mm (0 – 0.0050 in)
Shim Sizes
• 3.7 mm (0.146 in)
• 4 mm (0.157 in)
20098985 7
• 4.3 mm (0.169 in)
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 17
9. Install the front oil seal cover, (1), complete with gasket/
sealants, making sure that the rear bearing is in perfect
alignment.
NOTE: Check oil seal for damage before installing front
cover.
20098955 8
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 18
Transmission internal parts - Disassemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Gear forks shaft

1. Remove all shaft pins (1) and forks.
LAIL11TT0422A0A 1
NOTE: Shafts can be distinguished as shown in the figure.

(1) Gear I/II forks shafts
(2) Gear III/IV forks shafts
NOTE: I/II and III/IV gear fork shafts are similar. The only
difference is that III/IV gear fork shaft has a bore (5) to
accommodate interlock capsules.
(3) Reverse gear forks shaft
(4) High/low gear forks shaft
LAIL11TT0423A0A 2
2. Remove shafts 1, 2 and 3 from the housing.

3. Remove the interlock (1) from the intermediate shaft
(2).
4. Using a screw driver push the remaining two interlock-
ing balls (3) after removing the plug (4).
NOTE: Interlocks are of different sizes. Two are in the
shape of a ball and the rest are in the shape of a capsule.
LAIL11TT0424A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 19
5. Remove the high-low shaft locking capsules (1) us-

ing a suitable magnetic tool after removing the neutral
switch.
LAIL11TT0425A0A 4
6. Remove the spring pin from the shaft and fork.
LAIL11TT0426A0A 5
7. Straighten the lock-plate.
LAIL11TT0450A0A 6
8. Remove the bracket (1) to retrieve the ball and spring

(2) from the support bracket, if the shifter rod is to be
removed from the bracket.
LAIL11TT0451A0A 7
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 20
Transmission internal parts - Assemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Reassembly follows the procedure for removing the

shaft from the gear forks.
1. Press the ball as shown in the figure and fit both shafts
into the bracket using Tool No. 9971346.
2. Insert the high low shaft also as explained above.
LAIL11TT0452A0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 21
Gears, shaft, and bearings - Remove Range gear assembly

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Straighten the locking plate at each bolt, (1).

2. Remove the bolts, (2), that secure the assembly, (3), to
the transmission housing.
20098966 1
Next operation:
To disassemble the range gears, see the procedures in Gears, shaft, and bearings - Disassemble Range gear
assembly (21.140).
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 22
Gears, shaft, and bearings - Disassemble Range gear assembly

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To remove the range gears, see the procedures in Gears, shaft, and bearings - Remove Range gear assembly
(21.140).
1. Remove pins, (1), to remove the planetary gears, (2),

from the carrier. Retrieve the brass washers, (3).
20098967 1
Next operation:
To inspect the range gears, see the procedures in Gears, shaft, and bearings - Inspect (21.140).
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 23
Gears, shaft, and bearings - Inspect

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
20099046 1
1. Inspect each component and replace each component

that has damage or excessive wear. Refer to figure for
component breakdown.
Ref.#
1. Planetary Splitter Sun Gear (52
Teeth)
2. Planet Gears Support
3. Splitter Planet Gear (16 Teeth)
4. Needle Roller
5. Planet Gear Thrust Washer
6. Pin
7. Inner Planet Gear Support Plate
8. Roll Pin
9. Inner Planet Gear Thrust Washer
10. Outer Planet Gear Thrust Washer
11. Outer Gear Support Thrust Plate
12. Cap Screw, M12 x 1.50 x 60 mm
13. Lock Plate
14. Sleeve Sliding
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 24
Gears, shaft, and bearings - Assemble Range gear assembly

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To inspect the range gears, see the procedures in Gears, shaft, and bearings - Inspect (21.140).
1. Reassemble the range gear components and install the

range gear assembly, (1), onto the transmission.
NOTE: Make sure thrust washers are seated correctly on
the dowel pins.
2. Install theM12 x 1.50 x 60 mm bolts, (2), with the locking
plates, (3), and torque the bolts to 75 N·m (55 lb ft).
20098967 1
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 25
Index
Transmission - 21

Gears, shaft, and bearings - Assemble Range gear assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Gears, shaft, and bearings - Disassemble Range gear assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Gears, shaft, and bearings - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Gears, shaft, and bearings - Remove Range gear assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Transmission internal parts - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Transmission internal parts - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Transmission shaft - Assemble Drive shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Transmission shaft - Assemble Driven gears and drive shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Transmission shaft - Disassemble Driven gears and drive shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Transmission shaft - Disassemble Reverse gears and drive shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Transmission shaft - Inspect Driven gears and drive shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Transmission shaft - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 26
47921938 07/02/2017
21.3 [21.140] / 27
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47921938 07/02/2017
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system
47921938 07/02/2017
23
Contents
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system - 23
[23.304] Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.1
[23.314] Drive shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.2
47921938 07/02/2017
23
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) gearbox - 304
47921938 07/02/2017
23.1 [23.304] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Gearbox
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Gearbox
Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
Gearbox
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47921938 07/02/2017
23.1 [23.304] / 2
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) gearbox
Gearbox - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Main Specifications
Reduction ratio 34/24x24/34 = 1 to 1
Relay lever pad width 7.978 – 8.000 mm (0.3141 – 0.3150 in)
Pad seat width in driven gear 8.280 – 8.370 mm (0.3260 – 0.3295 in)
Pad clearance in seat 0.280 – 0.460 mm (0.0110 – 0.0181 in)
Relay lever pivot diameter 15.973 – 16.000 mm (0.6289 – 0.6299 in)
Pivot housing internal diameter in casing 16.016 – 16.059 mm (0.6306 – 0.6322 in)
Pivot clearance in housing 0.016 – 0.086 mm (0.0006 – 0.0034 in)
Relay lever detent spring length
Free 130 mm (5.1181 in)
Less than 178.2 – 197.8 N (40 – 44 lb) 142.5 mm (5.6102 in)
Gearbox - Torque
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
LAIL11TT0398F0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
23.1 [23.304] / 3
Part to be torqued Turnbuckle Torque setting

Transmission shaft central support
M12 x 1.5 98 N·m (867.37 lb in)
retaining bolt (C12)
Drive gear housing retaining bolt
M12 x 1.25 98 N·m (867.37 lb in)
(C13)
Gearbox - Special tools

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Tools
293836 Drive shaft seal key
47921938 07/02/2017
23.1 [23.304] / 4
Gearbox - Sectional view

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Sectional views of transfer box
LAIL11TT0397F0A 1
C12 = Drive shaft center bearing fixing screw

C13 = Drive shaft housing fixing screw
X = When assembling, thoroughly clean and degrease mating surface X.
1. Brake driven disks 22. Detent plunger

2. Brake linings 25. Snap pin
3. Brake shoe 26. Idler shaft
4. Driven gear 27. Dust excluder
5. Idler gear 28. Seal
6. Needle roller bearing 29. Retaining ring
10. Driven shaft 30. Splined driven shaft
11. Dowel Bolts 39. Drive shaft guard
12. Four–wheel drive engagement sleeve 56. Center bearing
47921938 07/02/2017
23.1 [23.304] / 5
Gearbox - Remove
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
To remove the axle guard, see the procedures in Drive shaft - Remove (23.314).
To remove, proceed as follows:

1. Remove the plug (1) and drain the oil from the gearbox/
switch box.
LAIL11TT0178A0A 1
2. Remove the drive gear engagement control lever (1).
LAIL11TT0157A0A 2
3. Remove the screws (1) that secure the drive gear hous-
ing (transfer box) to the transmission housing.
4. Remove the drive gear housing from the transmission
housing.
LAIL11TT0158A0A 3
Next operation:
To remove the transfer case, see the procedures in Gearbox - Disassemble (23.304).
47921938 07/02/2017
23.1 [23.304] / 6
Gearbox - Disassemble
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
With the transfer box on the bench, proceed as follows:

1. Carry out operation Gearbox - Remove (23.304).
LAIL11TT0018A0A 1
2. Use the special punch to extract the snap ring (1) and
the pin (2). Remove the roller bearing, the spacer, the
thrust washers and the intermediate gear (3).
3. Remove the parking brake control lever.
LAIL11TT0019A0A 2
4. Use a screwdriver to remove the dust ring (1).

5. Remove the splined driven shaft, complete with parts,
parking brake disks and the driven gear.
LAIL11TT0020A0A 3
Next operation:
To assemble the transfer box, see procedures in Gearbox - Assemble (23.304).
47921938 07/02/2017
23.1 [23.304] / 7
Gearbox - Assemble
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To remove the transfer box, see procedures in Gearbox - Disassemble (23.304).
1. To refit the transfer box, proceed as follows:
LAIL11TT0224A0A 1
2. Insert the shaft in the housing, then assemble the gear

unit, washer and lock ring.
3. Fit the internal lever ,the external lever, the coupling
pad and secure in position using the washer and cor-
responding lock ring.
Fit the bearing and corresponding lock rings.
4. Using the tool 293836, fit the seal and dust ring (use
the spacer to fit the dust ring).
LAIL11TT0225A0A 2
Next operation:
To install the transfer box, see procedures in Gearbox - Install (23.304).
47921938 07/02/2017
23.1 [23.304] / 8
Gearbox - Install
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
To assemble the transfer case, see the procedures in Gearbox - Assemble (23.304) .
1. Check Gearbox - Torque (23.304) for the tightening

torques.
2. Carefully clean the mating surfaces.
3. Apply a bead of approximately 2 mm of anaerobic
sealant to the mating surface of the drive gear housing.
4. Fit the drive gear housing into the transmission hous-
ing.
5. Connect the drive gear engagement control lever.
6. Replace the drain plug for the transmission oil.
7. Fit the transmission shaft and the related guard. Follow
the procedures in Drive shaft - Install (23.314).
BRAG12TRLUE0342 1
47921938 07/02/2017
23.1 [23.304] / 9
Index

Gearbox - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Gearbox - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Gearbox - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Gearbox - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Gearbox - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Gearbox - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Gearbox - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Gearbox - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
23.1 [23.304] / 10
Drive shaft - 314
47921938 07/02/2017
23.2 [23.314] / 1
Contents
Drive shaft - 314
TECHNICAL DATA
Drive shaft
SERVICE
Drive shaft
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47921938 07/02/2017
23.2 [23.314] / 2
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system - Drive shaft
Drive shaft - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Main specifications of drive shaft

Front drive sleeve adjustment Consult the procedures in Drive shaft - Remove (23.314) .
Front drive sleeve shim thickness 2.2 mm (0.0866 in)– 2.5 mm (0.0984 in) – 2.8 mm
(0.1102 in) – 3 mm (0.1181 in) – 3.3 mm (0.1299 in)
– 3.7 mm (0.1457 in) – 4 mm (0.1575 in) – 4.3 mm
(0.1693 in)
47921938 07/02/2017
23.2 [23.314] / 3
Drive shaft - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Proceed as follows:
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable (1).
BRAG12TRLUE0356 1
2. Remove the front, middle and rear drive shaft protec-

tion fastening bolts.
LAIL11TL0473A0A 2
3. Remove the retaining lock ring (2) and wiggle the

sleeve (1) as shown in the diagram to loosen the fitting
on the transfer box shaft body.
LAIL11TL0474A0A 3
Next operation:
To install the drive shaft, see the procedures in Drive shaft - Install (23.314).
47921938 07/02/2017
23.2 [23.314] / 4
Drive shaft - Install

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
To remove the drive shaft, see the procedures in Drive shaft - Remove (23.314).
1. Fit and secure the transmission shaft in the correct po-

sition.
2. Move the front splined sleeve (27) against the retain-
ing ring (28). Using a feeler, measure the clearance
between the sleeve and the retaining ring (26). Fit the
shim (S5) to obtain a clearance of 1 – 1,5 mm in the
sleeve (L). Refer to the references in Gearbox - Sec-
tional view (23.304).
3. Fit and secure the guard.
LAIL11TL0474A0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
23.2 [23.314] / 5
Index
Drive shaft - 314

Drive shaft - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Drive shaft - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Drive shaft - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47921938 07/02/2017
23.2 [23.314] / 6
47921938 07/02/2017
23.2 [23.314] / 7
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47921938 07/02/2017
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Front axle system
47921938 07/02/2017
25
Contents
Front axle system - 25
[25.100] Powered front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.1
[25.102] Front bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.2
[25.108] Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.3
[25.310] Final drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.4
[25.400] Non-powered front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.5
47921938 07/02/2017
25
CONSUMABLES INDEX

Loctite® 510™ Powered front axle - Sealing 25.1 / 12
Loctite® 270 Powered front axle - Sealing 25.1 / 12
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA Powered front axle - Grease 25.1 / 22
GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE
GREASE
Loctite® 518™ Differential - Service instruction 25.2 / 27
Loctite® 518™ Differential - Gear tooth contact - 4WD Ring/pinion adjustment 25.2 / 29
Loctite® 638™ Non-powered front axle - Sealing 25.5 / 6
47921938 07/02/2017
25
47921938 07/02/2017
25
Powered front axle - 100
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Powered front axle

General specification (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
General specification (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Torque (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Torque (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Special tools (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Special tools (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Sealing (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Dimension (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Powered front axle

Component identification (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Dynamic description (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Dynamic description - Narrow axle (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Overview of the toe-in angle (narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Axle housing
Exploded view (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Axle support
Sectional view (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
SERVICE
Powered front axle

Grease (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Adjust - 4WD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Remove - 4WD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Disassemble - 4WD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Inspect - 4WD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Assemble - 4WD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Install - 4WD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Change fluid (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 2
Toe in adjust (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Adjust the steering angle (narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Test after assembly (narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Axle housing
Disassemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Assemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
DIAGNOSTIC
Powered front axle

47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 3
CONSUMABLES INDEX

Loctite® 270 Powered front axle - Sealing 25.1 / 12
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA Powered front axle - Grease 25.1 / 22
GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE
GREASE
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 4
Front axle system - Powered front axle
Powered front axle - General specification (Standard shaft)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
See the references in Differential lock - Sectional view

(Standard shaft) (25.102) and Final drive - Sectional
view (Standard shaft) (25.310).
Component TT3840 TT4030

Type Steering, load support structure, central articulation
Pair of bevel gears - differential
Pinion/crown gear ratio: 10/35 = 1:3.5
Clearance between teeth: 0.18 - 0.23
Pinion position adjustment shim thickness (11) 2.5 mm - 2.6 mm - 2.7 mm - 2.8 mm - 2.9 mm - 3.0 mm -
3.1 mm - 3.2 mm - 3.3 mm - 3.4 mm - 3.5 mm - 3.6 mm
- 3.7 mm
Thickness of the adjustment shim for the preload of 2.5 mm - 2.55 mm - 2.6 mm - 2.65 mm - 2.7 mm - 2.75 mm
the pinion bearings (12) - 2.8 mm - 2.85 mm - 2.9 mm - 2.95 mm - 3.0 mm -
3.05 mm - 3.1 mm - 3.15 mm - 3.2 mm - 3.25 mm - 3.3 mm
- 3.35 mm - 3.4 mm - 3.45 mm - 3.5 mm - 3.55 mm -
3.6 mm - 3.65 mm - 3.7 mm - 3.75 mm - 3.8 mm - 3.85 mm
- 3.9 mm - 3.95 mm - 4.0 mm - 4.05 mm - 4.1 mm -
4.15 mm - 4.2 mm - 4.25 mm - 4.3 mm - 4.35 mm - 4.4 mm
- 4.45 mm - 4.5 mm - 4.55 mm - 4.6 mm - 4.65 mm -
4.7 mm - 4.75 mm - 4.8 mm
Crown adjustment shim thickness (4) 0.9 mm - 1 mm - 1.1 mm - 1.2 mm - 1.3 mm - 1.4 mm -
1.5 mm - 1.6 mm - 1.7 mm - 1.8 mm - 1.9 mm - 2 mm
Clearance between planetary and satellite (gear) teeth 0.15 mm
Planetary shim thickness (1) 1.470 – 1.530 mm
Satellite shim thickness 1.4 mm - 1.5 mm - 1.6 mm - 1.7 mm - 1.8 mm
Transverse pin diameter (14) to satellites 21.939 – 21.960 mm
Diameter of satellite cross holes (3): 22.040 – 22.061 mm
Clearance between transversal pins and holes 0.080 – 0.122 mm
Differential lock
Free length of the spring (5): 75 mm
Spring under tension of:
- 1370 – 1566 N (308.0 – 352.1 lb) 41 mm
Shafts and Turning Housings
Diameter of the outer shaft (7) in relation to the 44.975 – 45.000 mm
bushings (8):
Internal diameter of the installed bushing (8): 45.100 – 45.175 mm(1)
Clearance between the shafts and bushes 0.100 – 0.200 mm
Interference between bushes and the respective holes 0.064 – 0.129 mm
Pin adjustment shim thickness (10) 0.10 mm - 0.15 mm - 0.20 mm - 0.25 mm - 0.30 mm
Final epicyclic transmission
Gear ratio: 12: (12 + 60) = 1 : 6
Gear shim thickness (9) 0.77 – 0.83 mm
Axle articulation
Clearance of end between axle housing and bearings 0.3 – 1.1 mm
Maximum admissible clearance 2 mm
Articulated axle front pin diameter (3) 52.652 – 52.671 mm
Internal diameter of the installed front bushing (1) 52.720 – 52.790 mm(1)
Clearance between the pin (3) and-bushing (1) 0.049 – 0.138 mm
External diameter of the rear bushing (6) installed in 99.020 – 99.050 mm
the bevel pinion support
Internal diameter of the rear bushing (5) installed in 99.146 – 99.221 mm(1)
the articulated axle support
Clearance between the two bushes and pins 0.096 – 0.201 mm
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 5
Shim thickness of the front axle front backing (2) and 4.90 – 5.00 mm
rear backing (4)
(1) Measurement to be achieved without enlargement
Powered front axle - General specification (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
TT3840F TT3880F
Characteristic
Values
Code 572890
Model 20.09/F
Differential type Limited slip
Bevel gear ratio 3.55:1
Epicyclic reduction gear ratio 5.00 / 1
Overall ratio 17.77:1
Dry weight 167 kg
Input rotation
Clockwise
Counter clockwise
Steer angle 42° 0-2
Toe-in 0 – 2 mm
Bevel gear set backlash 0.17 – 0.23 mm
Pinion bearings preload (measured in D =
P = 10.5 – 15.7 kgf
30.5 mm without seals)
Pinion-crown gear bearing total preload (measured
T = (P+5.8) – (P+8.7) kgf
in D = 30.5 mm without seals)
Differential Oil Capacity 4l
Epicyclic reduction gear oil capacity each side 0.5 l
Oil specification:
API GL-5
Use recommended additive-enriched oil.
Pinion-drive shaft interface Ø = 100 mm SAE 1310
Powered front axle - Torque (Standard shaft)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
See the part references in Differential lock - Sectional view (Standard shaft) (25.102), Final drive - Sectional
view (Standard shaft) (25.310) and Axle support - Sectional view (Standard shaft) (25.100).
TT3840 TT4030
Description Turnbuckle
Torque
Front bridge
Crown fixing bolt (C1) M12 X 1.25 113 N·m 11.5 kgm
Lock cover fixing bolt (C2) M10 X 1.25 64 N·m 6.5 kgm
Pinion fixing nut (C3) M35 x 1.5 294 N·m 30 kgm
Axle housing steering assembly
M12 X 1.25 113 N·m 11.5 kgm
fixing nut (C4)
Steering support pin fixing nut (C5) M10 X 1.25 64 N·m 6.5 kgm
Wheel hub bearings fixing nut (C6) M70 x 2 392 N·m 40 kgm
Hub cover fixing bolt (C7) M10 X 1.25 64 N·m 6.5 kgm
Upper engine fixing nut (C8) M18 x 1.5 314 N·m 32 kgm
Bearing fixing bolt (C9) M18 x 1.5 314 N·m 32 kgm
Differential cover bolt (C10) M12 X 1.25 113 N·m 11.5 kgm
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 6
Wheel rim fixing bolt nut M16 X 1.5 245 N·m 25 kgm
Powered front axle - Torque (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 7
LAIL11TT0170H0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 8
Powered front axle - Special tools (Standard shaft)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
ATTENTION: The tools that appear below with the symbol (X) are ESSENTIAL for the operations described in this
section. However, for greater safety and to obtain the best results as well as saving time and effort, it is recommended
that these essential tools be used together with the specific tools listed below and certain tools that should be made
according to the construction drawings given in this Manual.
Special tools
List of specific tools needed to perform the different oper-
ations described in this Section.
293460 Trestle for servicing the front bridge.

291517 Hook for lifting the differential support.
293743 Support for servicing the differential.
X 293878 Wrench for bevel pinion nut.
X 293391 Template for adjusting the tapered bearings
X 293510 Universal indicator for adjusting the pinion bearing.
X 292903 Disassembly pliers.
X 293782 Wrench for locking the bevel pinion.
293400 Universal calibrator for bevel pinion positioning.
X 293544 Wrench for the adjustment nut for the differential bearing pre-load.
X 295030 Wrench for the wheel hub nut.
X 293882 Pair of hooks for extracting the internal ring of the conical bearing of the
wheel hub.
292888 Guide pins (M12x1.25) for the epicyclical reducer cover.
293812 Guide pins (M16x1.25) for the installing the wheels.
X 293857 Extractor for the hinge pin of the wheel hub articulated seal.
X 292161 Extractor for the turning housing pin bushings.
X 292220 Adaptor for measuring the turning housing pre-load.
292870 Universal kit containing manometers, gaskets and tubes for front shaft
pressure control.
The tool to be manufactured for adjusting the bevel pin-
ion is used together with tool 293391(models TT3840 and
TT4030) (tool no. 50118 - dimensions in mm).
Made using UNI C40.
LAIL11TT0107A0A 1
Powered front axle - Special tools (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
The special drifts/pads used to assemble the seals, bearings and bushings should always be used with the inter-
changeable handle; its use is recommended together with a suitable safety handle in order to protect the hands.
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 9
LAIL11TT0474G0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 10
LAIL11TT0475H0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 11
Powered front axle - Sealing (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Adhesive/Sealant Application (see figure 1)

Apply on the contact surfaces
Apply on bolts thread / on pins
Gasket sealant
Referr Presence Adhesive make and type
A1 LOCTITE® 510™ Superbond® 529
Gasket sealant
Manufacturer reference Presence Adhesive make and type
B2 LOCTITE® 270 Superbond® 331
Gasket sealant
Manufacturer reference Presence Adhesive make and type
C2 LOCTITE® 638™ Superbond® 433
See the technical characteristics of each compound in Consumables Loctite® Product Chart.
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 12
Sealing compounds and adhesives
LAIL11TT0399H0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 13
Powered front axle - Dimension (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 14
Total dimensions (millimeters)
LAIL11TT0234F0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 15
Powered front axle - Component identification (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
LAIL11TT0166F0A 1
1. Axle type 7. Epicyclic reduction gear oil capacity

2. Customer ref. 8. Epicyclic reduction gear oil type
3. Manufacturer S/N 9. Differential oil type
4. Total transmission ratio 10. Input rotation
5. Differential type 11. Manufacturer No.
6. Differential Oil Capacity
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 16
Powered front axle - Dynamic description (Standard shaft)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
Description and operation

TT3840/TT4030 models have a central front wheel drive
and a coaxial drive shaft in the longitudinal direction of the
tractor. The drive shaft has no universal joints.
The differential has two planetary gears and movement

is transmitted to the lateral epicyclic final units (installed
in the wheel hubs) through universal joints that do not
require any maintenance.
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 17
Powered front axle - Dynamic description - Narrow axle

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
BRAG12TRLUE0363 1
• Steering Cylinder (1)

• Differential (2)
• Differential support (3)
• Pinion (4)
• Epicyclic reduction gear (5)
• Wheel hub (6)
• Axle case (7)
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 18
Powered front axle - Overview of the toe-in angle (narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
LAIL11TT0344G0A 1
1. Guide rod 4. Stop bolt

2. Locking nut 5. Lock ring
3. Union
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 19
Axle housing - Exploded view (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Front axle housing
LAIL11TT0172F0A 1
1. Axle case 6. Retainer

2. Top link cover 7. Half-shaft
3. Ball bearing cup 8. Rear retainer
4. Bushing 9. Rear bushing
5. Bushing 10. Front retainer
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 20
Axle support - Sectional view (Standard shaft)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
Cross-section of front axle pivot
BRAG12TRLUE0382 1
H 1 mm (0.0394 in) 4. Rear backing washer

L 1 – 1.5 mm (0.0394 – 0.0591 in) 5. Rear bushing
S5 Coupling sleeve shim 6. Axle pivot rear support
C9 Support bolt for axle pivot 7. Lock ring
C10 Differential journal bolt 8. Front splined sleeve
C11 Fixing bolt to attach the front axle support to the engine 9. Lock ring
1. Axle pivot front support 10. Propeller shaft protection
2. Front backing washer 11. Propeller shaft
3. Front bushing
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 21
Powered front axle - Grease (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Applying grease to the assembly
As Required
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR-9
MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE
As Required
LAIL11TT0227F0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 22
Powered front axle - Adjust - 4WD

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
When travelling forward in a straight path, the wheels

of four-wheel drive tractors must be parallel to the lon-
gitudinal axis of the tractor, alternatively a slight toe-in
of the front wheels is permissible up to a maximum of
6 mm (0.24 in) as measured at the edges of the wheel
rims.
To check the exact value of the toe-in setting of four-
wheel drive tractors, proceed as follows.
1. Inflate the front tires to the prescribed pressure.
2. Position the steering at the straight ahead position
(along the longitudinal axis of the tractor).
3. Check if the wheels are parallel with the longitudinal
axis of the tractor.
4. Make a chalk mark on the front inside edges of both
wheel rims, at the height of the wheel hub centers.
Measure the distance, (1), between the chalk marks.
5. Move the tractor forward to turn the front wheels
through 180°. The chalk marks will now measure
between the rear inside edges of the wheel rims at
the height of the wheel hub centers. Now measure
the distance, (2), checking that this new measurement
is equal to or greater than the distance, (1), by a
maximum or 6 mm (0.24 in).
The rotation of the wheels through 180° is necessary to
eliminate the effect of wear, misalignment or distortion
of the wheel rims on the measurements obtained.
20097715 1
6. If it is necessary to correct the wheel alignment, remove

nut, (1), and pull the tie rod end out of its housing.
Loosen the locknut, (2), and screw the tie rod end, (3),
in or out to increase or decrease the distance, (2),
Reposition the tie rod end in its housing and re-check
alignment.
After having adjusted the toe in to within the prescribed
limits, tighten locknut, (2), to a torque of 180 N·m
(133 lb ft) and nut, (1), to 100 N·m (74 lb ft).
NOTE: The self-locking nut, (1), must be replaced each
time it is removed or partially unscrewed.
20097716 2
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 23
Powered front axle - Remove - 4WD

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
Proceed as follows:
NOTE: The front axle assembly can be removed from the
tractor either with or without previously removing the drive
shaft. The description below refers to removal of the front
axle with the drive shaft installed on the tractor.
1. Disconnect the negative cable, (1), from the battery and
insulate it.
BRAG12TRLUE0356 1
2. Attach nylon slings to the front weights, (1). Loosen the

locking screw from each weight, lift the weights clear of
the tractor and place them in a safe position.
20097655 2
3. Remove the bolts, (1), and remove the drive shaft

guards, (2).
96096504 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 24
4. Remove the snap ring, (1), from the front and rear of
the drive shaft.
5. Remove the bolts from the drive shaft support.
6. Remove the drive shaft from the front axle input shaft
and drop box output shaft by sliding the two couplers
onto the drive shaft.
20097657 4
7. Attach nylon slings around the front axle and attach

them to a hoist.
20097658 5
8. Lift the tractor with the hoist and place a stand under
the lower portion of the front axle.
20099978 6
9. Remove the power steering hoses, (1), from the power

steering tubes.
96096507 7
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 25
10. Remove the front wheels.
20097661 8
11. Remove the front axle rear support retaining bolts, (1).
96096504 9
12. Remove the front axle front support retaining bolts,

(1).
96096506 10
13. Using a hoist and nylon cables (one for each side)
detach the front axle from the tractor.
20097664 11
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 26
Powered front axle - Disassemble - 4WD

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
To remove the front axle, see the procedures in Powered front axle - Remove - 4WD (25.100).
With the front axle on a workbench, proceed as follows:
20097665 1
1. Remove plug, (1), and drain the oil from the axle casing.
96096503 2
2. To drain the final drive oil, remove plug, (1), on the

left-hand final drive casing; repeat the same operation
on the right-hand casing.
20097667 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 27
3. Remove the rear support, (1), off the front axle; remove
the front support and the thrust washer.
20097668 4
4. Remove the tie rod retaining nuts, (1).
20097669 5
5. Using a removal tool, remove the tie rod ends from their
bores in the stub axle housing.
20097670 6
6. Remove the snap ring from the bottom of the cylinder

rod pivot pin, (1), remove the pin retaining bolt, (2), from
the pin. Remove the pins and detach the cylinder.
96096507 7
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 28
7. Unscrew the retaining bolts off the left-hand final drive

casing cover, (1). Screw in the two M10 x 100 dow-
els tool no 380002813, (2), and, using a slide hammer
puller screwed into the oil drain plug, detach the cover,
(1), from the casing.
20097672 8
8. Remove the snap ring, (1), securing the driving gear,

(2), and remove the gear.
20097673 9
9. Remove the snap ring, (1), securing the driving gear.
20097674 10
10. Remove the staking, (1), on the wheel hub bearing

lock ring, (2).
20097675 11
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 29
11. Remove the wheel hub bearing lock ring using tool no
380000295, (1).
20097676 12
12. Remove the wheel hub, (1), with the ring gear, (2).
20097677 13
13. Remove the retaining bolts, (1), of the lower pivot pin
of the stub axle housing. Remove the lower pivot pin
and the relative adjustment shims.
20097678 14
14. Remove the retaining bolts of the upper pivot pin.

15. Withdraw the upper pivot pin, (1), and detach the stub
axle housing, (2).
20097679 15
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 30
16. Remove the retaining bolt, (1), of the axle shaft, (2).
20097680 16
17. Using a prybar, pull the axle shaft out of the casing.
18. To disassemble the right-hand final drive unit, repeat
the above steps 7 to 17.
20097681 17
19. Remove the bolts fixing the bevel drive-differential

support to the axle casing. Screw in the M12 x 100
dowels, tool no 380002814, (1). Remove the remain-
ing bolts and separate the bevel drive-differential
support from the axle casing. Attach a chain, (2), to
the support and take up the weight with the hoist.
Remove the bevel drive-differential support, (3), from
the axle casing.
20097682 18
20. Remove the two bolts, (1), from the two ring gear dif-
ferential support caps, (2). Remove the crown wheel-
differential assembly from the housing.
20097683 19
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 31
21. Remove the snap ring, (1), from the splined shaft, (2).
20097684 20
22. Straighten the locking tab on the splined shaft lock nut,
(1).
20097685 21
23. Remove the nut using wrench, tool no 380000268,

(1), while holding the bevel drive pinion shaft against
rotation with wrench, tool no 380000257.
20097686 22
24. Remove the splined shaft detent ball, (1).
20097687 23
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 32
25. Remove the bevel drive pinion shaft, (1), from the rear
of the casing and remove the spacer, the adjustment
shims and the bearing.
NOTE: Observe the quantity and the size of the shims re-
moved from the pinion shaft.
20097688 24
26. Using a screwdriver, remove the dust seal, seal ring,

(1), and rear bearing.
20097689 25
Next operation:
To inspect the front axle, see the procedures in Powered front axle - Inspect - 4WD (25.100).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 33
Powered front axle - Inspect - 4WD

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Powered front axle - Disassemble - 4WD (25.100).
1. Wash all parts in a suitable solvent and allow to air dry.

2. Inspect the gears for excess wear or damage. Replace
as necessary.
3. Check all the bearings for wear or roughness. Rotate
the bearings by hand and replace as necessary.
4. Inspect the axle shafts and pinion shaft for wear or
damage. Replace as necessary.
5. Inspect the front axle housing for any damage. Replace
as necessary.
Next operation:
Powered front axle - Assemble - 4WD (25.100).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 34
Powered front axle - Assemble - 4WD

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Powered front axle - Inspect - 4WD (25.100).
1. Reassemble the front axle adhering to the following in-

structions:
• Refer to the tightening torques Powered front axle
- Torque (Standard shaft) (25.100).
• Install the rear bearing, the seal, the dust seal, the
adjustment shims, the spacer and the bevel drive
pinion shaft complete with front bearing.
• Position the detent ball, screw in the bevel drive pin-
ion lock nut and secure in position by staking. Finally,
replace the snap ring.
• Install the ring gear differential assembly, the support
caps and tighten the relative bolts.
• Install the bevel drive-differential housing on the front
axle casing.
• Install the axle shaft and relative bolt.
• Install the stub axle, the adjustment shims, the upper
and lower pivot pins.
• Install the wheel hub, the ring gear of the final drive
unit and the lock ring and tighten to the prescribed
torque value, while simultaneously turning the wheel
hub to ensure that the bearings are correctly seated.
• Install the securing and stop snap rings, the driving
gear and the cover of the final drive unit.
• Install the pins, washers, spacers and steering cylin-
ders.
• Install the track rod, the front and rear supports and
the oil drain plugs.
Next operation:
Powered front axle - Install - 4WD (25.100).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 35
Powered front axle - Install - 4WD

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
Powered front axle - Assemble - 4WD (25.100).
1. Refit the front axle following the instructions below.

• Install the axle and bolt the front and rear supports
in position.
• Reconnect the power steering hoses.
• Install the front wheels.
• Raise the front of the tractor using the hoist.
• Remove the fixed stand.
• Detach the nylon cables.
• Reconnect the drive shaft and install the drive shaft
guard.
• Attach a nylon cable to the front weights, lift, install
to the tractor and secure with the locking screws.
• Reconnect the negative battery lead.
• Refer to the tightening torques Powered front axle
- Torque (Standard shaft) (25.100).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 36
Powered front axle - Change fluid (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
LAIL11TT0444F0A 1
Position Description
1 Oil filling and level plug
2 Oil drain plug
3 Oil breather
4 Filling, drain and level plug of epicyclic reduction gear oil
5 Grease points
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 37
ATTENTION: To drain and fill the oil and to check the oil
level, the axle must be horizontal.
ATTENTION: Risk of violent oil ejection. Carefully follow
all the safety procedures in this manual and in the tractor
manual
LAIL11TT0445A0A 2
1. Before draining the oil from the axle housing, use the
breather (1) to release possible internal pressure.
2. To drain the oil, remove the level plug (2) and the drain
plug (3).
ATTENTION: Risk of violent oil ejection.
LAIL11TT0446A0A 3
3. See point one.

4. Drain all oil.
5. Clean the plug (3). Tighten the plug to the prescribed
torque (Tightening torque – Powered front axle -
Torque (Narrow shaft) (25.100).
6. Always use the breather (1) to release possible internal
pressure.
7. Unscrew the oil fill plug (2). Fill up to the bottom of the
level plug hole with the specified oil.
8. Wait to allow the oil to flow through the axle.
LAIL11TT0447A0A 4
9. Check oil level and fill to the specified level if necessary.
10. Tighten the plug (2) to the prescribed torque (Tighten-
ing torque – Powered front axle - Torque (Narrow
shaft) (25.100).
ATTENTION: To drain and fill the oil and to check the oil
level, the axle must be horizontal.
11. Before draining the oil from the wheel end, rotate the
wheel end so that the plug (4) is in the highest position
[position A] and partially unscrew to release possible
pressure.
12. Rotate the wheel end so that the plug (4) is toward the
ground [position B]. Remove the plug and drain the oil.
LAIL11TT0448A0A 5
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 38
13. Rotate the wheel end so that the hole (4) is in the po-
sition shown in the figure. Fill up to the bottom of the
fill plug hole with the specified oil (Technical specifi-
cations Powered front axle - General specification
(Narrow shaft) (25.100).
14. Tighten the plug (4) to the prescribed torque (Tighten-
ing torque – Powered front axle - Torque (Narrow
shaft) (25.100).
LAIL11TT0449A0A 6
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 39
Powered front axle - Toe in adjust (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Adjusting the toe in

Some of the following pictures may not show your axle
exactly, but the indicated operations are correct any-
way. See the general diagram of the system in Pow-
ered front axle - Overview of the toe-in angle (nar-
row shaft) (25.100).
1. Put two equal one-meter-long linear bars on the wheel
sides and lock them with two nuts on the wheel hub
stud bolt.
NOTICE: The two bars should be fixed on their middle so
that they are perpendicular to the supporting surface and
parallel to the pinion shaft axis; align the two bars.
LAIL11TT0511A0A 1
2. Measure the distance in mm M between the bars ends

with a tapeline.
NOTE: Keep the minimum value, swinging the measure-
ment point.
LAIL11TT0499A0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 40
3. Check that the difference of the measurements be-

tween the wheel hubs diameters ends is within the re-
quested tolerance range.
LAIL11TT0406B0A 3
See the permissible toe-in values in Powered front

axle - General specification (Narrow shaft) (25.100).
4. The nominal toe-in value (A) is referred to the external
diameter of the wheel hub flange; therefore the mea-
sured value (M) at the bar ends must be related to the
ratio between length of the bar and flange diameter.
Nominal toe-in = (A) 0 – 2 mm.
Measured toe-in = (M) 0 – 5 mm.
5. If the toe-in is incorrect, adjust the two guide rods (1)
by tightening and loosening the two joint link rods (3)
equally till the toe-in is within the required range.
LAIL11TT0512A0A 4
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 41
6. After adjusting, tighten the lock nuts (2) of the guide

rods (1) to the torque specified in Powered front axle
- Torque (Narrow shaft) (25.100).
LAIL11TT0513A0A 5
Next operation:
To adjust the steering angle, see the procedures in Powered front axle - Adjust the steering angle (narrow shaft)
(25.100).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 42
Powered front axle - Adjust the steering angle (narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Prior operation:
To adjust the toe-in, see the procedures in Powered front axle - Toe in adjust (Narrow shaft) (25.100).

way.
1. Use the same bars assembled for the toe-in adjustment
and a long bar perfectly leaned over the machined part
of the central body (pinion side), so that the two bars
form an acute angle at the maximum steering.
LAIL11TT0506A0A 1
2. Set a protractor to the angle specified in Powered front

axle - General specification (Narrow shaft) (25.100)
and position it on the long bar.
Move a wheel side till it forms, with the two bars, the
angle fixed by the protractor.
LAIL11TT0507A0A 2
3. Adjust the mechanical steering stop. Tighten or loosen

the stop bolt (4) and lock it at the torque specified in
Powered front axle - Torque (Narrow shaft) (25.100)
with the lock nut (5).
LAIL11TT0508A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 43
4. Rotate completely toward the other side and repeat the

same operations.
LAIL11TT0509A0A 4
Next operation:
To test after fitting, see the procedures in Powered front axle - Test after assembly (narrow shaft) (25.100).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 44
Powered front axle - Test after assembly (narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Prior operation:
To adjust the toe-in, see the procedures in Powered front axle - Toe in adjust (Narrow shaft) (25.100).
Test methods
Step 1: With the engine off, lift the axle so that the tires
are off the ground.
Step 2: Engage the gear so that the pinion is locked.
Step 3: With the help of another person standing on the
opposite side, begin the assembly testing by rotating
both the wheels forward as much as possible. Both the
wheels should lock after a while.
Step 4: Keeping the pinion locked, free the right wheel
and rotate the left wheel in the direction of travel. Rotate
the right wheels in the opposite direction. The wheel
will move freely without difficulty and the right wheel will
move in the opposite direction if the assembly has been
carried out correctly. Repeat the same operation in the
opposite direction (reverse gear).
if one wheel does not rotate freely in both directions,
then check step by step all assembly operations. Check
and see that the brakes are regulated correctly and
functioning properly.
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 45
Axle housing - Disassemble (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Use Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), including protective goggles, gloves, and safety footwear.
W1036A
Disassembling the axle housing

way.
1. Remove the two axle shafts (7) from the axle housing
(1).
LAIL11TT0182A0A 1
2. Remove the retainers (6) from the axle housing (1).

NOTE: This operation destroys the retainers.
3. Only remove bushings (4) and (5) from the axle housing
(1) if they are worn enough to require it.
ATTENTION: Be careful not to damage the brush seat.
LAIL11TT0491A0A 2
4. Only remove the top link cover (2) and the ball bearing
cup (3) from the link pin seats if they are worn enough
to require it. Use a suitable extractor to do so.
LAIL11TT0066A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 46
5. Remove the rear and front retainers (8) and (10) from
the pivot using a suitable tool.
NOTE: This operation destroys the retainers.
6. Remove the rear and front bushings (9) from the axle
beam pivot using a suitable extractor.
NOTE: This is a destructive operation for the bushings.
Use new retainers for assembly.
LAIL11TT0067A0A 4
Next operation:
To remove the axle housing, see the procedures in Axle housing - Assemble (Narrow shaft) (25.100).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 47
Axle housing - Assemble (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Use Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), including protective goggles, gloves, and safety footwear.
W1036A
Prior operation:
To remove the axle housing, see the procedures in Axle housing - Disassemble (Narrow shaft) (25.100).
Fitting the axle housing

way.
Cool the top link pin cover (2) and the ball bearing cup
(3) to a temperature below -100 °C with liquid nitrogen.
1. Mount the top brush (2) on the top link pin seat with
special tool CA119220 and a hammer.
Mount the ball bearing cup (3) on the bottom link pin
seat with special tool CA715451 and a hammer.
LAIL11TT0068A0A 1
2. Cool the bushing (5) to a temperature below 100 °C

with liquid nitrogen.
NOTE: Bushing (5) includes bushing (4).
3. Fit bushing (5) in the axle housing (1) with special tool
CA715452 and a hammer.
4. Fit the retainer (6) on the axle housing with special tool
LAIL11TT0069A0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 48
NOTE: Carefully apply petroleum jelly to the seal rings.
LAIL11TT0070A0A 3
5. Insert the axle shaft (7) into the axle housing (1).
LAIL11TT0182A0A 4
6. Fit two new bushings (9) on the axle housing pivot with
special tool CA715475.
7. Fit two new retainers (8) and (10) on the axle housing
pivot using special tools CA715562 and CA715573.
NOTE: See the information about oil changes in Powered
front axle - Change fluid (Narrow shaft) (25.100).
LAIL11TT0071A0A 5
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 49
Powered front axle - Troubleshooting

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA

No differential action; Incorrect installation / defective axle Correct installation or repair or replace the
jamming during steering differential in case it does not survive any
one of the test phases.
Overloading / incorrect weight distribution Remove excessive weight and redistribute
load. Follow the vehicle-related instruc-
tions.
Different rotation radius of the tires If one tire has a smaller radius, it will cause
partial wheel slipping whenever force is ap-
plied. The other tire with bigger radius will
have to support all the work. Replace the
tire or adjust the pressure so that both tires
have the same radius.
Broken axle shaft It is not advisable to operate the vehicle
with a broken axle shaft. The tractor (en-
gine off and tractor unloaded) may only be
moved a few meters.
Bent axle shaft Replace axle shaft.
Incorrect wheel adjustment Verify group integrity and wheel side bear-
ings. Adjusting according.
Contamination in the axle box or incorrect Look for foreign particles. Check assembly
assembly of parts of the various parts of the axle.
Incorrect use of the product Consult the tractor manufacturer’s instruc-
tions.
Pinion teeth pitting Excessive use Replace bevel gear set
Insufficient lubrication Use correct lubrication fill up, to the right
level and replace at recommended inter-
vals
Steering is difficult; Incorrect installation / defective axle Correct the installation. Repair or replace
vehicle continues in a the differential if it does not survive any one
straight line while turning of the test stages.
tions.
moved a few meters.
tions.
Friction noise Incorrect installation / defective axle Correct the installation. Repair or replace
the differential if it does not survive any one
of the test stages.
moved a few meters.
Bent axle shaft Replace axle shaft
Spoiled or worn out axle parts Check the condition of the ring gear, pinion
gear, bearings etc. Replace as needed
Contamination in the axle box or incorrect Look for foreign particles. Check the as-
assembly of parts sembly of the various parts of the axle
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 50

Incorrect adjustment of bevel gear assem- (transmission gears, Universal joints etc.)
bly: worn transmission parts Replace or adjust as required
tions.
Ring gear tooth broken at Excessive gear load compared to the one Replace bevel gear set
the outer side foreseen
Incorrect gear adjustment (excessive back- Carefully follow the recommended opera-
lash) tions for the adjustment of bevel gear set
clearance.
Pinion nut loose Carefully follow the recommended opera-
tions for the adjustment of bevel gear set
clearance.
Bent axle housing body Vehicle overloaded Replace the axle housing body
Vehicle's accident Replace the axle housing body
Load bump Replace the axle housing body
Bent or broken halfshaft Vehicle operated intensively or overloaded Replace
Pinion and ring teeth Crash load of differential components Check and/or replace other differential
breakage components
Wheel vibration; front Incorrect installation / defective axle Correct the installation. Repair or replace
tire resistance; axle shaft the differential if it does not survive any one
breakage of the test stages.
tions.
tions.
Vibration during forward Incorrect installation / defective axle Correct the installation. Repair or replace
drive, intermittent noise the differential if it does not survive any one
of the test stages.
tions.
Incorrect adjustment of bevel gear assem- (transmission gears, universal joints, etc.).
bly: worn transmission parts Replace or adjust, as required
Overheated ring and Prolonged operation at high temperatures Replace bevel gear set
pinion teeth
See if gear teeth have Incorrect lubrication Use appropriate lubricant
faded
Low oil level Fill to the correct level
Contaminated Oil Replace according to the recommended
schedule
Oil leakage form gaskets Prolonged functioning at high temperature Replace the gasket or seal and corre-
and seals of the oil sponding surface, if damaged.
Oil gasket assembled incorrectly Use the correct lubrication and replace it at
recommended intervals.
Seal lip damaged Use the correct lubrication and replace it at
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 51

Contaminated Oil Use the correct lubrication and replace it at
Uneven tire wear. Incorrect installation / defective axle Correct installation or repair or replace the
differential in case it does not survive any
one of the test phases.
tions.
moved a few meters.
Bent axle shaft Replace axle shaft.
Blocked differential Differential is not working properly or
control device is broken/blocked. Verify
assembly and all components. Tractors
with wide steering angle may move jerkily
and have difficulty steering, or tires may be
worn when taking sharp bends. Reduce
the steering angle to the minimum and
slow down when the vehicle starts moving
jerkily.
Incorrect wheel adjustment Verify group integrity and wheel side bear-
ings. Adjusting according.
Pinion or ring gear teeth Insufficient lubrication Replace bevel gear set.
or worn Carefully follow the recommended opera-
clearance.
Use correct lubricants, fill up to the right
levels and replace according to the recom-
mended program.
Contaminated Oil Replace bevel gear set.
Carefully follow the recommended opera-
clearance.
mended program.
Incorrect lubrication or depleted additives Replace bevel gear set.
Carefully follow the recommended opera-
clearance.
mended program.
Worn out pinion bearings that cause an Replace bevel gear set.
incorrect pinion axle backlash and wrong Carefully follow the recommended opera-
contact between pinion and ring. tions for the adjustment of bevel gear set
clearance.
mended program.
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 52

Excessive wearing out of Exhaustive use • Replace the flange.
input flange spline
• Check that the pinion spline is not
excessively worn out.
• Replace bevel gear set if required.
Pinion nut loose • Replace the flange.
Pinion axle backlash • Replace the flange.
Fatigue failure of pinion Exhaustive use Replace bevel gear set
teeth See if the fracture
line is well defined (wave
lines, beach lines)
Continuous overload Replace bevel gear set
Side gear spline worn Excessive use • Replace differential gear assy.
out. Replace all scratched
• Replace halfshaft if required
washers (Excessive
backlash)
Thrust washer surface Insufficient lubrication • Use the correct lubrication and fill up to
worn out or scratched. the right level.
• Replace at intervals recommended.
• Replace all scratched washers and
those with 0,1mm thickness lower than
the new ones.
Incorrect lubrication • Use the correct lubrication and fill up to
the right level.
the new ones.
Contaminated Oil • Use the correct lubrication and fill up to
the right level.
the new ones.
Inner diameter of tapered Excessive use • Replace the bearing.
roller bearing worn out.
• Check pinion axial backlash.
• Use proper lubrication, fill up to right
level and replace at recommended
intervals.
Excessive axial pinion backlash • Replace the bearing.
intervals.
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 53

Insufficient lubrication • Replace the bearing.
intervals.
Contaminated Oil • Replace the bearing.
intervals.
Premature tyre wear Incorrect inflation pressure To inflate the tires to the correct pressure,
see the values suggested in the operator’s
manual. Always comply with the values
specified by the tire manufacturer.
Incorrect front wheel toe-in. Adjust the toe-in (see procedures in Pow-
ered front axle - Toe in adjust (Narrow
shaft) (25.100)).
Drive by noise Excessive backlash between pinion and Adjust
ring gear
Worn out pinion and gear ring Replace
Worn pinion bearings Replace
Pinion bearings loose Adjust
Excessive axial pinion backlash Adjust
Worn differential bearings Replace
Differential bearings loose Adjust
Ring gear out of roundness Replace
Low lubricant level Oil level
Poor or wrong lubricant Replace
Bent axle shaft Replace
Noise while driving in Noise coming from axle are usually heard Replace or adjust (see above)
neutral when vehicle moves in neutral gear but are
not loud.
Incorrect clearance between pinion and Replace
ring (sound heard while decelerating dis-
appears when increasing the speed)
Pinion or input flange worn out Adjust
Intermittent noise Ring gear damaged Replace bevel gear set
Differential case bolts loose Tighten to torque
Constant noise Ring gear teeth or pinion damaged Replace bevel gear set
Worn bearings Replace
Worn pinion spline Replace
Bent axle shaft Replace
Noise while steering Worn differential gears Replace
Worn differential case or crosshead Replace
Differential thrust washers worn Replace
Half shaft spline worn out Replace
Low tractor stability Incorrect inflation pressure Fill tires to correct pressure
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 54
Index

Axle housing - Assemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Axle housing - Disassemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Axle housing - Exploded view (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Axle support - Sectional view (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Powered front axle - Adjust - 4WD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Powered front axle - Adjust the steering angle (narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Powered front axle - Assemble - 4WD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Powered front axle - Change fluid (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Powered front axle - Component identification (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Powered front axle - Dimension (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Powered front axle - Disassemble - 4WD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Powered front axle - Dynamic description (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Powered front axle - Dynamic description - Narrow axle (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Powered front axle - General specification (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Powered front axle - General specification (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Powered front axle - Grease (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Powered front axle - Inspect - 4WD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Powered front axle - Install - 4WD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Powered front axle - Overview of the toe-in angle (narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Powered front axle - Remove - 4WD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Powered front axle - Sealing (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Powered front axle - Special tools (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Powered front axle - Special tools (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Powered front axle - Test after assembly (narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Powered front axle - Toe in adjust (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Powered front axle - Torque (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Powered front axle - Torque (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Powered front axle - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 55
47921938 07/02/2017
25.1 [25.100] / 56
Front bevel gear set and differential - 102
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Differential
Service limits (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Differential
Exploded view (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Differential housing
Differential lock
Sectional view (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SERVICE
Differential
Preload (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Adjust (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Assemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Input shaft assembly - Disassemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Input shaft assembly - Assemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Input shaft assembly - Assemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Input shaft assembly - Disassemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Service instruction (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Gear tooth contact - 4WD Ring/pinion adjustment (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Differential housing
Assemble - Narrow shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Gear tooth contact (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 2
CONSUMABLES INDEX

Loctite® 518™ Differential - Service instruction 25.2 / 27
Loctite® 518™ Differential - Gear tooth contact - 4WD Ring/pinion adjustment 25.2 / 29
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 3
Front axle system - Front bevel gear set and differential
Differential - Service limits (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Limited slip differential disks specifications
BRAG12TRLUE0353 1
1. Friction disk thickness = 1,497 – 1,503 mm Minimum thickness = 1,4 mm. Quantity: 10
2. Friction disk thickness ( 1,597 – 1,603 mm. Minimum thickness = 1,45 mm. Quantity: 8
3. Friction disk thickness ( 2,797 – 2,803 mm. Minimum thickness = 2,7 mm. Quantity: 2
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 4
Differential - Exploded view (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Differential group
LAIL11TT0468F0A 1
1. Fixing bolt 7. Lock disk

2. Bevel gear 8. Planetary Gears
3. Ball Bearings 9. Crossheads
4. Half box 10. Satellite gears
5. Lock disk 11. Thrust washers
6. Lock disk 12. Half box
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 5
Differential - Exploded view (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Pinion group
LAIL11TT0492F0A 1
1. Bevel pinion 6. Flat washer

2. Adjustment shim 7. Differential support
3. Bearing Cup 8. Bearing
4. Flat washer 9. Retaining washer
5. Spacer 10. Lockwasher
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 6
Differential housing - Exploded view (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Differential support group
LAIL11TT0343G0A 1
1. Differential support 8. Ring nut tighteners

2. Mounting bolts for differential support 9. Screws
3. Ring nut 10. Guide
4. Bearing Cup 11. Journal
5. Casing 12. Screws
6. Bearing Cup 13. Positioning pins
7. Ring nut 14. Axle housing
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 7
Differential housing - Exploded view (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
BRAG12TRLUE0354 1
1. Spring-ring 4. O-Ring
2. Flange 5. Flat washer
3. Retainer
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 8
Differential lock - Sectional view (Standard shaft)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
Cross-section of front axle differential
LAIL11TT0168G0A 1
S1 = Pinion bearing shim 3. Pinion bearing spacer

S2 = Pinion positioning shim 4. Ring gear
C1 = Pinion bearing lock nut 5. Axle shaft with universal joint
C2 = Differential assembly fixing bolt 6. Planetary washer
C3 = Crown fixing bolt 7. Satellite washer
Gd, Gs = Lock nuts for the right- and left-hand differential 8. Satellite box mounting bolt
bearings
1. Pinion 60. Planetary
2. Seal 61. Planetary
62. Satellite
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 9
63. Satellite shaft
NOTE: During assembly, apply sealant to the surfaces (X).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 10
Differential - Preload (Standard shaft)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Bevel pinion adjustments

Check out the procedure for removing the front axle dif-
ferential in Powered front axle - Disassemble - 4WD
(25.100), from step 19.
Proceed as follows:
1. Fix the tool 293391 (1) in the vice, install the internal
races of the bearings (2) and (4) the spacer (3) and
fasten the tool nut until the end of run.
NOTE: For models TT3840/TT4030, insert tool 50118 (see
Powered front axle - Special tools (Standard shaft)
(25.100)) between the tool 293391 (1) and the bearing (2).
LAIL11TT0335A0A 1
2. Use a micrometer to measure the distance (H1) be-

tween the top surface and the pin of tool 293391. (1)
3. Disassemble the above parts, lubricate the bearings
with engine oil and then reinstall the parts, excluding
the bearing spacer ( (3), Fig. 1), of the differential shaft
housing, complete with the external races of the bear-
ings, and kept in place with the aid of tool 293743.
4. Tighten the tool nut 293391 (1) (see note above) to the
end, while turning the tool to ensure that the bearings
are correctly seated.
LAIL11TT0336A0A 2
5. Use a micrometer to measure distance (H2) consider-

ing the tool in this condition.
6. The thickness required for the adjustment shim is de-
termined by:
S = H₂ - H₁ + 0.05 mm.
LAIL11TT0337A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 11
If necessary, round up the value obtained to the next

0.05 mm.
NOTE: When adjustment is complete, do not remove the
adjustment tool from the axle housing differential. Leave it
to adjust the pinion position.
Bevel pinion adjustments (projection)

Proceed as follows:
7. Attach tool 293400 (1) to the differential housing only
and with the journal caps fitted.
8. Tighten the cones (3) of tool 293400 (1) inside or out-
side, so as to direct the micrometer shaft toward the
inner bearing race and to prevent the end between the
cones and the bearings from moving.
9. Adjust the micrometer so that the axis is in contact with
the inner bearing race and measure the distance (H 3 )
obtained.
10. Determine the corrected distance (H5) between the
center of the differential and the support base of the
bearing in the pinion:
H₅ = H₄ + C
where:
H₄ = 95 mm for TT3840/TT4030 models. Nominal dis-
tance between the center of the differential and the
support base of the bearing in the pinion.
C = Correction value written on the pinion, preceded
by the + or – sign (if not zero), to be added or sub-
tracted from the nominal distance (H4), according to
the sign.
LAIL11TT0338A0A 4
11. The shim thickness will be determined by:

S = H₃- H₅
where:
H₃ = Distance measured with the micrometer.
H₅ = Corrected nominal distance between the center
of the differential and the support base of the bearing
in the pinion.
Examples:
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 12
• Distance measured with micrometer H5 = 98 mm.

• Nominal distance between the center of the differen-
tial and the support base of the bearing in the pinion
H4 = 95 mm
• Correction value C = + 0.2 mm.
• Nominal corrected H5 distance = 95 mm + 0.2 mm
= 95.2 mm.
• S Shim Thickness = 98 mm – 95.2 mm = 2.8 mm.
• Correction value C = - 0.2 mm.
• Nominal corrected H5 distance = 95 mm + 0.2 mm
= 94.8 mm.
• Thickness of adjustment shim S = 98 mm – 94.8 mm
= 3.2 mm.
• Correction value C = 0 mm.
• Nominal corrected H5 distance = H4 = 95 mm.
• Thickness of adjustment shim S = 98 mm – 95 mm
= 3 mm.
12. Remove tools 293391 and 293400 from the bevel pin-
ion housing.
13. Install the complete bevel pinion with internal bearing
race, spacer, and adjustment shim ( (11) and (12)) with
the previously determined thicknesses.
14. Fit the O-ring sealing (1) onto the pinion shaft.
15. Next, insert the retainer race and afterwards the ball,
after having carefully lubricated the external surface.
LAIL11TT0339A0A 5
16. Install pinion lock key 293782. (2)

17. Install key 293878 in the pinion nut.
LAIL11TT0340A0A 6
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 13
18. Using a key, lock the pinion (2), and using a torque
meter positioned on nut (1) exactly as shown in Fig.
6, fasten the nut (C₃, Powered front axle - Torque
(Standard shaft) (25.100)) to a torque of 294 N·m
(217 lb ft), and simultaneously turn the pinion to en-
sure that the bearings are correctly seated.
19. Using a torque wrench 293952 (1) and pinion lock
wrench 293782 (2), check that the pinion’s swing
torque is 0.5 – 1 N·m (0.369 – 0.738 lb ft)
without the retainer and the dust guard.If the swing
torque value is lower than recommended, fit a thinner
adjustment shim. If the torque value is higher than
recommended, fit a thicker adjustment shim.
LAIL11TT0341A0A 7
20. Loosen the nut and fit the retainer and the correspond-
ing dust guard ring. Fasten the nut to a torque of
294 N·m (217 lb ft) and simultaneously turn the pin-
ion to ensure that the bearings are correctly seated.
21. Using torquemeter 293952 (1) and pinion lock wrench
293782 (2), check that the pinion’s swing torque is
< 0.50 N·m (0.369 lb ft) with the retainer fitted, for
models TT3840/ TT4030.
Finally, carefully lock the nut and install the lock ring.
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 14
Differential - Adjust (Standard shaft)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
End Play Adjustment

In case of differential assembly overhaul it is necessary
to adjust the backlash between the teeth of the planet
pinions and side gears.
Proceed as follows:
1. Thoroughly clean the components of the differential to
remove any traces of oil which would otherwise prevent
accurate backlash measurement.
2. Install the two side gears without thrust washers.
3. Install the planet pinions complete with thrust washers
and pins and screw the pin retaining bolts in by a few
turns to hold the pins in place.
4. Position a dial gauge on the differential housing.
5. Move the left-hand side gear to bring it into full contact
with the planet pinion and then push it up against the
differential housing, reading the end play (GL) on the
dial gauge.
20097712 1
6. Repeat the above operations to measure the end play

on the right-hand side gear (GR).
Axial clearance should be 0.25 mm (0.010 in). There-
fore the shims to be inserted in the differential housing
are given by:
Shim (left) = GL - 0.25 mm (0.010 in) for the left-hand
side gear.
Shim (right) = GR - 0.25 mm (0.010 in) for the right-
hand side gear.
20097713 2
7. Install shims, (1), as near as possible to the calculated

value. Use a dial gauge and following the procedure
described above, check that the end float of the left
and right-hand side gears is approximately 0.25 mm
(0.010 in).
20097714 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 15
Differential side gear shim sizes

Available Shim Sizes mm (inches)
1.0 mm (0.039 in) 1.6 mm (0.063 in)
1.1 mm (0.043 in) 1.7 mm (0.067 in)
1.2 mm (0.047 in) 1.8 mm (0.071 in)
1.3 mm (0.051 in) 1.9 mm (0.075 in)
1.4 mm (0.055 in) 2.0 mm (0.039 in)
1.5 mm (0.059 in)
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 16
Differential - Disassemble (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Prior operation:
When removing the differential support, see the procedures in Differential housing - Disassemble (Narrow shaft)
(25.102).

way.
Proceed as follows:
See the exploded view of the assembly in Differential
- Exploded view (Narrow shaft) (25.102).
1. Lock the differential with a clamp. Unscrew the mount-
ing bolts (1) and remove the bevel gear (2).
ATTENTION: This will make both differential half boxes (4)
and (12) free, so take care not to drop the internal compo-
nents.
LAIL11TT0494A0A 1
2. Disassemble the differential housing into two half cases

(4) and (12) with the related components.
NOTE: Make alignment marks on the half cases before
dividing them. Disassemble all the components.
3. Check the operating and wear conditions of the com-
ponents.
LAIL11TT0183A0A 2
4. Remove the bearings (3), and the half cases (4) and
(12) using a three point extractor.
LAIL11TT0184A0A 3
Next operation:
For fitting the differential, see the procedures in Differential - Assemble (Narrow shaft) (25.102).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 17
Differential - Assemble (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Prior operation:
When removing the differential, see the procedures in Differential - Disassemble (Narrow shaft) (25.102).

way. See the exploded view of the assembly in Differ-
ential - Exploded view (Narrow shaft) (25.102).
1. Fit the bearing cones (3) on half boxes (4) and (12),
using special tool CA715083 and a hammer.
LAIL11TT0476A0A 1
2. Position part (4) or (12) in a vise and assemble all the

internal components (lock disks (5), (6) and (7), the
planetary gears (8), crossheads (9), satellite gears (10)
and thrust washers (11)) as shown.
NOTE: The first disk (7) must be fitted with friction material
next to the disks and the smooth surface on the planetary
gear side (8).
3. Join the two half boxes aligning the reference marks
made during disassembly.
See the specifications of the differential lock disks in
Powered front axle - General specification (Narrow
shaft) (25.100).
LAIL11TT0392A0A 2
4. Position the crown gear (2) on the differential housing.

Apply the indicated sealant to the bolt threads (1).
5. Fit the bolts (1) and tighten them to the torque given in
Powered front axle - Torque (Narrow shaft) (25.100).
LAIL11TT0477A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 18
Differential Input shaft assembly - Disassemble (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Disassembly
1. See the exploded view of the system in Differential
housing - Exploded view (Narrow shaft) (25.102).
way.
2. Remove the spring-ring (1) from the end of the pinion.
3. Remove the flange (2).
LAIL11TT0208A0A 1
4. Remove the retainer (3) from the differential support.

NOTE: This operation destroys the retainer. Remove the
O-ring (4) and the washer (5). Fit a new O-ring and washer.
LAIL11TT0209A0A 2
Next operation:
For the differential flange, see the procedures described in Differential Input shaft assembly - Assemble (Narrow
shaft) (25.102).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 19
Differential Input shaft assembly - Assemble (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Prior operation:
When removing the flange assembly, see the procedures in Differential Input shaft assembly - Disassemble (Nar-
row shaft) (25.102).

way. See the exploded view of the system in Differen-
tial housing - Exploded view (Narrow shaft) (25.102)
1. Fit the flat washer (5) and the new O-ring (4) on the end
of the pinion. Fit the new retainer (3) on the differential
support with special tool CA715165 and a hammer.
LAIL11TT0021A0A 1
2. Fit the flange (2).

Fit the lock ring (1) on the end of the pinion.
LAIL11TT0022A0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 20
Differential Input shaft assembly - Assemble (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Prior operation:
To remove the pinion assembly, see the procedures in Differential Input shaft assembly - Disassemble (Narrow
shaft) (25.102).

1. Place the differential support (7) on a workbench.
2. Fit bearing races (3) and (8) using special tool
LAIL11TT0094A0A 1
3. Prepare the kit consisting of the special tools called the

“false pinion” CA715084 and the “false differential box”
CA119205, as well as a depth gauge .
LAIL11TT0095A0A 2
4. Insert the bearing cones (3) and (8) into their hous-
ings. Assemble the "false pinion" and its ring nut (10).
Tighten without exceeding the ring nut, till the backlash
is eliminated.
LAIL11TT0096A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 21
5. Install the "false differential box" special tools into the

differential group support (7) and lock it with the half
collars.
LAIL11TT0097A0A 4
6. Assembly diagram of the "false differential box" tools

(on the left). Use a depth gauge to measure the dis-
tance "X" (distance between the axis of the differential
bearings and the point at which the pinion head is sup-
ported, or base of the bearing).
LAIL11TT0098A0A 5
7. In order to determine the necessary thickness value (S)

between the pinion and the bearing, subtract the value
(V), stamped on the pinion head ( V = requested conical
distance), from the measured value “X”.
S = X-V mm
LAIL11TT0099A0A 6
Shim range
Thick. 2.5 mm 2.6 mm 2.7 mm 2.8 mm 2.9 mm 3.0 mm 3.1 mm 3.2 mm 3.3 mm 3.4 mm
8. Select the shim (2) of thickness value (S) from the avail-
able shims.
LAIL11TT0100A0A 7
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 22
9. Remove the “false differential box” special tool from the

differential support (7).
Remove the ring nut (10), the “false pinion”, and bear-
ing cones (3) and (8).
LAIL11TT0101A0A 8
10. Insert the chosen shim (2) with the chamfer facing the
gear inside the pinion shaft (1).
11. Force the bearing (3) into the pinion shaft (1) with spe-
cial tool CA715082 under a press, making sure that it
is well seated.
12. Insert shims (4) and (6) and a new removable spacer
(5).
NOTE: Always use a new removable spacer (5).
LAIL11TT0102A0A 9
13. Insert the bevel pinion (1) unit into the differential sup-
port housing (7) and the bearing cone (8) into the pin-
ion shaft, as shown in the figure.
14. Use special tool CA715082 and a hammer to guide
the bearing (8).
LAIL11TT0103A0A 10
15. Insert the ring nut washer (9) and screw a new lock
ring nut (10) onto the pinion end.
LAIL11TT0104A0A 11
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 23
16. Screw the ring nut (10) in, using the wrench for ring
nut CA715080 and for pinion retainer CA715081.
NOTE: If it is too tight, the removable spacer (5) must be
replaced and the procedure repeated. When you check
the preload, it is advisable to hit both ends of the pinion (1)
gently with a rubber hammer to help to set bearings (3) and
(8).
ATTENTION: The torque setting is given by the preloading
measurement on bearings (3) and (8); tighten the ring nut
(10) gradually.
LAIL11TT0105A0A 12
17. Measure the preload of the pinion’s beveled roller

bearings (3) and (8), using a dynamometer whose
cord is wound around the splined end of the pinion
(1).
18. The adjustment is carried out by increasing the ring
nut (10) torque gradually, being careful not to exceed
the maximum torque.
ATTENTION: All preloadings must be measured without
the seal ring.
LAIL11TT0106A0A 13
P = 10.5 – 15.7 kgf

19. Once the requested preload value is achieved, stake
the ring nut (10), using a hammer and a chisel.
LAIL11TT0498A0A 14
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 24
Differential Input shaft assembly - Disassemble (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Prior operation:
When removing the differential support, see the procedures in Differential housing - Disassemble (Narrow shaft)
(25.102).
Disassembly
1. Secure the differential support in a vise. Unscrew the
auto-lock nut (10) using special tools CA715080 and
CA715081.
NOTE: This operation will irretrievably damage the auto-
lock nut (10).
LAIL11TT0089A0A 1
2. Remove the ring nut (10) and remove its retaining

washer (9).
LAIL11TT0090A0A 2
3. Tap the shaft with a rubber hammer to remove the bevel

pinion (1).
NOTICE: Take care not to drop the bevel pinion (1).
4. Collect flat washers (4) and (6), the omega spacer (5)
and the bearing cone (8).
LAIL11TT0091A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 25
5. Place the differential support (7) on a flat surface and

remove the bearing races (3) and (8) using a displacer
and a hammer.
LAIL11TT0092A0A 4
6. To remove the bearing cone (3) of the bevel pinion (1),

use a standard extractor. Collect the bearing cone (3)
and the adjustment shim (2).
LAIL11TT0093A0A 5
7. Check all pinion components for wear.

NOTICE: The ring nut (10) and the collapsible spacer (5)
must be replaced when reassembling the unit.
LAIL11TT0493A0A 6
Next operation:
To fit the pinion assembly, see the procedures in Differential Input shaft assembly - Assemble (Narrow shaft)
(25.102).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 26
Differential - Service instruction (Standard shaft)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
1. Application diagram for the gasket eliminator LOCTITE®

518™ for mounting the bevel drive unit and the plane-
tary final drive unit.
20097711 1
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 27
Differential - Gear tooth contact - 4WD Ring/pinion adjustment

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
Adjustment of the ring gear bearings and checking the backlash between the pinion and
ring gear
Proceed as follows:
1. Install the differential assembly complete with ring gear
and inner ring gear bearing rings in the bevel drive/
differential housing.
20097705 1
2. Insert the outer bearing rings in the differential housing,

install the differential support caps, tighten the bolts to
a torque of 59 N·m (44 lb ft), then loosen and re-tighten
to a torque of 20 N·m (15 lb ft).
20097706 2
3. With the bearings lubricated, rotate the ring gear and

at the same time tighten the threaded adjustment ring
using wrench, tool no 380000252, (1), to a torque of
39 – 59 N·m (29 – 44 lb ft) to take up the axial play
between the components.
20097707 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 28
4. Use a dial gauge (1) to measure the clearance between

the pinion and crown gear. Place the dial gauge per-
pendicular to the outer edge of a crown gear tooth (2).
5. Repeat the measurement in two other positions 120°
apart and compare the average of the three values
(Gm) with the prescribed normal backlash specification
of: 0.18 mm (0.007 in) - 0.23 mm (0.009 in) average
value 0.20 mm (0.008 in).
If the measured backlash exceeds the prescribed
value, adjust the threaded adjustment rings by screw-
ing one of the rings in and the other out by the same
amount to correct the axial preload and thus obtain the
prescribed backlash.
20097708 4
6. Position a dial gauge perpendicular to the outside

edge of one of the crown gear teeth. Check that the
clearance between the pinion and crown gear is within
the tolerance limits of 0.18 mm (0.007 in) - 0.23 mm
(0.009 in).
20097707 5
7. Using a wrench, tool number 380000252, (1), turn

the threaded adjustment ring and check, using torque
wrench, (2), that the combined rolling resistance torque
of the ring gear and pinion bearings is:
A2 = A1 + 1.0 N·m (0.74 lb ft) to 1.5 N·m (1.11 lb ft).
where:
A2 = combined ring gear/pinion rolling resistance
torque;
A1 = rolling resistance torque of pinion, as measured
previously.
1.0 N·m (0.74 lb ft) to 1.5 N·m (1.11 lb ft) = rolling re-
sistance torque of crown wheel only measured at the
end of the pinion using wrench, tool number 380000257
and a torque wrench.
20097709 6
8. Torque the cap screws to 113 N·m (83 lb ft).

9. Install the safety plate, screwing the threaded adjust-
ment ring in or out up to the nearest notch.
10. Attach the bevel drive/differential to the axle casing af-
ter having carefully cleaned and degreased the mat-
ing surfaces and applied a bead of gasket eliminator
LOCTITE® 518™, approx. 2 mm (0.08 in) wide along
the line shown in the figure.
11. See Differential - Service instruction (Standard
shaft) (25.102) for the type of sealant and where to
apply the sealant when mounting the bevel drive and
the final drive unit.
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 29
Differential housing - Disassemble (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA

way. See the exploded view of the assembly in Dif-
ferential housing - Exploded view (Narrow shaft)
(25.102).
1. Drain the oil completely from the differential.
NOTE: See Powered front axle - Change fluid (Narrow
shaft) (25.100) for information about changing fluid.
2. Loosen and remove the bolts (2) on the differential sup-
port (1).
3. Remove the differential support (1) from the axle hous-
LAIL11TT0400A0A 1
ing (14).
ATTENTION: Support the differential support with a rope
or other appropriate means
4. Loosen and remove the bolts (9) to remove the two ring
nut retainers (8).
LAIL11TT0401A0A 2
5. Before removing the bolts, mark both journals (11) and

the differential support with permanent reference marks
to avoid inverting them during re-assembly. Mark the
area between ring nuts (3) and (7), and the differential
support (1) as well.
LAIL11TT0402A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 30
6. Unscrew the nuts of bearings (3) and (7) using the tools
(a1) and a wrench.
LAIL11TT0403A0A 4
7. Remove the 4 bolts (12) and remove both journals (11).

NOTE: Check that the guides (10) are still in their housings.
LAIL11TT0404A0A 5
8. Remove the housing (5).

9. Bearing races (4) and (6) are removed together with
the differential housing.
ATTENTION: Do not invert the bearing cups if the bearings
have not been replaced.
LAIL11TT0405A0A 6
Next operation:
To fit the engine flywheel, see the procedures in Differential housing - Assemble - Narrow shaft (25.102).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 31
Differential housing - Assemble - Narrow shaft

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Prior operation:
Differential housing - Disassemble (Narrow shaft) (25.102).
1. Fit bearing races (4) and (6) in the differential housing

(5).
NOTE: Do not invert the bearing races. If necessary, re-
place the entire assemblies (bearing and race).
LAIL11TT0072A0A 1
2. Position the entire differential assembly on the support

(1).
LAIL11TT0073A0A 2
3. Rotate the ring gear assembly until the gears click into
place.
4. Make sure that the guides (10) are correctly installed.
5. Install the journals (11) and their respective screws
(12).
NOTE: Do not invert the journals and screws.
LAIL11TT0074A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 32
6. Fit the nuts (3) and (7) onto the differential support.
7. Tighten both bearing nuts (3) and (7) until the clearance
is eliminated and the differential bearings are slightly
preloaded.
LAIL11TT0075A0A 4
8. Check that the differential bearings are properly seated.

If necessary, disassemble and reassemble the assem-
bly.
9. Place a clock gauge on the housing. Adjust the clock
gauge feeler at an angle of 90° with the gear teeth.
10. Lock the pinion.
LAIL11TT0076A0A 5
11. Move the ring gear and record the clearance. Repeat
this process three times to find the average clearance.
NOTE: The value of the average clearance should be be-
tween 0.17 mm and 0.23 mm
12. To adjust the clearance, rotate the adjustment nuts
(3) and (7) closer or further away from the pinion ring
gear.
LAIL11TT0077A0A 6
Adjust the ring nuts (3) and (7), remembering that:

• “A” if the measured play is above the given tolerance
range, unscrew nut (7) and tighten nut (3) by the
same amount;
• “B” if the measured play is below the given tolerance
range, unscrew nut (3) and tighten nut (7) by the
same amount.
LAIL11TT0078A0A 7
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 33
Bearing preload of the ring gear and pinion

13. Apply lubricant oil to the bearings. Rotate the assem-
bly so that the fluid lubricates the bearings.
14. Install a dynamometric scale on the pinion shaft.
LAIL11TT0082A0A 8
15. Measure the dynamic swing torque of the ring gear

and pinion assembly (T).
T = (P + 58.0 N (13.0 lb)) ÷ (P + 87.0 N (19.6 lb)) -
CA144567.
T = (P + 43.0 N (9.7 lb)) ÷ (P + 64.0 N (14.4 lb)) -
CA135403 - CA139788
Where P is the effectively measured pinion preload.
NOTE: All preloads must be measured without the pinion
retainer.
16. To adjust the preload, rotate the adjustment nuts (3)
and (7). Proceed as follows:
• “A” if the preload total is below the given range,
tighten nuts (3) and (7) on the adjustment tool ring
by the same amount, keeping the pinion-crown gear
play value unchanged.
• “B” if the preload total is above the given range,
tighten both nuts by the same amount, keeping the
pinion-crown gear play value unchanged.
LAIL11TT0080A0A 9
17. Fit the fasteners (8) and the nuts (9). Apply the spec-
ified torque.
LAIL11TT0081A0A 10
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 34
18. Tighten the screws on both journals to the torque

specified in Powered front axle - Torque (Narrow
shaft) (25.100).
LAIL11TT0083A0A 11
19. Fit the fasteners (8) and the nuts (9). Apply the spec-
ified torque.
20. Install the guide pins (12) and (13) .
LAIL11TT0084A0A 12
21. Install the differential assembly (1) on the front axle

housing (14). Secure using the screws (2). Apply the
specified torque.
LAIL11TT0085A0A 13
Next operation:
Differential housing - Gear tooth contact (Narrow shaft) (25.102).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 35
Differential housing - Gear tooth contact (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Prior operation:
To fit the engine flywheel, see the procedures in Differential housing - Assemble - Narrow shaft (25.102).
Bevel gear marking test

1. To test the marks of the bevel gear teeth, paint the ring
gear with red lead paint.
The marking test should be always carried out on the
ring bevel gear teeth and on both sides.
LAIL11TT0086A0A 1
OK » Correct contact:
If the bevel gear is well adjusted, the mark on the teeth
surfaces will be regular.
Z » Excessive contact at the tooth tip:
Bring the pinion to the ring bevel gear and then move
the ring bevel gear away from the pinion in order to
adjust the clearance.
X » Excessive contact at the tooth base:
Move the pinion away from the ring bevel gear and then
bring the ring bevel gear to the pinion in order to adjust
the clearance.
LAIL11TT0087A0A 2
Movements to correct:
2. Move the pinion to adjust type “X” contact.
3. Move the pinion to adjust type “Z” contact.
LAIL11TT0088A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 36
Index

Differential - Adjust (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Differential - Assemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Differential - Disassemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Differential - Exploded view (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Differential - Exploded view (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Differential - Gear tooth contact - 4WD Ring/pinion adjustment (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Differential - Preload (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Differential - Service instruction (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Differential - Service limits (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Differential Input shaft assembly - Assemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Differential Input shaft assembly - Assemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Differential Input shaft assembly - Disassemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Differential Input shaft assembly - Disassemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Differential housing - Assemble - Narrow shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Differential housing - Disassemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Differential housing - Exploded view (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Differential housing - Exploded view (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Differential housing - Gear tooth contact (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Differential lock - Sectional view (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 37
47921938 07/02/2017
25.2 [25.102] / 38
Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts - 108
47921938 07/02/2017
25.3 [25.108] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Steering knuckle and king pin

SERVICE
Steering knuckle and king pin

Disassemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Assemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Replace - 4WD Steering knuckle pins and bearings (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Adjust (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
47921938 07/02/2017
25.3 [25.108] / 2
Front axle system - Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts
Steering knuckle and king pin - Exploded view (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
LAIL11TT0391F0A 1
1. Lock ring 13. Fixing bolt

2. Flat washer 14. Top link pin
3. Flat washer 15. Collet
4. Collet 16. Bottom link pin
5. Fixing bolt 17. Casing
6. Guide bushing 18. Bushing
7. Wheel flange 19. Retainer
8. Lock ring 20. Bellville Washer
9. Bearing Cup 21. Bellville Washer
10. Wheel hub 22. Half-shaft
11. Bearing Cup 23. Stop nut
12. seal 24. Stop bolt
47921938 07/02/2017
25.3 [25.108] / 3
Steering knuckle and king pin - Disassemble (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A

way. See the exploded view of the assembly in Steer-
ing knuckle and king pin - Exploded view (Narrow
shaft) (25.108).
1. Insert a lever between the housing (17) and the axle
beam and fit it into the universal joint.
With the lever, push the universal joint toward the wheel
hub to enable removal of the lock ring (1).
ATTENTION: Do not damage the universal joint.
LAIL11TT0509A0A 1
2. Pull the lock ring (1) off the universal joint shaft. Re-
move washers (2) and (3).
LAIL11TT0510A0A 2
3. Remove the mounting bolts (5) from the hub assembly.
LAIL11TT0511A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.3 [25.108] / 4
4. To remove the hub (7), screw two of the newly removed

bolts (4) into the threaded holes.
5. Remove the hub (7) and the planetary ring gear (4).
LAIL11TT0512A0A 4
6. Remove the lock ring (8).
LAIL11TT0513A0A 5
7. Only if necessary, remove the guide bushings (6) from

the wheel flange (7) with a hammer and the special tool.
LAIL11TT0514A0A 6
8. Remove the wheel hub (10) using levers and a hammer

to facilitate the operation.
NOTE: Remove the bearing cone (9).
LAIL11TT0515A0A 7
47921938 07/02/2017
25.3 [25.108] / 5
9. Position the wheel hub (10) on a flat surface. Remove

bearing races (9) and (11) using a hammer and a suit-
able displacer.
LAIL11TT0516A0A 8
10. Unscrew and remove the mounting bolts (13) from the
upper (14) and lower (16) link pins.
NOTICE: Before removing link pins (14) and (16), attach
the housing (17) to a hoist or any other supporting device
with a belt or a cord. Follow all current safety regulations
to guarantee operator safety.
11. Remove link pins (14) and (16).
LAIL11TT0517A0A 9
12. Remove the housing (17) from the axle beam and from
the stub shaft of the universal joint.
Remove Belleville washers (20) and (21).
LAIL11TT0518A0A 10
13. Position the housing (17) on a flat surface and remove

the seal ring (12) with a lever.
NOTE: This operation destroys the retainer (12). Remove
the bearing cone (11) from the end of the housing (17) using
a suitable extractor.
LAIL11TT0519A0A 11
47921938 07/02/2017
25.3 [25.108] / 6
14. Position the housing (17) on a flat surface and remove

the retainer (19) with a lever.
NOTE: This operation destroys the seal ring.
15. Turn the housing and remove the bushing (18) using
a suitable displacer and hammer.
LAIL11TT0520A0A 12
Next operation:
For fitting the steering knuckle and king pin, see the procedures in Steering knuckle and king pin - Assemble
47921938 07/02/2017
25.3 [25.108] / 7
Steering knuckle and king pin - Assemble (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Prior operation:
Disassembly of the steering knuckle and king pin, see the procedures in Steering knuckle and king pin - Disas-
semble (Narrow shaft) (25.108).

way. See the exploded view of the assembly in Steer-
ing knuckle and king pin - Exploded view (Narrow
shaft) (25.108).
1. If it has been previously removed, reassemble the
steering stop comprising the bolt (24) and nut (23).
NOTE: Do not tighten the nut (23) until you have adjusted
the steering angle.
See: Convergence – Steering knuckle and king pin -
Adjust (25.108).
LAIL11TT0061A0A 1
2. Mount the bushing (18) inside the housing (17) with

special tool CA715104 and a hammer or a press.
3. Fit the retainer (19) in the housing (17) with special tool
Carefully grease the seal ring (19).
See the technical characteristics in Powered front axle
- General specification (Narrow shaft) (25.100).
LAIL11TT0485A0A 2
4. Fit the retainer (12) in the housing (7) with special tool
LAIL11TT0062A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.3 [25.108] / 8
If the cone (15) of the ball joint has previously been re-
moved, fit it to the lower king pin (16) using special tool
CA715451 under a press. Carefully grease the seats of
the link pins (16) and (14) with the specific grease.
See the technical characteristics in Powered front axle
- General specification (Narrow shaft) (25.100).
Place the Belleville washers (20) and (21) on the link
pin seats.
LAIL11TT0486A0A 4
5.
NOTICE: Secure the housing (17) to a hoist or any other
supporting device using a belt or a cord.
6. Protect the splined end of the axle shaft by winding it
with an adhesive tape to avoid damage to the retainer
(19). Fit the housing (17) on the axle beam.
NOTE: Completely remove the adhesive tape.
LAIL11TT0500A0A 5
7. Fit the lower (14) and upper (16) link pins, and tighten
the mounting bolts (13) to the torque specified in Pow-
ered front axle - Torque (Narrow shaft) (25.100).
NOTE: Ensure that the Belleville washers (20) and (21)
remain in their positions.
LAIL11TT0501A0A 6
8. Force both bearing cups (9) and (11) into their wheel
hub housings (10) using the special tool under a press
or with a hammer.
LAIL11TT0487A0A 7
47921938 07/02/2017
25.3 [25.108] / 9
9. Fit the bearing cone (11) on the end of the housing (17).
10. Mount the wheel hub (10) in the swivel housing (17)
and fit the bearing cone (9).
LAIL11TT0488A0A 8
11. Position the flange (7) on a workbench and use the

special tool to fit the guide bushings (6) at the level of
the flange surface.
LAIL11TT0063A0A 9
NOTE: At least two bushings (diametrically opposed)

should be set slightly higher than the flange surface level
to be used as positioning pins.
LAIL11TT0497A0A 10
12. First fit the flange and the (7) toothed crown gear (4)
with the lock ring (8).
LAIL11TT0064A0A 11
47921938 07/02/2017
25.3 [25.108] / 10
13. Mount the flange assembly on the wheel hub using the
two boss bushings (6) as positioning pins and tighten
the corresponding bolts (5) to make contact between
the bearings and the wheel hub.
LAIL11TT0489A0A 12
14. Force all the hub bushings (6) all the way down with
the special tool and a hammer.
Apply sealant to the thread of the mounting bolts (5).
Fit the mounting bolts (5) and tighten them to the torque
shaft) (25.100).
LAIL11TT0490A0A 13
15. The special “Set Right” operation for bearings (9) and
(11) does not require preloading or play adjustment.
Anyway, before assembling new components check
the indicated dimensions.
A = 11.975 – 12.025 mm
B = 52.230 – 52.280 mm
C = 20.000 – 20.100 mm
LAIL11TT0065A0A 14
16. Insert a lever between the housing (17) and the axle
beam and fit it into the universal joint. With the lever,
push the universal joint toward the wheel hub to make
it easier to insert the lock ring (1).
LAIL11TT0483A0A 15
47921938 07/02/2017
25.3 [25.108] / 11
17. Slide thrust washers (3) and (2) onto the end of the
axle shaft (22).
18. Insert the lock ring (1) on the end of the sun gear and
push it into its groove.
NOTE: Check that the lock ring (1) is properly seated in the
groove.
Push the universal joint all the way down.
LAIL11TT0484A0A 16
47921938 07/02/2017
25.3 [25.108] / 12
Steering knuckle and king pin - Replace - 4WD Steering knuckle

pins and bearings
TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
In the event that the steering knuckle pins prove difficult

to remove, proceed as follows.
1. Remove the grease nipples and the steering knuckle
pin retaining bolts.
2. Install the bolts, (1), from tool number 380000265.
3. Install the plate, (2), from the tool and retain it to the
three bolts with nuts, (3).
4. Install the central tie bolt, (4), screwing it fully into the
grease nipple bore on the pin, (5).
5. Screw in the nut, (6), to drive the pin out of its bore.
20097690 1
6. Using extractor tool, tool number 380000234, (1), re-

move the steering knuckle bearings.
7. Re-install the steering knuckle bearings using a suit-
able drift.
20097691 2
47921938 07/02/2017
25.3 [25.108] / 13
Steering knuckle and king pin - Adjust (Standard shaft)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
Install the front axle on a stand and proceed as follows.

1. Smear grease on the outer races of the bearings and fit
the upper cover, without the adjustment plate, but with
tool number 380000235, (1). Tighten the retaining bolts
to a torque value of 64 N·m (47 lb ft).
20097692 1
2. Install the lower cover without adjustment plate, lubri-

cate the three retaining bolts with oil.
3. Gradually tighten the lower cover bolts in sequence,
while simultaneously rotating the casing to allow the
excess grease to escape.
20097693 2
4. Using a torque wrench, tool number 380000235, (1),

check that the torque required to rotate the casing is
2.9 N·m (25.7 lb in),without considering the peak start-
ing value. If not, adjust by way of the lower cover bolts.
5. Measure the gap (H) created between the low cover
and the casing in correspondence with the three bolts.
20097694 3
6. Calculate the average of the three measured values.

The total thickness of the adjustment shims to be fitted
under the lower cover is to be calculated as follows:
S3= H
If necessary, round up the value to the next 0.05 mm
(0.002 in).
7. Partially unscrew the bolts of the lower cover, insert the
shims and tighten the bolts to a torque value of 64 N·m
(47 lb ft).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.3 [25.108] / 14
8. After having rotated the casing a few times to allow

the components to bed down, check that the torque
necessary to rotate the casing is 2.9 N·m (25.7 lb in)
- 7.8 N·m (69 lb in), without considering the initial peak
torque.
9. If the torque value measured is greater than the pre-
scribed value, increase the thickness of the shims, if
the measured value is less than the prescribed value,
reduce the thickness of the shims.
10. Install the grease nipples in the upper and lower cov-
ers and grease the assembly.
20097695 4
47921938 07/02/2017
25.3 [25.108] / 15
Index

Steering knuckle and king pin - Adjust (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Steering knuckle and king pin - Assemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Steering knuckle and king pin - Disassemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Steering knuckle and king pin - Exploded view (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Steering knuckle and king pin - Replace - 4WD Steering knuckle pins and bearings (*) . . . . . . . . . . 13
47921938 07/02/2017
25.3 [25.108] / 16
Final drives - 310
47921938 07/02/2017
25.4 [25.310] / 1
Contents
Final drives - 310
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Final drive
Sectional view (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Final drive
Disassemble - Narrow axle (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Assemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47921938 07/02/2017
25.4 [25.310] / 2
Front axle system - Final drives
Final drive - Sectional view (Standard shaft)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
Cross section of the stub shaft and front hubs
LAIL11TT0041G0A 1
S₃. Master pin bearing shim 13. Seal

C₄. King pin bolt 14. End-of-shaft bushing
C₅. Stub axle bolt 15. Spacer
C₆. Lock nut for hub crown gear 16. Thrust Washer
C₇. Bolt on final drive housing 17. Planetary shaft
5. Half-shaft 18. Planetary shim
9. Journal fixing bolt 19. Sun gear
10. Seal
11. Master pin bearing
12. Seal
47921938 07/02/2017
25.4 [25.310] / 3
NOTE: During assembly, apply sealant to the surfaces (X).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.4 [25.310] / 4
Final drive - Exploded view (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Epicyclic reduction gear group
LAIL11TT0226F0A 1
1. Plug 7. Needle bearing

2. Plug ring 8. Flat washer
3. Fixing bolt 9. Pin
4. Hub cap 10 Planetary Gears
5. O-Ring 11. Lock ring
6. Thrust Washer
47921938 07/02/2017
25.4 [25.310] / 5
Final drive - Disassemble - Narrow axle

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
Disassembly
1. Drain the oil fully from the final drive. See the procedure
in: Powered front axle - Change fluid (Narrow shaft)
(25.100)
2. Remove the cap screws (3).
3. Remove the cover (4).
LAIL11TT0522A0A 1
4. Remove the ring (5).
LAIL11TT0523A0A 2
Disassembling the gears from the reducer cover

5. Position the cover on a workbench.
6. Remove the lock ring (11)
7. Remove the pins (9)
8. Remove the planetary gears (10)
9. Remove the thrust washers (6)
10. Remove the needle bearings (7) and check their con-
dition
11. Remove the flat washers (8)
LAIL11TT0524A0A 3
Next operation:
Final drive - Assemble (Narrow shaft) (25.310).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.4 [25.310] / 6
Final drive - Assemble (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA

way. See the exploded view of the assembly in Final
drive - Exploded view (Narrow shaft) (25.310).
1. Collect all the parts of the planetary reduction gear:
the hub cover (4), the lock ring (11), the pins (9), the
thrust washer (6), the planetary gear (10) with needle
bearings (7) and flat washers (8).
NOTE: Note: with new planetary gears (10) it is advisable
to fit new needle bearings (7).
LAIL11TT0502A0A 1
2. Position the hub cover (4) on a workbench.

NOTE: Note: grease the needle bearings (7) thoroughly.
Insert the flat washers (8) and the needle bearings (7) into
the epicyclic gears (10).
Fit the thrust washers (6) onto the planetary gears (10).
Insert the planetary gears inside the hub cover (4).
LAIL11TT0480A0A 2
3. Insert the pins (10).

4. Assemble the lock ring (11).
NOTE: Check that the lock ring (11) is correctly fitted in its
seat.
LAIL11TT0479A0A 3
5. Fit a new O-ring (5) on the wheel hub (1). Assemble

the epicyclic reduction gear on the wheel hub.
LAIL11TT0481A0A 4
47921938 07/02/2017
25.4 [25.310] / 7
6. Attach the bolts (3) and tighten them to the torque spec-
ified in Powered front axle - Torque (Narrow shaft)
(25.100).
LAIL11TT0482A0A 5
Top up the oil in the wheel hub.

See the information about oil changes in Powered front
axle - Change fluid (Narrow shaft) (25.100).
Fit the oil plug (1) on the hub cover (4) and tighten to
the torque specified in Powered front axle - Torque
LAIL11TT0496A0A 6
47921938 07/02/2017
25.4 [25.310] / 8
Index
Final drives - 310

Final drive - Assemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Final drive - Disassemble - Narrow axle (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Final drive - Exploded view (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Final drive - Sectional view (Standard shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.4 [25.310] / 9
47921938 07/02/2017
25.4 [25.310] / 10
Non-powered front axle - 400
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Non-powered front axle

- Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Sealing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Axle support
Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Axle wheel hub
Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SERVICE

Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Check (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Toe in adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Axle wheel hub
Remove - 2WD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
DIAGNOSTIC

47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 2
CONSUMABLES INDEX

47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 3
Front axle system - Non-powered front axle
Non-powered front axle - General specification

TT3840 LA
TT3840 TT4030
Component
Measurement
U-profile center pivot – center beam with telescopic end
Type
sections
1390 mm – 1490 mm – 1590 mm – 1690 mm – 1790 mm
Tread settings
– 1890 mm
Wheel camber 2° Corresponds approximately to 15 mm with 16 in rims
Wheel toe-in 0 – 5 mm
Swivel pin assembly
Diameter of the bushings of the swivel pin (3) 37.96 mm / 38.00 mm
Pressed bushing (4) internal diameter 38.05 mm / 38.14 mm
Clearance between the swivel pin and the bushing 0.05 mm / 0.179 mm
Fitting the pivot pin
Diameter of the pivot pin 37.96 mm / 38.00 mm
Internal diameter of the pressed bushing 38.05 mm / 38.14 mm
Clearance between the pivot pin and the bushing 0.05 mm / 0.179 mm
Thrust washer thickness 3.935 mm / 4.065 mm
Thickness of the steel washer 3.925 mm / 4.00 mm
Refer to the references in Axle support - Sectional view (25.400).
Non-powered front axle - Torque

TT3840 LA
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 4
LAIL11TT0002G0A 1
Description Thread size Torque

Bolt, front axle support to engine (C₁) M18 x 1.5 320 N·m
Bolt, pivot shaft (C₂) M10 x 1.25 60 N·m
Bolt, wheel to hub (C₃) M18 x 1.5 320 N·m
Nut, steering adjustment, ball joint (C₄) M14 x 1.5 100 N·m
Nut, RH and LH control lever (C₅) M14 x 1.5 150 N·m
Bolts securing the axle extension (C6) M16 x 1.5 118 N·m
Non-powered front axle - Special tools

TT3840 LA
Tool description Tool no.

Slide hammer for center pin 292927
Adapter for slide hammer 290793
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 5
Non-powered front axle - Sealing

TT3840 LA
Operation description Specification

Front wheel hub bushing LOCTITE® 638™
Thrust washer of the main pin LOCTITE® 638™
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 6
Non-powered front axle - Dynamic description

TT3840 LA

The front axle is composed of an inverted U-type center beam (2) with telescopic sections (1) at each end.
A number of holes at intervals of 50 mm (2.0 in) are provided on the telescopic sections to adjust the tread. You can
adjust the tread setting for the front wheels equally on both ends.
The center beam is fixed to the front axle housing by means of a single pivot shaft which allows oscillation on both
sides.
The front axle is controlled by assisted/manual steering by means of a lever for controlling the swivel pin. The two
swivel pins are connected by control bars with telescopic rails, which have toe-in adjustment.
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 7
Axle support - Sectional view

TT3840 LA
BRAG12TRLUE0345 1
TT4030
BRAG12TRLUE0343 2
TT3840
1. Grease fitting 4. Front axle housing

2. Pivot shaft bushing 5. Keeper
3. Axle pivot pin 6. Thrus washer
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 8
Axle wheel hub - Sectional view

TT3840 LA
LAIL11TT0179F0A 1
1. Retainer assembly 5. Retainer anti-dust collar

2. Retainer assembly 6. Retainer lower anti-dust collar
3. Thrus washer 7. Retainer upper anti-dust collar
4. Thrus washer
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 9
LAIL11TT0393A0A 2
1. Inner bearing 4. Hexagonal nut

2. Outer bearing 5. Washer
3. Hub cap 6. O-ring
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 10
Non-powered front axle - Remove

TT3840 LA
DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
Remove the front axle assembly as follows:

1. Open and raise the front hood.
2. Disconnect the negative cable (1) from the battery and
insulate the cable.
BRAG12TRLUE0356 1
3. Lock the rear wheels.

4. Remove the front weights (1) and support for the
weights (2), if installed.
LAIL11TT0408A0A 2
5. Lift the front of the tractor and place a fixed stand (1)
beneath the engine crankcase.
LAIL11TT0409A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 11
6. Loosen the retaining bolts (1) and remove the front

wheels.
LAIL11TT0410A0A 4
7. Remove the linkage joint nut (1) and disconnect the

suspension arm (2) of the control lever.
LAIL11TT0411A0A 5
8. Loosen nuts (2) and (3). Remove the hydraulic cylinder

(1).
LAIL11TT0412A0A 6
9. Remove the retaining bolt from the axle pivot pin (1).
LAIL11TT0413A0A 7
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 12
10. Using a pulley extractor (special tool no. 292927) with

an adapter (special tool no. 292927), remove the pivot
pin (1). Retrieve the thrust washers and shims be-
tween the center beam and axle housing.
11. Remove the front axle from the tractor using a suitable
hoist.
LAIL11TT0470A0A 8
Next operation:
To remove the front axle, see the procedures in Non-powered front axle - Disassemble (25.400).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 13
Non-powered front axle - Disassemble

TT3840 LA
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
To remove the non-powered front axle, see the procedures in Non-powered front axle - Remove (25.400).
Axle-end assembly
You can remove and service the swivel pins with the
front axle on the tractor. Proceed as follows for each
wheel:
1. Lock the rear wheels.
2. Lift the front of the tractor and place a fixed stand (1)
beneath the crankcase.
LAIL11TT0159A0A 1
3. Loosen the retaining bolts and remove the front wheels.
LAIL11TT0192A0A 2
4. Remove the retaining pin from the control lever for the
swivel pin (1).
5. Remove the control lever (2) from the swivel assembly.
LAIL11TT0193A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 14
6. Remove the swivel axle and the hub assembly (1) from
the axle outer section.
LAIL11TT0160A0A 4
7. Loosen the bolts that are securing the axle outer sec-
tion (1).
LAIL11TT0194A0A 5
8. Remove the axle outer section (1).
LAIL11TT0161A0A 6
Next operation:
To overhaul the components of the non-powered front axle, see the procedures in Non-powered front axle - Check
(25.400).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 15
Non-powered front axle - Check

TT3840 LA
Prior operation:
To disassemble the non-powered front axle, see the procedures in Non-powered front axle - Disassemble (25.400).
1. Secure the axle outer section in a vise. Remove the

upper retainer using a suitable tool.
LAIL11TT0162A0A 1
2. Remove the lower retainer using a suitable tool and

retrieve the thrust washer.
3. Check the swing bearing bushings for wear. See spec-
ifications in Non-powered front axle - General spec-
ification (25.400). If the bushing requires replacing,
remove the bushing using a suitable tool.
4. Using a suitable punch, install the new bushing on the
axle outer section.
5. Check the swing pin for wear. If necessary, replace the
axle end.
6. Ream the new bushing to fit the swing pin.
LAIL11TT0163A0A 2
Next operation:
To assemble the non-powered front axle, see the procedures in Non-powered front axle - Assemble (25.400).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 16
Non-powered front axle - Assemble

TT3840 LA
Prior operation:
To overhaul the components of the non-powered front axle, see the procedures in Non-powered front axle - Check
(25.400).
1. Re-install the axle end assembly onto the front axle by

following the disassembly procedure in reverse order.
NOTE: Ensure that the groove (1) on the thrust washer fits
into the fly on the outer section of the axle.
LAIL11TT0164A0A 1
Next operation:
To install the non-powered front axle, see the procedures in Non-powered front axle - Install (25.400).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 17
Non-powered front axle - Install

TT3840 LA
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
To mount the non-powered front axle, see the procedures in Non-powered front axle - Assemble (25.400) .
Installation
Fit the front axle assembly in the housing. Observe the
following:
1. Installation follows the removal procedure in reverse
from step 10 to step 1.
2. Check the clearance of the pivot pin. The clearance
must not exceed 0.25 mm. If the clearance is greater,
add shims between the center beam and the axle hous-
ing.
3. Tighten all the fixings to the correct torques detailed in
Non-powered front axle - Torque (25.400).
Next operation:
To adjust the wheel toe-in, see the procedures in Non-powered front axle - Toe in adjust (25.400).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 18
Non-powered front axle - Toe in adjust

TT3840 LA
Wheel tilt test

Check the front wheel tilt. Take into account that when
the tractor moves along a straight line, the wheels must
be at an angle of 2° from the ground. This corresponds
to a difference “X” of approximately 15 mm between the
edges of the rims.
LAIL11TT0394A0A 1
Front Wheel Toe–in Test

When the tractor is moving in a straight line, the wheels
must be parallel to the center line of the tractor or slightly
toed-in. The maximum toe-in is 0.5 mm, measured be-
tween the edges of the rims.
LAIL11TT0395A0A 2
Toe-in checking procedure:

1. Fill the front wheels to a pressure of 25 psi.
2. Place the steering wheels in the straight-ahead posi-
tion, with the radius of the wheel along the centerline of
the tractor.
3. Check that the wheels are parallel to the center line of
the tractor.
4. Measure the distance “B” between the inside of the
wheel rims at hub height and the front of the tires.
5. Measure the distance between the inside of the wheel
rims at hub height and the rear of the wheels. The
measurement taken must be equal to “B” or up to a
LAIL11TT0396A0A 3
maximum of 5 mm more.
6. If necessary, adjust the toe-in of the front wheels as
follows:
7. Loosen the clamp (1) at both ends of the tread control
bar.
8. Rotate the tread control bar (2) to increase or decrease
the length of the tread control bar. Do this until you
achieve a toe-in of 0.5 mm.
9. Tighten the clamp (1).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 19
Axle wheel hub - Remove - 2WD

TT3840 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Wheel hubs can be removed with the front axle on the

tractor. Proceed as follows for each hub:
1. Safely block rear wheels.
2. Use a floor jack to raise the front of the tractor and place
a stationary stand, (1), under the sump.
20097801 1
3. Loosen retaining bolts, (1),and remove front wheels.
20099931 2
4. Remove wheel hub bearing grease cup, (1).
20096266 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 20
5. Remove the cotter pin, (1).
20096267 4
6. Using the socket spanner loosen the wheel hub bear-

ing. Remove castle nut.
20096268 5
7. Remove wheel hub, (1), and recover bearing, (2), and

(3).
20096269 6
8. Remove seal, (1), and nyloc ring, (2), using suitable

tool.
20096270 7
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 21
Next operation:
When fitting the wheel hub, see the procedures in Axle wheel hub - Install (25.400).
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 22
Axle wheel hub - Install

TT3840 LA
Prior operation:
To remove the wheel hub, see the procedures in Axle wheel hub - Remove - 2WD (25.400).
1. Replace faulty seals and worn bearing using suitable

pullers and drifts.
2. Fill the wheel hub with specified grease.
3. Re-assemble the wheel hub, (1), complete with the
bearings, (2), and (3).
NOTE: Image is for reference only.
20096269 1
4. Using a torque wrench, (1), and socket spanner, (2),

tighten the castle nut while turning the wheel hub, to
settle the bearing. Tighten the nut until wheel hub gets
slightly tight to rotate.
5. Loosen the castle nut and torque it again to 9.8 N·m
(7.2 lb ft) continuing to turn the wheel hub.
20096271 2
6. Insert a new cotter pin, (1).
20096267 3
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 23
7. Reassemble the wheel hub dust cap, (1).

NOTE: Check the O-ring provided on the dust cap for any
cut or damage. If required replace the O-ring.
20096272 4
8. Reinstall the front wheels and torque the hardware to

333 N·m (246 lb ft) ± 19 N·m (14 lb ft)
9. Remove jack and/or stands from underneath the trac-
tor.
20099931 5
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 24
Non-powered front axle - Troubleshooting

TT3840 LA

Premature tyre wear Incorrect inflation pressure Fill the front tires to the specified pressure.
Pay attention to the pressure specified by
the tire manufacturer.
Incorrect front wheel toe-in. Adjust the tire toe-in as per the procedures
described in Non-powered front axle -
Toe in adjust (25.400).
Low tractor stability Incorrect inflation pressure Fill tires to correct pressure
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 25
Index

Axle support - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Axle wheel hub - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Axle wheel hub - Remove - 2WD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Axle wheel hub - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Non-powered front axle - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Non-powered front axle - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Non-powered front axle - Check (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Non-powered front axle - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Non-powered front axle - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Non-powered front axle - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Non-powered front axle - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Non-powered front axle - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Non-powered front axle - Sealing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Non-powered front axle - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Non-powered front axle - Toe in adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Non-powered front axle - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 26
47921938 07/02/2017
25.5 [25.400] / 27
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47921938 07/02/2017
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Rear axle system
47921938 07/02/2017
27
Contents
Rear axle system - 27
[27.100] Powered rear axle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.1
[27.106] Rear bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.2
[27.120] Planetary and final drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.3
47921938 07/02/2017
27
CONSUMABLES INDEX

Loctite® 518 Powered rear axle - Sealing 27.1 / 6
Loctite® 518™ Rear axle housing - Install 27.1 / 16
Loctite® 270 Differential - Assemble 27.2 / 22
Loctite® 242® Differential - Adjust Ring gear bearings 27.2 / 32
Loctite® 518™ Planetary and final drives - Sealing 27.3 / 6
47921938 07/02/2017
27
47921938 07/02/2017
27
Powered rear axle - 100
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Powered rear axle

Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Sealing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Powered rear axle

SERVICE
Rear axle housing

Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
DIAGNOSTIC
Powered rear axle

- Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 2
CONSUMABLES INDEX

Loctite® 518™ Rear axle housing - Install 27.1 / 16
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 3
Rear axle system - Powered rear axle
Powered rear axle - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Specifications
Bevel drive and differential

Bevel drive ratio 14/47 = 1:3.35
Beveled pusher play 0.15 – 0.20 mm
Differential 2 mm pinions
Differential lock (mm) Pedal–controlled
Internal diameter of differential pinion 24.040 – 24.061 mm
Diameter of the differential pinion journal 23.939 – 23.960 mm
Differential pinion clearance on journal 0.080 – 0.122 mm
Diameter of the housing for the side gear hub
on the differential case 44.080 – 44.119 mm
Side gear hub diameter 43.961 – 44.000 mm
Clearance for side gear hub in the case 0.080 – 0.158 mm
Bevel pinion bearing shim thickness availability 1.0 mm – 1.05 mm – 1.10 mm – 1.15 mm – 1.20 mm –
1.40 mm – 1.50 mm – 1.70 mm – 1.75 mm – 1.85 mm –
1.90 mm – 1.95 mm – 2.0 mm – 2.10 mm – 2.2 mm
Bevel pinion bearing shim thickness availability 1.0 mm – 1.05 mm – 1.10 mm – 1.15 mm – 1.20 mm –
1.40 mm – 1.50 mm – 1.70 mm – 1.75 mm – 1.85 mm –
1.90 mm – 1.95 mm – 2.0 mm – 2.05 mm – 2.10 mm – 2.2 mm
Differential pinion play and side gear play 0.15 mm
Availability of thrust washer thickness on side gear 1.5 – 1.6 mm
Thrust washer thickness for differential pinion
Side gear end float adjustment 1.5 mm
Differential lock fork spring length
free 188 mm
with 28.5 – 31.5 kg load 126.5 mm
Powered rear axle - Torque

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

Self-locking nuts for Bolts securing
M12 x 1.25 85 N·m (63 lb ft)
ring gear, (C1)
Nut locking bevel pinion shaft, (C2) M40 x 13 300 N·m (221 lb ft)
Bolts securing differential
M10 x 1.25 60 N·m (44 lb ft)
assembly/bearing supports, (C3)
Bolts securing differential lock pedal
M12 x 1.25 75 N·m (55 lb ft)
bracket, (C4)
Bolts securing final drive housing to
M12 x 1.50 85 N·m (63 lb ft)
rear wheel drive housing, (C5)
Bolts securing mechanical lift housing
M14 x 1.50 136 N·m (100 lb ft)
on rear wheel drive housing, (C6)
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 4
20098873 1
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 5
Powered rear axle - Sealing

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

Final drive housing to rear wheel drive housing, (S1) LOCTITE® 518
PTO rear cover plate, (S2) LOCTITE® 518
Ring gear bolts LOCTITE® 270
Mechanical lift housing to rear wheel drive housing, (S3) LOCTITE® 518
Transmission top cover, (S4) LOCTITE® 518
Locking plate allen screws LOCTITE® 270
20098904 1
Powered rear axle - Special tools

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Special tools
Sling hook, gear box 291517
Pinion bearing installer and extractor 292911
Bearing adjuster for the bevel pinion 293101
Tool for adjustment of the mounting distance 293400
Spring scales, pre-loading of ring gear pinion from ring gear-pinion assembly 82834306
Wrench, bevel pinion nut 293342
Pinion Locking Tool 9971366
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 6

Spring compressor for the differential lock 290870
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 7
Powered rear axle - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Rear wheel drive assembly transfers drive from the transmission to the outboard final drive through a bevel pinion
and ring gear coupling. The bevel gears are spiral type, supported by roller bearings.
The differential is fitted with two planetary, two side gears and a mechanical lock. The differential lock is operated by
foot pedal located below operator’s seat at right hand side.
The differential is necessary on tractors, to permit steering without wheelslip consequent to the different wheel speeds.
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 8
Rear axle housing - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
To remove the rear wheel drive housing the final drive

housing, mechanical lift assembly, ROPS, fenders,
three point linkage, draw bars and PTO assemblies
have to be removed.
Proceed as follows:
1. Detach the negative cable, (1), from the battery and
insulate.
BRAG12TRLUE0356 1
2. Remove guard and detach rear electric connections,

(1), under rear hood.
20098948 2
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 9
3. Detach electric connections, (1), for left-hand fender.

4. Detach electric connections for brake switch below
right-hand platform.
5. Remove the electric cables from the transmission and
rear wheel drive housing.
20093437 3
6. Loosen the bolts, (1), and remove operator seat.
20093438 4
7. Remove three point linkages, (1), from the tractor.
20098688 5
8. Loosen the nuts, (1), and remove the ROPS and both
left-hand and right-hand fenders from the tractor.
20098867 6
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 10
9. Remove both left-hand and right-hand foot rest, (1),

from the tractor.
NOTE: Disconnect foot accelerator linkage before remov-
ing right-hand foot rest.
20098947 7
10. Loosen Mechanical lift housing bolts, (1), disconnect

vent lines, (2), and remove housing using a suitable
hoist.
20098695 8
11. Place the wedges at front and back on both sides of

the front tires.
12. Drain oil from the transmission housing.
13. Jack up rear tractor and place two suitable stands, (1),
under the transmission housing to raise the wheels off
the ground.
14. Position a suitable splitting trolley under the tractor
supporting transmission housing and rear wheel drive
housing.
20093443A 9
15. Remove both left and right side wheels.
20093444 10
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 11
16. Disconnect all hydraulic connections to remote control

valve and remove remote control valve.
NOTE: If remote control valve is not fitted, then disconnect
pipe connecting pump and mechanical lift housing.
20099010 11
17. Wrap suitable chain on the final drive housing, (1),

and connect it to a hoist. Loosen attaching bolts and
remove the entire final drive.
18. Repeat for the final drive housing on the other side.
20098777 12
19. Remove circlip, (1), and disconnect clutch pedal link-

ages, (2).
20098876 13
20. Remove the brake pedal and the brake links as per
the procedures described in Brake control pedals
and shafts - Remove Brake pedals and external
linkages (33.120).
21. Connect the rear wheel drive housing, (1), to a suit-
able hoist using chain with hooks, (2).
22. Loosen the bolts and nuts securing the rear wheel
drive housing to transmission housing and detach
slowly with all due care to avoid damaging the PTO
drive shaft. Place the housing on a flat wooden
surface or mount it on rotary stand.
20098871 14
23. Remove the PTO housing as per the procedures de-

scribed in Front drive shaft - Remove PTO Shaft As-
sembly (31.114).
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 12
Next operation:
Rear axle housing - Inspect (27.100).
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 13
Rear axle housing - Inspect

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
When removing the drive housing on the rear wheel, see the procedures in Rear axle housing - Remove (27.100).
1. Clean all parts in a suitable solvent and allow to air dry.

2. Check all parts for damage or excessive wear. Repair
replace as required.
Next operation:
When fitting the drive housing on the rear wheel, see the procedures in Rear axle housing - Install (27.100).
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 14
Rear axle housing - Install

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
Rear axle housing - Inspect (27.100)
1. Reinstall the PTO assembly into the rear wheel drive

housing as described in Front drive shaft - Install PTO
Shaft Assembly (31.114).
2. Connect the rear wheel drive housing, (1), to a suitable
hoist using chain with hooks, (2).
NOTE: Before reassembling housings, supports, and cov-
ers, thoroughly clean and degrease mating surfaces.
3. Replace the two gaskets between the transmission and
rear axle housing.
4. Carefully join the rear wheel drive housing to the trans-
mission housing slowly, taking care to avoid damaging
the PTO drive shaft.
5. Secure the two housings together using the M12 x 60
mm bolts, the M12 x 40 mm bolts and the M12 washers
and nuts. Tighten to a torque of 75 N·m (55 lb ft). 20098871 1
6. Reinstall the brake linkage and brake pedals. Consult

the procedures in Brake control pedals and shafts -
Assemble (33.120).
7. Reconnect the clutch pedal linkage, (1), and secure
with circlip, (2).
20098876 2
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 15
8. Insert a single brake disk, (1), allowing it to rest on the

ears of the differential bearing support, (2).
20098778 3
9. Insert brake disc alignment arbor, (1), (Special Tool

No.380002743) through brake discs and stators, (2),
into the differential unit splines.
20098408 4
10. Press brake pedals to engage actuator plates, and set

the parking brake, (1).
11. Remove brake disc alignment arbor (Special Tool
No.380002743), from within the rear wheel drive
housing.
20097446 5
NOTICE: Before reinstalling the rear axle housing, thor-

oughly clean and degrease mating surfaces.
12. Apply a bead of LOCTITE® 518™ sealant, approx-
imately 2 mm (0.079 in) in width following the pat-
tern shown. Refer to Powered rear axle - Sealing
(27.100).
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 16
13. Place brake disc, (1), and stator, (2), onto axle shaft,
(3).
20098409 6
14. Wrap a suitable chain, (1), or nylon strap around the

final drive housing, (2). Carefully insert the final drive
housing into the rear wheel drive housing, making
sure the axle shaft and the brake discs are all prop-
erly aligned and inserted into the splined differential
unit.
15. Start the M12 x 90 mm bolts through the final drive
housing into the rear wheel drive housing, for align-
ment purposes.
16. Release the parking brake to allow the brake actuator
to disengage.
17. Using a thin screw driver, hold the outer brake disc
20098777 7
and stator into position. Work the final drive housing
into the rear wheel drive housing, until fully seated.
18. Secure the final drive housing, (2), to the rear wheel
drive housing using M12 x 45 mm retaining bolts, M12
nuts and flat washers. Torque all hardware to 85 N·m
(63 lb ft)
NOTE: After securing the final drive housing, ensure that
the axle hub moves freely. If axle hub does not move freely,
remove the final drive housing and check for proper brake
installation.
19. Reinstall rear remotes on the tractor, connect all hy-
draulic connections and control linkage.
20099010 8
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 17
20. Reinstall rear wheels, (1), onto tractor. Torque bolts

to 260 N·m (191.8 lb ft).
21. Jack up the rear of the tractor, and remove jack
stands.
20093444 9
22. Reattach the Mechanical lift housing, (1), atop the rear
wheel drive housing, using the M14 x ..50, (2), and the
M14 nuts. Torque all hardware to 136 N·m (100 lb ft)
23. Reconnect the vent line, (3).
20098695 10
24. Reinstall left and right side fenders and ROPS onto
tractor. Torque ROPS hardware, (1), to 157 – 193 N·m
(116 – 142 lb ft).
20098867 11
25. Reinstall the left and right side platforms, (1), to the
fender. Tighten all hardware.
NOTE: Reconnect the throttle pedal to the right-hand plat-
form.
20098947 12
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 18
26. Reconnect the three point linkage, and check chains,

(1), to the final drive housing.
20098688 13
27. Reattach the electrical connectors, (1), between the

left and right side fenders.
28. Reattach the electrical connector to the brake switch
below the right side platform.
20093437 14
29. Reconnect the rear electrical connection, (1), under

the console.
30. Reconnect the negative (-) battery to the negative (-)
battery post.
20098948 15
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 19
Powered rear axle - Troubleshooting

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

Noisy rear axle when the Pinion and/or crown wheel bearing poorly Remove the rear axle housing and adjust
tractor is moving and adjusted the pinion and ring gear bearings correctly.
also when transmission
in neutral (not originating
from final drives)
Remove the rear axle housing and replace
Excess differential side gears to half - shaft
spline backlash the damaged parts.
Noisy rear axle with Excess bevel pinion to crown wheel back- Remove the rear axle housing and adjust
tractor under load and lash the bevel pinion and ring gear bearings cor-
upon release rectly.
Fault or defective inner components Remove the rear axle housing, replace the
worn parts and adjust the differential gear
play correctly.
Noisy rear axle with over - Insufficient pinion and/or crown wheel Remove the rear axle housing and adjust
heating bearing backlash the bevel pinion and ring gear bearings cor-
rectly.
Insufficient bevel pinion to crown wheel Remove the rear axle housing and adjust
tooth backlash the ring gear bearings correctly.
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 20
Index

Powered rear axle - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Powered rear axle - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Powered rear axle - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Powered rear axle - Sealing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Powered rear axle - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Powered rear axle - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Rear axle housing - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Rear axle housing - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Rear axle housing - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 21
47921938 07/02/2017
27.1 [27.100] / 22
Rear bevel gear set and differential - 106
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Bevel gear
Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Differential
Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Differential lock
SERVICE
Bevel gear
Preload (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Backlash (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Differential
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Disassemble Pinion shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Inspect Pinion shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Assemble Pinion shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Backlash (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Adjust Ring gear bearings (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 2
CONSUMABLES INDEX

Loctite® 270 Differential - Assemble 27.2 / 22
Loctite® 242® Differential - Adjust Ring gear bearings 27.2 / 32
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 3
Rear axle system - Rear bevel gear set and differential
Bevel gear - Sectional view

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
BRAG12TRLUE0359 1
Outside the tractor. Two-wheel drive tractors
BRAG12TRLUE0360 2
Outside the tractor. Four wheel drive tractors.
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 4
BRAG12TRLUE0361 3
Inside the tractor.
C. Cross sectional view of special tool 380002737 inside differential housing

H1. and Distance to measure using depth guage
H2.
C. Locknut
D. Adjustment tool 380002737
1. Bearing inner ring
2. Spacer
3. Bearing inner ring
4. Front axle driven gear
5. Transmission housing
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 5
Differential - Sectional view

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
20098880 1
1. Cap screw 10. Differential support

2. Ring gear 11. Taper roller bearing
3. Differential pinion shaft 12. Thrust washer
4. Spring 13. Differential pinion
5. Differential lock shift fork 14. Thrust washer
6. Differential lock sliding sleeve 15. Side gear
7. Bevel pinion 16. Differential housing
8. Taper roller bearing 17. Taper roller bearing
9. Taper roller bearing 18. Differential support
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 6
Differential lock - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
In normal conditions, owing to the effect of the differential , the two driving wheels of the tractor are stressed by two
driving torques of the same intensity. In practice, the wheels may have different adhesion conditions and different
loads. Then if equal torque is applied, the wheel in worse condition of adhesion slips (or slips more than the other),
thereby reducing intensity of the tractive effort and its overall efficiency. To overcome this situation, it is necessary to
lock the differential. For this tractors incorporate a differential lock on the rear wheel. The device pedal controlled,
locks the axle shafts of the driving wheels together through the displacement of the sleeve.
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 7
Bevel gear - Preload

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Adjustment and setting

Pinion Shaft Pre-loading
Calculation of clearance adjustment shims for pinion
shaft bearings:
1. Fit special tool No. 293101 into a vise and insert the
pinion bearings (1) and the spacer (2).
2. Tighten the nut (1) by hand and measure dimension H1
using a depth gauge.
LAIL11TT0108A0A 1
3. Remove the spacer (1) from the tool and fit the tool in
the rear axle housing with only the bearings.
4. Tighten the nut again by hand and measure the H2
dimensions using depth gauge.
LAIL11TT0109A0A 2
5. The shim thickness Sp for clearance adjustment can

be calculated by the following formula:
Sp = H2 - H1 + 0.05
where 0.05 is the increase required to compensate for
the preloading of the bearings.
6. You should add the calculated thickness shim (1) to the
pinion shaft at the location shown in the figure 9.
LAIL11TT0110A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 8
Adjusting the pinion position

1. Without disturbing special tool No. 293101, already
fitted into the housing, slot special tool No. 293400 into
the rear wheel drive housing.
2. Measure dimension H5 (distance between the pinion
bearing cone and the ring gear center locking tool).
LAIL11TT0111A0A 4
3. Establish the correct nominal dimension H6 using for-

mula
H6 = H + C
where H = 128 mm (standard) C = compensation di-
mension stamped on the piston.
4. Calculate the thickness of clearance adjustment shim
‘S’ using the formula S = H5 - H6.
5. Shims of the calculated thickness (1) should be added
to the pinion shaft at the location shown in Figure 11.
LAIL11TT0188A0A 5
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 9
Bevel gear - Adjust

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Adjustment of the preload of the tapered drive axle bearing

See the references for the calls in Bevel gear - Sec-
tional view (27.106).
NOTE: Tool 380002737 sets the preload with an internal
spring, but the rolling torque should be 0.8 N·m (7 lb in).
Continue to adjust the bevel pinion bearing and calcu-
late the shim thickness using tool 380002737.
Image 1: procedure for the outside of the tractor. Two-
wheel drive tractors.
Image 2. Procedure for the outside of the tractor. Four-
wheel drive tractors.
Image 3. Procedure for inside the tractor.
1. Attach bearing inner rings (1) and (3) to tool 380002737
(D).
2. Fit the spacer (2) on two-wheel drive tractors. Fit the BRAG12TRLUE0359 1
drive gear (4) for four-wheel drive tractors ( (B)).

3. Tighten the locknut (H1) on the tool and take the read-
ing (C) using a depth gauge
4. Disassemble, lubricate the bearings and fit the tool in
the housing.
With the tool fitted on the tractor:
• Tighten the lock nut ( (C)) again, turning the tool at
the same time to settle the bearings.
• Take the reading (H2). Shim thickness (Sp) will be BRAG12TRLUE0360 2

given by:
Sp = H2 – H1 + 0.05 mm (0.002 in)
where:
0.05 mm (0.002 in)= correcting required to com-
pensate increased preload on bearings caused by
tightening pinion shaft locknut.
If necessary, round off Sp upwards to nearest 0.05 mm
(0.002 in).
NOTE: On completion of adjustment, do not remove tool
from housing before performing bevel pinion position ad-
justment.
BRAG12TRLUE0361 3
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 10
NOTE: This procedure is to calculate the amount of shims,

(1), needed to properly set the bevel pinion bearings. Shim
sizes are as follows:
20098907 4
1.0 - 1.05 - 1.1 - 1.15 - 1.2 - 1.4 - 1.5 - 1.7 - 1.75 - 1.85
Shim sizes for bevel pinion preload adjustment - 1.9 - 1.95 mm (0.039 - 0.041 - 0.043 - 0.045 - 0.047 -
0.055 - 0.059- 0.067 - 0.069 - 0.073 - 0.075 - 0.078 in)
Adjustment of the shaft depth of the bevel pinion (shim thickness)

1. Install the tool, (A), on the differential supports as
shown.
2. Tighten or loosen the two centering cones, (1), to bring
the micrometer, (2), up to the bevel pinion shaft bearing
inner race, (3).
NOTE: Use tool mandrel marked 125 – 150 mm (5 – 6 in).
3. Turn the centering cones by hand and tighten the tool
slightly against bearing cups to eliminate tool end play.
4. Lock micrometer gauge, (4), with the screw, (5).
5. Bring micrometer feeler in contact with bearing inner
race and take reading (H1).
6. Establish correct nominal distance (H2) between ring
gear centerline and back of pinion:
H2 = H +/– C, where:
H = 132 mm (5.2 in) nominal distance between ring
gear centerline and back of pinion.
C = correction factor stamped on pinion head, ex-
pressed inmmpreceded by + or – sign (if other than
0) to be summed with or subtracted from the nominal
value (H) depending on the sign indicated.
The shim thickness (S) will be given by:
S = H1 – H2, where:
H1 = distance measured by micrometer gauge.
H2 = corrected nominal distance between ring gear
centerline and back of pinion. 20098908 5
Example:
Micrometer reading H1 = 135.5 mm.
Nominal distance between ring gear centerline and
back of pinion H = 132.0 mm.
Correction factor (C) = – 0.2 mm
Corrected nominal distance (H2) = 132.0 mm – 0.2 mm
= 131.8 mm
Shim thickness = S = 135.5 mm – 131.8 mm= 3.7 mm
Figure 5. Illustration of how to adjust the shaft depth
of the bevel pinion using the universal tool (A) and the
specific tool (B)
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 11
A. Universal tool 38000249

B. Specific tool 38000249
1. Centering cones
2. Micrometer mandrel
3. Differential bearing inner race
4. Micrometer gauge
5. Micrometer screw
6. Threaded rod
7. Bevel pinion shaft bearing inner race
NOTE: This procedure is to calculate the amount of shims,

(1), needed to properly set the bevel pinion shaft depth.
Shim sizes are as follows:
20098907 6
3.8 - 3.9 - 4.0 - 4.1 - 4.2 - 4.3 - 4.4 - 4.5 - 4.6 - 4.7 -
Shim Sizes for Bevel Pinion Shaft Depth Adjustment 4.8 mm (0.149 - 0.153 - 0.157 - 0.161 - 0.165 - 0.169 -
0.173 - 0.177 - 0.181 - 0.185 - 0.188 in)
Assembling the Bevel and Pinion Shaft

1. Tap the new bearings into place using a suitable punch
or heat up the inboard races of the bearings in oil at 80
– 90 °C (176 – 194 °F).
2. Assemble the pinion shaft and tighten nut to 300 N·m
(221 lb ft) using deep well socket tool no. 380002763,
then lock the nut down.
20098909 7
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 12
Bevel gear - Backlash

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Differential Bearing Adjustment and Bevel Drive Backlash Check

NOTE: To install lock rings, use tool no. 380002738 -- part
of rear differential tool kit 380040203.
1. With bevel pinion installed, install the differential as-
sembly, with bevel ring gear.
2. Fit the left-hand lock ring, (2), and tighten to ensure a
minimum clearance of approximately 1.0 mm (0.04 in)
between the sides of the bevel gear teeth.
3. As per Figure 1, fit the left-hand lock ring for adjustment
of the crown gear/differential support bearing.
(1). Adjustment tool No. 380002738
(2). Left-hand lock ring.
(3). Left-hand support.
20098910 1
4. Fit the right-hand bearing, (2), and tighten to obtain

a pinion ring gear assembly rolling torque of 9.8 –
14.7 N·m (7.2 – 10.8 lb ft). This torque is measured
using a spring balance and cord wrapped around the
pinion shaft, and corresponds to a spring balance pull
of 98 – 147 N (22 – 33 lb).
5. Check the bevel drive play using a dial gauge. Record
the measurements at three equidistant points and
compare the average of the three readings with the
expected play value — 0.10 – 0.23 mm (0.007 –
0.009 in), with an average of 0.21 mm (0.008 in). To
compensate for excessive or insufficient backlash,
note that the average ratio of normal backlash to
20098911 2
equivalent ring gear displacement is 1 to 1.4. Ring
gear end play will therefore be:
Z = (G – 0.21 mm) x 1.4
where:
G = bevel gear backlash as measured previously.
6. As per Figure 2, fit the right-hand lock ring (2) for ad-
justment of the crown gear/differential support bearing.
(1). Adjustment tool No. 380002738
(2). Right-hand lock ring
(3). Right-hand support
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 13
7. Adjust the rings, first unscrewing one on the right-hand

side and then screwing in one on the left-hand side to
the same degree, until you obtain the specified clear-
ance — 0.18 – 0.23 mm (0.007 – 0.009 in), with an av-
erage of 0.21 mm (0.008 in).
NOTE: One complete turn of the lock ring corresponds to
2.00 mm (0.079 in) ring gear axial displacement. Conse-
quently, a 60° turn of the lock ring, equivalent to one side of
the lock ring hexagon, corresponds to 0.33 mm (0.013 in)
axial displacement.
8. Figure 3 shows the adjustment crown bearings. 60°
rotation of the lock ring (1) is equivalent to 0,33 mm of
movement. 20098897 3
Fit the lock washer, (1), on the lock rings so that the
washer tab is aligned with a notch on the differential
support.
20098898 4
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 14
Differential - Disassemble
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
1. Remove mechanical rear wheel drive housing from

tractor by following the procedure described in Rear
axle housing - Remove (27.100) .
2. Remove the brake pedal, the brake assembly and the
linkages, as per the procedures described in Brake
control pedals and shafts - Remove Brake pedals
and external linkages (33.120).
20098871 1
3. Loosen the bolt, (1), and remove differential lock pedal,

(2).
20098864 2
4. Using a suitable punch, remove metal plug, (1), from

left side of the rear wheel drive housing.
20098879 3
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 15
5. Remove shaft, (1), using a long punch and mallet, if

necessary, from the left hand side of the transmission
housing after having removed the plug.
20098865 4
6. Collect the differential spring, (1), and the shift fork, (2),
from the housing.
20098866 5
7. Loosen the bolts and remove the differential bearing

supports, (1), from both the sides by gently hammering.
20098874 6
8. Remove the differential assembly, (1), along with ring

gear, (2), from the rear axle housing, (3).
20098868 7
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 16
9. Loosen the ring gear retaining bolts, (1).
20093425 8
10. Detach the ring gear, (1), from the differential housing.
NOTE: Differential assembly can also be disassembled

without removing ring gear.
20093426 9
11. Using a 4mm allen wrench, remove set screw, (1),

from the differential housing.
20098881 10
12. Remove dowel pin from the differential housing by us-

ing suitable tool.
20098878 11
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 17
13. Remove the differential pinion shaft, (1), by pushing it

out gently.
20098863 12
14. Withdraw the differential gears and thrust washers, (1)

and (2).
20098877 13
15. Withdraw the side gears, (1), and thrust washers, (2).
20098862 14
16. Use suitable extractors to remove the bearings from

both the sides.
17. Remove the differential lock clutch from the housing.
20098869 15
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 18
Differential - Inspect
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

2. Rotate bearings by hand to check for roughness or
binding. Check the bearings for excessive wear or
damage, and replace as necessary.
3. Inspect side gear teeth for excessive wear or damage.
4. Measure the thickness of all the differential thrust wash-
ers. Replace the washers that measure less than the
minimum thickness.
5. Inspect the differential pinion gears and shafts for ex-
cessive wear or damage.
6. Inspect the differential gear case for cracks, or any
other damage.
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 19
Differential - Assemble
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Differential - Inspect (27.106)
1. Reinsert the differential lock clutch, (1), into the hous-

ing, (2).
20098869 1
2. Press bearings, (1), onto both sides of the housing, (2).
20098872 2
3. Reinsert the two side gears, (1), along with thrust wash-
ers, (2), into the differential housing.
NOTE: Make sure the side gear with holes in the back side,
is placed inside the housing with the holes facing towards
the differential lock clutch.
20098862 3
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 20
4. While rotating the two side gears, insert the two differ-
ential pinion gears, (1), along with thrust washers into
the differential housing, (2), until the holes, (3), in the
pinion gears and housing are all aligned.
20098877 4
5. Carefully drive the differential pinion shaft, (1), into the

housing, (2), and through the differential pinion gears.
20098863 5
6. Reinstall the dowel pin, securing the pinion shaft within

20098878 6
7. Using a 4 mm allen wrench, reinstall set screw, (1), into

20098881 7
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 21
8. Apply LOCTITE® 270 to self locking ring gear bolts.

Reattach the ring gear, (1), to the differential housing
using the eight M12 x 37 mm self locking nuts and bolts,
(2). Torque the bolts 85 N·m (63 lb ft).
20098861 8
9. Place spring compressor of special tool 380002739,

(1), in a vise and screw the two halves together to com-
press the differential lock spring, (2). Place spring, (2),
inside holder, (3), and release compression tool.
20098875 9
10. While holding the spring and shift fork into position,
gently drive the spindle, (1), in through the housing,
(2), spring, (3), and shift fork, (4). Remove holder,
(3), (figure 58) Special tool 380002739 from inside of
housing.
20098870 10
11. Reattach the differential lock pedal, (1), using a M12

x 25 mm bolt and lock washer. Torque each bolt to
75 N·m (55 lb ft).
20098864 11
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 22
12. Reinstall a new metal plug, (1), on the left side of the
rear wheel drive housing, replacing the one removed,
during disassembly.
20098879 12
13. Place the differential assembly, (1), into the rear wheel
drive housing, (2).
20098868 13
14. Reattach the left-hand differential bearing supports,

(1), to the rear wheel drive housing, (2). Secure the
bearing holder using six M10 x 30 mm bolts. Torque
the bolts 60 N·m (44 lb ft).
NOTE: When installing the differential bearing holders,
make sure the smallest of the three tabs, (3), face the rear
of the housing. Three o’clock for the left-hand side, and
nine o’clock on the right-hand side.
15. Repeat step (14) for right-hand side.
16. Set the ring and pinion backlash and total preload set-
tings. See Bevel gear - Adjust (27.106) and Bevel
gear - Backlash (27.106).
20098874 14
Next operation:
Rear axle housing - Install (27.100).
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 23
Differential - Disassemble Pinion shaft

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. To remove pinion shaft, first differential assembly, (1),

has to be removed from the rear axle housing, (2). Re-
fer to the procedures in Differential - Disassemble
(27.106) for the differential assembly removal proce-
dure.
20098868 1
2. Remove the locking nut, (1), from the pinion shaft, us-
ing special tool no. 380002763.
20098888 2
3. Remove the pinion shaft, (1), from the housing, (2), by

hammering it out gently using suitable mandrill.
20098883 3
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 24
4. Retrieve spacer, (1), and shims, (2), from the pinion

shaft.
NOTE: The spacer (1) is replaced by a fixed gear on front-
wheel drive models.
20098884 4
5. Remove outer race, (1), of the bearings from the case

using suitable puller.
20098896 5
6. On front-wheel drive models, remove the gear (1) from

within the housing.
20098885 6
7. Remove the bevel roller bearings from the pinion using

a suitable extractor.
20098889 7
Next operation:
To inspect the pinion shaft, see the procedures in Differential - Disassemble Pinion shaft (27.106).
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 25
Differential - Inspect Pinion shaft

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

2. Rotate bearings by hand to check for roughness or
binding. Check the bearings for excessive wear or
damage, and replace as necessary.
3. Inspect the drive pinion shaft for excessive wear, nicks,
chips or other damage. Replace as necessary.
4. On FWD Models: Inspect the fixed gear, (1), for exces-
sive wear or damage. Replace as necessary.
20098890 1
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 26
Differential - Assemble Pinion shaft

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Adjust the preload settings of the bevel roller bearing

and ring/pinion clearance. See Bevel gear - Adjust
(27.106) and Bevel gear - Backlash (27.106).
2. After installation of the proper pinion positioning shims,
(1), press the bevel pinion bearing, (2), onto the pinion
shaft, (3).
3. Place spacer, (4), and proper pinion bearing shims, (5),
onto the pinion shaft.
20098884 1
4. On FWD Models: Reinstall the fixed gear, (1), into the

housing as shown.
20098885 2
5. Using a suitable drift, insert both inner bearing races,

(1), into the differential housing.
20098896 3
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 27
6. Reinstall the pinion shaft, (1), in through the rear of the

housing and inner bearing races.
7. Place tapered bearing, (2), onto the pinion shaft.
20098891 4
8. Reinstall pinion shaft locking nut, (1). Torque the nut to

300 N·m (221 lb ft) using Special tool No.380002763
and then, stake the nut.
20098888 5
9. Reinstall the differential assembly, (1), into the rear

wheel drive housing, (2). See Differential - Assem-
ble (27.106) for this procedure.
20098868 6
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 28
Differential - Backlash
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Differential pinion and side gear clearance adjustment

Refer to the sectional view of the assembly and the
reference for calls in Differential - Sectional view
(27.106).
1. Fit the side gears, (15), in the differential carrier without
the thrust washers, (12).
2. Install differential pinions, (13), complete with thrust
washer, (14), and differential pinion shaft, (3), and in-
sert dowel pin to prevent differential pinion shaft from
working out.
3. Bring left-hand side gear into full contact with differen-
tial pinion.
4. Using a depth gauge measure dimension (H1) at two
20097948 1
diametrically opposed points and average the two read-
ings.
5. Then push side gear into contact with differential carrier
and measure dimension (H2).
6. Repeat the same operations on right-hand side gear.
7. End float of each side gear without the shim ring must
be:
Lg or Rg = H1 -H2
where:
Lg = Left-hand side gear end float;
Rg = Right-hand side gear end float;
H1 and H2 = Dimensions measured on left-hand or
right-hand side gears.
20097949 2
8. Normal differential pinion and side gear backlash is

0.15 mm (0.006 in).
9. Note that the average ratio normal backlash to the
equivalent side gear end float is 1 to 1.7.
10. Side gear end float corresponding to normal backlash
will be:
0.15 x 1.7 = 0.23 mm (0.009 in)
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 29
11. Consequently the shim thickness required in the dif-

ferential carrier is given by:
Ss = Lg - 0.25 (for left-hand side gear)
Sd = Rg - 0.25 (for right-hand side gear)
The thickness of the thrust washer can vary 1 – 2 mm
at 0.1 mm intervals. For example, 1.0 mm, 1.1 mm
1.2 mm
20098899 3
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 30
Differential - Adjust Ring gear bearings

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. With pinion shaft and differential assembly with ring

gear bearing supports installed.
2. Remove the two Allen screws, (1), and lock plates from
both the sides.
20098900 1
3. Tighten left-hand ring nut, (1), using Special Tool No.

380002738 until minimum back lash between the bevel
teeth is 1 mm.
20098901 2
4. • Measure the backlash using dial gauge and magnetic

stand as shown in the figure.
20098902 3
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 31
5. Tighten right-hand ring nut until achieving rolling torque

of the pinion bevel wheel 98 – 147 N (22 – 33 lb).
6. This torque can be measured using a spring balance
and a chord wound around the differential housing and
pull the spring balance. The value at which differential
housing starts rotate is the rolling torque.
20098903 4
7. Reinstall the right-hand and left-hand lock plates,

(1), back on the bearing supports. Apply thread lock
sealant LOCTITE® 242® to the Allen screws, (2).
20098900 5
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 32
Index

Bevel gear - Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Bevel gear - Backlash (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Bevel gear - Preload (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Bevel gear - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Differential - Adjust Ring gear bearings (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Differential - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Differential - Assemble Pinion shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Differential - Backlash (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Differential - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Differential - Disassemble Pinion shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Differential - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Differential - Inspect Pinion shaft (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Differential - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Differential lock - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 33
47921938 07/02/2017
27.2 [27.106] / 34
Planetary and final drives - 120
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Planetary and final drives

Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Sealing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
SERVICE

Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 2
CONSUMABLES INDEX

Loctite® 518™ Planetary and final drives - Sealing 27.3 / 6
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 3
Rear axle system - Planetary and final drives
Planetary and final drives - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

Type Planetary, single reduction
Gears Sprocket wheel
Reduction ratio 11/68 = 01:06.18
Clearance 0.15 – 0.25 mm (0.006 – 0.0098 in)
Final drive spline fits
Interference 0.050 mm (0.0020 in)
Clearance 0.048 mm (0.0019 in)
Planetary and final drives - Torque

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Description Thread Size Torque

Bolts, final drive cover, (1) M10x1.25 60 N·m (44 lb ft)
Bolts securing final drive housing to transmission
M12 x 1.5 85 N·m (63 lb ft)
housing, (2)
Bolts securing Wheel Disc to Wheel shaft, (3) M16x1.5 260 N·m (192 lb ft)
Lock-nut securing final drive driven gear to disc
M55 x 1.5 900 N·m (664 lb ft)
spindle, (4)
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 4
20099005 1
Planetary and final drives - Special tools

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Special tools
Installer, trumpet housing seal 1 9971350
Installer, trumpet housing seal 2 9971351
Extractor, transmission gear remover 292904
Transmission gear spanner 9971360
Remover, final drive bearing 292927
Installer, final drive cover seal - TT3880F/TT4030 9971362
Installer, final drive cover seal - TT3840/TT3840F 9971380
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 5
Planetary and final drives - Sealing

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

Final drive housing to rear wheel drive housing, (1) LOCTITE® 518™
20099006 1
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 6
Planetary and final drives - Sectional view

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Longitudinal section through final drive
BRAG12TRLUE0357 1
TT3880F/TT4030
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 7
BRAG12TRLUE0358 2
TT3840F/TT3880
1. Wheel shaft 8. Rear axle shaft

2. Cover 9. Rear axle housing (Final drive)
3. Ball bearing 10. Disc brakes
4. Ball bearing 11. Seal
5. Ball bearing. 12. Seal
6. Ball bearing. 13. Driven gear retaining nut
7. Final drive driven gear
(transmission gear)
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 8
Planetary and final drives - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

The outboard final reduction gear set is controlled by the bevel pinion and crown wheel output half - shaft, which also
controls the brakes.
Outboard reduction helps in improving traction and increasing brakes' life. It also gives more ground clearance and
is sealed against water and dust.
In this cascade arrangement bull pinion is integral part of the axle shaft. The wheel shaft can withstand bending and
twisting loads due to its small length.
The final drive housing can be located in various positions relative to the axle sleeves, which makes it possible to
change in a stepwise fashion the wheel base and clearance of the tractor. These three clearance adjustments are
possible: basic (average height), high and low. The tractor can be made to have low clearance setting by turning the
final drive housings either fully backward or fully forward, provided the fenders is removed and the track width of the
rear wheels is set at its minimum. In this case, one should bear in mind that turning the final drive housing forward
improves the manoeuvrability of the tractor but impairs its stability, and vice-versa; turning them backward improves
the stability of the tractor but impairs its manoeuvrability.
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 9
Planetary and final drives - Disassemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Remove the final drive assembly from the tractor as

described in Rear axle housing - Remove (27.100) .
20098777 1
2. Loosen M10 x 45mm cap screws, (1), and remove final

drive cover, (2), with bull gear.
20099016 2
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 10
3. Use a suitable puller to remove roller bearing internal

ring, (1), from wheel shaft.
4. Use a chisel to bend tab down on washer, (2), to allow
for removal of nut, (3).
20099017 3
5. Tighten two M16 x 1.5 bolts, (1), in to two of the wheel

disc holes on the hub, and clamp the wheel shaft in a
vice.
6. Remove M55 x 1.5 nut and locking plate, securing
driven gear onto the wheel shaft.
20099018 4
7. Remove driven gear, (1), from wheel shaft using a suit-

able puller.
20099019 5
8. Remove spacer, (1).
20099887 6
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 11
9. Knock out wheel shaft (1), using a brass drift and ham-
mer.
20099021 7
10. Remove seal protector and seal, (1), using suitable

tool.
20099022 8
11. Use a suitable extractor to remove the roller bearing,

(1), from the cover.
20099023 9
12. Remove retaining ring, (1), then remove bearing, (2),

and thrust washer (not shown) from the cover.
20099024 10
Next operation:
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 12
To inspect the planetary and final drive components, see the procedures in Planetary and final drives - Assemble
(27.120).
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 13
Planetary and final drives - Inspect

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To remove the final drive housing, see the procedures in Planetary and final drives - Disassemble (27.120).
1. Check and replace damaged and worn parts

2. Check the seals of lips (1) and (2). Replace them if
necessary.
BRAG12TRLUE0259 1
Next operation:
To fit the final drive housing, see the procedures in Planetary and final drives - Assemble (27.120).
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 14
Planetary and final drives - Assemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
To inspect the final drive housing, see the procedures in Planetary and final drives - Inspect (27.120).
Reassemble final drive assembly observing the follow-

ing:
1. Reassembly follows the disassembly procedure in re-
verse, from step 14 back to step 1.
2. Place the roller bearing (1) in its seat in the final drive
cover with the maker's logo faces outside.
BRAG12TRLUE0253 1
3. Install other bearings, using appropriate installers.

4. Fit cover seal for final drive using Special Installation
Tool No. 9971362 for the TT3880F/TT4030 models
and 9971380 for the TT3840/TT3840F models.
BRAG12TRLUE0254 2
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 15
5. Fit the rear axle housing seal using Special Installation

Tool Nos. 9971350 and 9971351.
BRAG12TRLUE0255 3
6. Fit the rear axle shaft (1) and the wheel shaft (2), taking
care not to damage the seals.
BRAG12TRLUE0256 4
7. Fit the internal ring for the roller bearing onto the axle
shaft having heated it in oil to 80 – 90 °C.
8. Tighten the retaining nut for the bull gear to 900 N·m
using Special Tool 9971360. .
BRAG12TRLUE0257 5
9. Clean and grease the surfaces in contact between the

housing and the cover and insert a new gasket (1).
BRAG12TRLUE0258 6
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 16
Index

Planetary and final drives - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Planetary and final drives - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Planetary and final drives - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Planetary and final drives - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Planetary and final drives - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Planetary and final drives - Sealing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Planetary and final drives - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Planetary and final drives - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Planetary and final drives - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47921938 07/02/2017
27.3 [27.120] / 17
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47921938 07/02/2017
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Power Take-Off (PTO)
47921938 07/02/2017
31
Contents
Power Take-Off (PTO) - 31
[31.101] Rear mechanical control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.1
[31.114] Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.2
47921938 07/02/2017
31
CONSUMABLES INDEX

Permatex #2 Form-A-Gasket Rear mechanical control - Sealing 31.1 / 5
Sealer
Loctite® 518 Rear mechanical control - Sealing 31.1 / 5
Loctite® 242® Engage and release control tie rod - Assemble Cross shafts 31.1 / 15
47921938 07/02/2017
31
47921938 07/02/2017
31
Rear mechanical control - 101
47921938 07/02/2017
31.1 [31.101] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Rear mechanical control

Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Sealing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Rear mechanical control

Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SERVICE
Engage and release control tie rod

Remove PTO Clutch lever (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Assemble Cross shafts (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
47921938 07/02/2017
31.1 [31.101] / 2
CONSUMABLES INDEX

Permatex #2 Form-A-Gasket Rear mechanical control - Sealing 31.1 / 5
Sealer
Loctite® 518 Rear mechanical control - Sealing 31.1 / 5
Loctite® 242® Engage and release control tie rod - Assemble Cross shafts 31.1 / 15
47921938 07/02/2017
31.1 [31.101] / 3
Power Take-Off (PTO) - Rear mechanical control
Rear mechanical control - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

Type Independent
Clutch control Hand lever
Output Shaft Engagement By lever situated on Transmission Housing Cover
Rotation (looking from Tractor Rear End)
Engine speed at 540 RPM(standard PTO
1967 RPM
speed)
PTO speed at engine Max. power rating 686 RPM
Output Shaft
Number of splines 6
Shaft Diameter 34.925 mm (1.375 in)
PTO Clutch Shaft
Shaft Diameter 24.964 – 24.994 mm (0.983 – 0.984 in)
Bushing Fitted Internal Diameter 25.04 – 25.092 mm (0.986 – 0.988 in)
PTO Shaft Clearance in Bushing 0.055 – 0.128 mm (0.0022 – 0.0050 in)
Bushing Interference Fit with Drive Shaft 0.037 – 0.091 mm (0.0015 – 0.0036 in)
Rear mechanical control - Torque

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Tightening torques
Name Thread size Torque
Bolts securing rear cover on transmission housing (C₁₁) M12 x 1.5 100 N·m
Bolts securing rear cover on transmission housing (C₂₂) M16 x 1.5 230 N·m
Bolts securing PTO lever cover (C₃₃) M8 X 1.5 26 N·m
Nuts securing PTO shaft-driven gear (C₄₄) M22 x 1.5 260 N·m
47921938 07/02/2017
31.1 [31.101] / 4
LAIL11TT0381A0A 1
Rear mechanical control - Sealing

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

Transmission rear covers, (S1) PERMATEX #2 FORM-A-GASKET SEALER
Transmission top cover, (S2) LOCTITE® 518
47921938 07/02/2017
31.1 [31.101] / 5
20098755 1
47921938 07/02/2017
31.1 [31.101] / 6
Rear mechanical control - Sectional view

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
20098756 1
1. Drive shaft 7. Plain roller bearing

2. Driven shaft 8. Plain roller bearing
3. Oil seal 9. Ball bearing
4. Driven gear - 51 teeth 10. Drive gear PTO shaft - 14 teeth
5. Spacer 11. PTO brake
6. Transmission rear cover
47921938 07/02/2017
31.1 [31.101] / 7
Rear mechanical control - Static description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
The power take-off (PTO) transfers engine power directly

to mounted or trailed equipment through a splined shaft,
(1), at the rear of the tractor.
The PTO system is independent, that is, the PTO may be
engaged or disengaged whether the tractor is moving or
stationary. Rotation of the PTO shaft is not affected by the
main clutch and tractor speed but is related directly to the
speed of the engine.
The PTO system utilizes the standard 6-spline shaft de-
signed to operate at 540 RPM, with a clockwise rotation,
as viewed from the rear of the tractor.
The standard speed of 540 RPM is obtained at engine
1967 RPM.
20098748 1
The PTO is engaged or disengaged by means of lever,

(1).
DANGER
To avoid inadvertent movement of the implement, dis-
engage the PTO after each use. Failure to comply
could result in death or serious injury.
B014
WARNING
Whenever operating PTO equipment, observe the fol-
lowing precautions:
- Check that you are using the correct PTO speed for 20098746 2
the implement. Follow the operator’s instructions in
the Operator’s Manual.
- Make sure that the PTO guard is installed when using
PTO driven equipment
- DO NOT wear loose clothing when operating PTO
driven equipment.
- Firmly apply the parking brake, place all control
levers in the neutral position and block all four wheels
before operating any stationary PTO equipment.
- DO NOT approach, clean or adjust PTO driven equip-
ment while the engine is still running. Stop the engine
and remove the key, wait until the PTO and the equip-
ment stop turning before leaving the machine or be-
fore working on the PTO, or the equipment.
- With the engine stopped and key removed, the PTO
brake is released and the shaft may be turned by hand
to assist in the installation or removal of the imple-
ment shaft.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious in-
jury.
M1422
47921938 07/02/2017
31.1 [31.101] / 8
Engage and release control tie rod - Remove PTO Clutch lever
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
To remove the PTO clutch lever, (1), proceed as follows
20098368 1
1. Remove pin, (1), by releasing lock plate and disconnect

linkage between PTO clutch lever and PTO clutch cross
shaft.
20098365 2
2. Remove the split pin lock, (1), take out the pin and
remove hand lever from the mounting bracket.
3. Remove bolt, (2), from the housing to take out the
levers with the bracket.
20098369 3
47921938 07/02/2017
31.1 [31.101] / 9
Engage and release control tie rod - Disassemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
PTO lever and internal linkages

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Loosen the bolts of the transmission cover plate (1) and

open the cover.
LAIL11TT0112A0A 1
2. Push out the positioning pin (1) from the internal lever.
LAIL11TT0180A0A 2
3. Pull out the lever assembly and remove the lock pin (1)
and spring (2) from the lever cage.
LAIL11TT0181A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
31.1 [31.101] / 10
4. The PTO engagement sliding sleeve (1) can only be

removed after removing the PTO shaft assembly.
See the procedure for removing the PTO shaft in Front
drive shaft - Remove PTO Shaft Assembly (31.114).
LAIL11TT0113A0A 4
47921938 07/02/2017
31.1 [31.101] / 11
Engage and release control tie rod - Install

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Installation
Installation is the reverse operation of the removal pro-
cedure.
• Before securing the transmission top cover, thor-
oughly clean and degrease the mating surfaces and
apply a 2 mm bead of sealant following the pattern
shown in Fig. 1.
LAIL11TT0001A0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
31.1 [31.101] / 12
Engage and release control tie rod - Disassemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. To remove cross shafts, clutch housing has to be split

between engine flywheel housing and transmission
housing. Refer to Engine - Remove (10.001).
20098370 1
2. Remove clips, (1), from both the forks locking forks and
release bearing.
20098371 2
3. Loosen the PTO clutch fork lock screw, (1).
20098372 3
47921938 07/02/2017
31.1 [31.101] / 13
4. Pull out the PTO clutch cross shaft, (1), from right-hand
side of the transmission housing and retrieve fork from
housing.
20098374 4
5. Loosen the transmission clutch fork lock screw.

6. Pull out the transmission cross shaft, (1), from left-hand
side of the transmission housing and retrieve fork from
the housing.
20098373 5
7. Slide out both transmission and PTO clutch release

bearings, (1), and (2), from the shaft.
20097515 6
Next operation:
To fit the transverse axis, see the procedures in Engage and release control tie rod - Assemble Cross shafts
(31.101).
47921938 07/02/2017
31.1 [31.101] / 14
Engage and release control tie rod - Assemble Cross shafts

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
To disassemble the cross shafts, see the procedures in Engage and release control tie rod - Disassemble (31.101).
Reassemble the clutch mechanical release control, tak-

ing care of the following.
1. Ensure that lock clips, (1), are properly seated on clutch
release forks.
2. Check whether the tightening torques are correct as
shown in Rear mechanical control - Torque (31.101).
3. Apply LOCTITE® 242® sealant to clutch release fork
lock-screw and left-hand brake pedal lock-screw before
tightening.
4. Before securing the transmission and engine, thor-
oughly clean and degrease mating surfaces and
apply a bead of liquid gasket of approximately 2 mm
(0.079 in) of diameter following pattern shown in .
20098371 1
47921938 07/02/2017
31.1 [31.101] / 15
Index

Engage and release control tie rod - Assemble Cross shafts (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Engage and release control tie rod - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Engage and release control tie rod - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Engage and release control tie rod - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Engage and release control tie rod - Remove PTO Clutch lever (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Rear mechanical control - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Rear mechanical control - Sealing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Rear mechanical control - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Rear mechanical control - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Rear mechanical control - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47921938 07/02/2017
31.1 [31.101] / 16
Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - 114
47921938 07/02/2017
31.2 [31.114] / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Front drive shaft

Remove PTO Shaft Assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Disassemble PTO assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Assemble PTO Assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install PTO Shaft Assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47921938 07/02/2017
31.2 [31.114] / 2
Power Take-Off (PTO) - Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO)
Front drive shaft - Remove PTO Shaft Assembly

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Drain oil from the transmission and rear wheel drive

housing by opening drain plugs, (1), and, (2).
20098382 1
2. Open transmission top cover plate, (1).
20098383 2
3. Remove PTO cover bolts, (1).

4. Pull out the PTO shaft assembly along with PTO cover.
20098384 3
Next operation:
47921938 07/02/2017
31.2 [31.114] / 3
To remove the PTO assembly, see the procedures in Front drive shaft - Disassemble PTO assembly (31.114).
47921938 07/02/2017
31.2 [31.114] / 4
Front drive shaft - Disassemble PTO assembly

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
When removing the PTO assembly, see the procedures in Front drive shaft - Remove PTO Shaft Assembly
(31.114).
1. For correct disassembly install PTO assembly on rotary

stand or bench.
2. Loosen nut, (1), and pull out gear, (2), from PTO shaft.
NOTE: Nut, (1), is locked by punching at the end of the nut.
Unlock the nut using suitable tool before removing.
20098759 1
3. Remove the PTO shaft, (1), out of the cover plate by

hammering with a mallet on the threaded end of the
shaft.
20098764 2
4. Remove front seal, (1), from housing.
20098763 3
47921938 07/02/2017
31.2 [31.114] / 5
5. Remove the retaining ring, (1), in the front and rear of

the housing.
6. Remove the bearings, (2), and spacer, (3), from the
housing.
20098760 4
7. Unscrew the bolts, (1), securing PTO input shaft cover,

(2), on PTO assembly cover plate.
20098761 5
8. Remove snap ring, (1), and spacer.

9. Remove the input shaft from the bearing.
20098392 6
10. Inspect the bearings, shafts and gears for wear out,
damage, scouring and pitting. Replace parts as nec-
essary.
11. Remove the bearing, (1), from coverplate using suit-
able puller and drifts.
20098762 7
47921938 07/02/2017
31.2 [31.114] / 6
12. Remove snap ring, (1), and remove the bearing, (2),
from the shaft.
13. Remove the inner snap ring, (3), from the shaft as
required.
20098393 8
Next operation:
When fitting the PTO assembly, see the procedures in Front drive shaft - Assemble PTO Assembly (31.114).
47921938 07/02/2017
31.2 [31.114] / 7
Front drive shaft - Assemble PTO Assembly

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Install retaining ring, (1) onto the PTO shaft, followed

by the bearing, (2), and secure with another retaining
ring, (3).
20098393 1
2. Install bearing, (1), into housing using a suitable bear-

ing installer.
3. Install shaft, (2), into bearing and secure with bearing
spacer, (3), and retaining ring, (4).
20098395 2
4. Install cover, (1), with a new gasket. Secure the cover

with flat washers, lock washers, and M14 X 1.50 X 40
mm retaining bolts, (2).
5. Torque the hardware to 89 N·m (66 lb ft).
20098761 3
47921938 07/02/2017
31.2 [31.114] / 8
6. Install the bearings, (1), and spacer, (2), into the hous-
ing.
7. Install the retaining rings, (3), in the front and rear of
the housing.
20098760 4
8. Install front seal, (1), into housing.
20098763 5
9. Install the PTO shaft, (1), through the bearings and

spacer from the front side of the cover.
20098764 6
10. Install PTO drive gear, (1), onto PTO shaft and secure
with a M22 X 1.50 mm nut, (2).
11. Secure the nut to 260 N·m (192 lb ft).
12. Lock the nut by depressing the tabs of the nut into the
grooves of the shaft.
20098759 7
47921938 07/02/2017
31.2 [31.114] / 9
Front drive shaft - Install PTO Shaft Assembly

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Reassemble and install PTO assembly on rear housing

observing the following.
• Refer to figure for correct orientation of the gears,
bearings, oil seals and sleeve.
• Install new oil seals.
• Replace the engagement coupler and circlip on input
shaft before inserting pullers.
• Before reassembling PTO cover, thoroughly clean
and degrease mating surfaces and apply a 2 mm
(0.08 in) head of silicone sealant following the pat-
tern shown in the Figure 1.
• Replace the input shaft cover gasket.
• The clamping components should be tightened to
the torques specified in Rear mechanical control
- Torque (31.101).
20098757 1
47921938 07/02/2017
31.2 [31.114] / 10
1. Install PTO sleeve, (1), as shown.
20098758 2
2. Install new gasket, (1), onto dowel pins located on

housing surface, (2).
3. Install the PTO shaft assembly along with PTO cover,
(3).
4. Secure M12 X 1.50 mm PTO bolts, (4), to 100 N·m
(74 lb ft).
5. Secure the M16 X 1.50 mm PTO bolts, (5), to 230 N·m
(170 lb ft).
20098386 3
6. Install top cover, (1), and secure the hardware to

25 N·m (18 lb ft).
20098383 4
7. Install transmission drain plug, (1), and rear wheel drive

housing drain plug, (2).
8. Fill both housing to level with the appropriate fluids. Re-
fer to Operator’s Manual for correct fluid requirements.
20098382 5
47921938 07/02/2017
31.2 [31.114] / 11
Index

Front drive shaft - Assemble PTO Assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Front drive shaft - Disassemble PTO assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Front drive shaft - Install PTO Shaft Assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Front drive shaft - Remove PTO Shaft Assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
31.2 [31.114] / 12
47921938 07/02/2017
31.2 [31.114] / 13
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47921938 07/02/2017
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Brakes and controls
47921938 07/02/2017
33
Contents
Brakes and controls - 33
[33.120] Mechanical service brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.1
[33.110] Parking brake or parking lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.2
47921938 07/02/2017
33
CONSUMABLES INDEX

Tutela Transaxle fluid SAE Mechanical service brakes - General specification 33.1 / 4
20W-40
Loctite® 518 Brake control pedals and shafts - Sealing 33.1 / 6
Loctite® 518™ Brake drums - Assemble 33.1 / 22
47921938 07/02/2017
33
47921938 07/02/2017
33
Mechanical service brakes - 120
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Mechanical service brakes

Brake control pedals and shafts
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Brake control pedals and shafts - Sealing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Sectional view Brake control assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
SERVICE
Brake control pedals and shafts

Remove Brake pedals and external linkages (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Adjust Free play (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Brake drums
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
DIAGNOSTIC

47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 2
CONSUMABLES INDEX

Tutela Transaxle fluid SAE Mechanical service brakes - General specification 33.1 / 4
20W-40
Loctite® 518™ Brake drums - Assemble 33.1 / 22
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 3
Brakes and controls - Mechanical service brakes
Mechanical service brakes - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

Type
- Service brake. Wet disc acting on differential axle shafts
- Parking brake. Wet disc acting on differential axle shafts
Control
Controlled by mechanical pedals that are independent (or
- Service brake.
interlocked for joint operation)
Mechanical release, with manual lever and ratchet (sector
- Parking brake.
located on the right-hand side of the transmission housing)
No. disks per side
- TT3880F/TT4030 4
- TT3840/TT3840F 3
Brake oil specification
(Common for Transmission and Brakes) API GL-4 TUTELA TRANSAXLE FLUID SAE 20W-40
Service Brake/ Parking brake Disc Material Organic Compound
Nominal brake disk thickness 4.65 – 4.8 mm
Discard thickness of the service/parking brake
disks. 4.30 mm
Brake pedal play 50 – 55 mm
Suporte do pedal do freio
Right-hand pedal internal diameter 40.000 – 40.025 mm
Bushing thickness 1.968 – 1.932 mm
Right-hand pedal internal diameter with bushing
(without bore hole) 36.064 – 36.161 mm
Right-hand pedal bushing/housing clearance 0.097 mm max.
Right-hand pedal bushing/housing interference 0.097 mm max.
Left-hand pedal shaft diameter 36.000 – 35.961 mm
Clearance between the left-hand pedal shaft and the
right-hand pedal
bushing 0.103 – 0.161 mm
Left-hand pedal internal diameter 36.025 – 36.087 mm
Clearance between the left-hand pedal shaft and
0.064 – 0.087 mm
housing
Internal diameter of left-hand pedal shaft with bushing
(without bore hole) 22.052 – 22.137 mm
Left-hand brake with bushing 25.000 – 25.021 mm
Left-hand pedal bushing/housing clearance 0.064 mm max.
Left-hand pedal bushing/housing interference 0.085 mm max.
Handbrake shaft diameter 21.967 – 22.000 mm
Left-hand brake bushing 0.052 – 0.170 mm
Diameter of bushing housing in transmission
housing 40.000 – 40.025 mm
Internal diameter of the left-hand
brake shaft on the transmission housing (without
bore hole) 36.064 – 36.161 mm
Clearance between the bushings and transmission
0.097 mm max.
casing
Interference between the bushings and transmission
0.103 – 0.161 mm
casing
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 4
Brake control pedals and shafts - Torque

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Description Bolt Size Torque

Rear axle Housing to Differential
M12 x 45 100 N·m (74 lb ft)
Housing Bolts, (C1)
ROPS bolts, (C2) M15 x 200 200 N·m (148 lb ft)
Bottom cover plate bolts, (C3) M 8 x 22 26 N·m (19 lb ft)
Screw, (C4) M16 x 32 167 N·m (123 lb ft)
20098842 1
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 5
Brake control pedals and shafts - Sealing

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

Buckle up of Rear Axle Housing to Differential Housing, LOCTITE® 518
(S1)
Bottom cover plate sealing, (S2) LOCTITE® 518
Thread lock for locking screw, (S3) LOCTITE® 242
20098774 1
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 6
Mechanical service brakes - Sectional view Brake control assembly

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
20098839 1
1. Rear wheel drive housing 5. Brake disc

2. Brake Actuating linkage 6. Stator
3. Actuating disc 7. Final drive housing
4. Axle shaft
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 7
Mechanical service brakes - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Oil immersed brakes have externally lined brake discs, (1), and are driven by spline on final drive pinion shaft passing
through the housing bolted to the tractor rear drive housing. An actuating assembly, (2), is mounted between the
brake discs, (1), which consists of two discs, (3), separated by steel balls, (4), but connected by short springs, (5).
Lugs on the discs are attached to a yoke, (6), on the operating rod. Between 1st and 2nd and 3rd and 4th brake discs
stator discs, (7), are fitted.
20098775 1
When the tractor is moving, the brake discs rotate with the final drive pinion shaft If brake pedal is depressed, its
associated brake links cause the actuating discs to turn in opposite directions. As the pressure plates turn, the balls,
(4), clamped between the actuating discs roll over the inclined surfaces of their sockets, (8). In the plates, thus causing
the actuating discs to move axially outwards to contact the rotating brake discs which in turn contact the inner faces
of the final drive housing, (9), differential support, (10), and stator discs. This movement increases the axial force on
the housing support, stator and actuation and produce brake torque. This action causes the final drive pinion, hence
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 8
the associated driving wheel of the tractor, to slow down and then stop rotating completely. On release of the brake,
retracting springs, (5), return the plates to their original positions.
The force exerted by the driver is transmitted to the brake assembly by a system of levers and rods. The actuating
system not only connects the pedal with the brake but also increases the relatively small force available at the pedal
to the much larger force required to brake the vehicle. It can also permit the braking effort to be divided between the
axles in the required proportion.
Left wheel brake pedal can be retained in the applied position by means of latch controlled by a hand lever fitted at
right hand side, below operator’s seat used as a parking brake.
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 9
Brake control pedals and shafts - Remove Brake pedals and

external linkages
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Remove brake pedal spring, (1).

2. Remove split pin, (2), and disconnect linkage, (3).
3. Remove circlip, (4), and pull out right-hand brake pedal.
20098375 1
4. Loosen Lock screw, (1), and remove left-hand brake

pedal, (2).
20098376 2
5. Remove spring, (1), split pin and disconnect left-hand

brake linkage, (2), at left-hand side of the tractor.
20098377 3
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 10
6. Remove clutch pedal spring, (1).
20098378 4
7. Remove split pin, (1), and disconnect linkage, (2), from

clutch cross shaft.
20098379 5
8. Pull out clutch/brake pedal support rod, (1), from the

rear axle housing.
9. Remove clutch pedal, (2), from the support shaft.
20098380 6
Inspection
Clean the brake pedal assembly thoroughly and check
for bushing and support rod wear, replace as neces-
sary.
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 11
Brake control pedals and shafts - Assemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Insert clutch/brake pedal support rod, (1), through

clutch pedal, (2), and into rear axle housing.
20098380 1
2. Reconnect the linkage, (1), to the clutch cross shaft and

secure with split pin, (2).
20098379 2
3. Reattach the clutch pedal spring, (1).
20098378 3
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 12
4. Reconnect the left-hand side brake linkage, (1), and

secure with spit pin.
5. Reconnect brake linkage return spring, (2),
20098377 4
6. Reinstall the left-hand brake pedal, (1), onto the cross

shaft and secure with locking screw, (2).
20098376 5
7. Reinstall the right-hand brake pedal onto the cross

shaft and secure with circlip, (1).
8. Reconnect the right-hand side brake linkage, (2), and
secure with spit pin, (3).
9. Reconnect brake linkage return spring, (4).
20098375 6
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 13
Brake control pedals and shafts - Adjust Free play

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Measure free play of the brake pedals which should be

35 – 45 mm (1.38 – 1.77 in). With the brake pedals
locked together, the tractor should stop in a straight line
when brakes are applied.
20098410 1
Adjustment is made to the brake pull rods beneath the

tractor. Block the wheels, front and rear, unlock the
brake pedals and release the parking brake lever. Un-
lock nut, (1), and rotate screw, (2), to adjust play.
• Screw in to reduce the play

• Screw out to increase the play
Repeat the same procedure for the left brake pull rod.
Lock the brake pedals together and road test to ensure
that the brakes are balanced and will stop the tractor
in a straight line. Any further adjustment necessary to
balance the brakes should be carried out on the right
brake.
20098375 2
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 14
Brake drums - Disassemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
NOTE: To remove brake assembly, final drive assembly

has to be removed from the rear wheel drive assembly.
1. Remove final drive assembly, (1), from rear axle hous-
ing. Consult the procedures in Rear axle housing -
Remove (27.100).
20098777 1
2. Remove outer brake discs and stator from the brake

assembly. Repeat this procedure on the other side.
20098778 2
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 15
3. Remove split pin, (1), and spring, (2), disconnect brake

linkage, (3). Repeat this procedure on the other side.
20098375 3
4. Loosen two bolts and remove cover, (1). (Left side

cover already removed).
20098403 4
5. Loosen and remove locking screws, (1).
20098404 5
6. Remove actuating shaft, (1), from the housing. Repeat

this procedure on the other side.
20098405 6
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 16
7. Remove the brake actuating assembly, along with in-

ner brake discs and stator from housing. Repeat this
procedure on the other side.
20098406 7
Next operation:
To inspect the brake drums, see the procedures in Brake drums - Inspect (33.120).
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 17
Brake drums - Inspect

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To remove the brake drums, see the procedures in Brake drums - Disassemble (33.120).
1. Inspect the actuating plate faces for wear and damage,

2. Inspect the brake discs, if badly scored, worn or
cracked, replace.
3. Check O-ring on actuating shaft for any damage and
NOTICE: Brake discs’ thickness should be minimum 4.30 mm (0.169 in).
Next operation:
To fit the brake drums, see the procedures in Brake drums - Assemble (33.120).
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 18
Brake drums - Assemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
To inspect the brake drums, see the procedures in Brake drums - Inspect (33.120).
1. Insert the inner two brake discs, (1), with a stator, (2),
between them into the rear wheel drive housing. Se-
cure the assembly by placing the notch in the stator on
the ear of the differential bearing support, (3). Repeat
this step for the other side.
20098411 1
2. Insert the brake actuating assembly, (1), into the rear

wheel drive housing, (2). Repeat this step for the other
side.
20098406 2
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 19
3. Insert the actuating shaft, (1), in through the rear wheel

drive housing and linkage of the brake actuating as-
sembly. Repeat this step for the other side.
20098405 3
4. Insert M16 x 32 tapered locating bolts, (1), securing

the actuating shafts into the rear wheel drive housing.
Torque bolts to 167 N·m (123 lb ft).
20098404 4
5. Install both cover plates, (1), using M8 x 22 bolts, (2).

Torque bolts to 26 N·m (19 lb ft).
20098403 5
6. Attach the brake linkage, (1), to the actuating shaft, (2),

using pin, washers, and split pin, (3).
7. Reconnect the return spring, (4). Repeat steps (5)
through (8) for other side.
20098375 6
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 20
8. Insert a single brake disc, (1), allowing it to rest on the

ears of the differential bearing support, (2).
20098778 7
9. Insert brake disc alignment arbor, (1), (Special Tool

No.380002743) through brake discs and stators, (2),
into the differential unit splines.
20098408 8
10. Press brake pedals to engage actuator plates, and set

the parking brake, (1).
11. Remove brake disc alignment arbor (Special Tool
No.380002743), from within the rear wheel drive
housing.
20097446 9
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 21
NOTICE: Before reinstalling the rear axle housing, thor-

oughly clean and degrease mating surfaces.
12. Apply a bead of LOCTITE® 518™ Sealant, approxi-
mately 2 mm (0.079 in) in width following the pattern
shown.
20098840 10
13. Place the brake disc, (1), and the stator, (2), onto the
axle shaft, (3).
20098409 11
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 22
14. Wrap a suitable chain, (1), or nylon strap around the

final drive housing, (2). Carefully insert the final drive
housing into the rear wheel drive housing, making
sure the axle shaft and the brake discs are all prop-
erly aligned and inserted into the splined differential
unit.
15. Start the M12 x 90 mm bolts through the final drive
housing into the rear wheel drive housing, for align-
ment purposes.
NOTICE: The M12 x 90 mm bolts are for the sole purpose
of alignment only. DO NOT try to draw the final drive and
rear wheel drive housings together. Failure to follow this
warning could cause severe damage to internal compo- 20098777 12
nents and or drive housings of the tractor.
16. Release the parking brake to allow the brake actuator
to disengage.
17. Using a thin screw driver, hold the outer brake disc
and stator into position. Work the final drive housing
into the rear wheel drive housing, until fully seated.
18. Secure the final drive housing, (2), to the rear wheel
drive housing using the M12 x 45 mm retaining bolts,
M12 nuts, and flat washers. Torque all hardware to
101 N·m (74 lb ft)
NOTE: After final drive housing has been secured, check
axle hubs for free movement. If axle hub does not move
freely, remove final drive housing and check for proper
brake installation.
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 23
Mechanical service brakes - Troubleshooting

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

The brake only activates Incorrect pedal adjustment Check and adjust
when the pedal is fully
depressed.
The tractor pulls to one The brakes are not equally adjusted Adjust
side when the brakes are
applied
Wrong tire pressure Inflate tires to correct pressure
Wrong liners on one side Replace discs
Brakes noisy Oil contamination Check and change with recommended oil
Wrong brake disc Replace brake discs.
Brakes remain applied Seized brake actuating linkages Clean and lubricate linkages
when pedals are released
Pedals are hard to operate Seized brake actuating linkages Clean and lubricate linkages
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 24
Index

Brake control pedals and shafts - Sealing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Brake control pedals and shafts - Adjust Free play (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Brake control pedals and shafts - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Brake control pedals and shafts - Remove Brake pedals and external linkages (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Brake control pedals and shafts - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Brake drums - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Brake drums - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Brake drums - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Mechanical service brakes - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Mechanical service brakes - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Mechanical service brakes - Sectional view Brake control assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Mechanical service brakes - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 25
47921938 07/02/2017
33.1 [33.120] / 26
Parking brake or parking lock - 110
47921938 07/02/2017
33.2 [33.110] / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Parking brake external control

Remove Parking brake (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install Parking brake (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47921938 07/02/2017
33.2 [33.110] / 2
Brakes and controls - Parking brake or parking lock
Parking brake external control - Remove Parking brake

TT3880F LA
1. Remove split pin from hand brake linkage

2. Pull out hand brake lever, (1), along with linkage rod
from the linkage assembly.
20097446 1
3. Remove bolt, (1), and hand brake pawl, (2).
20097447 2
Inspection
Clean the brake pedal assembly thoroughly and check
for bushing and support rod wear, replace as neces-
sary.
47921938 07/02/2017
33.2 [33.110] / 3
Brakes and controls - Parking brake or parking lock
Parking brake external control - Install Parking brake

TT3880F LA
1. Reinstall hand brake pawl, (1), and secure with bolt,

(2).
20097447 1
2. Insert hand brake lever, (1), along with linkage rod

downward through the operators platform.
3. Reinstall split pin, securing hand brake linkage to brake
pawl, (1), Refer Brake control pedals and shafts -
Assemble (33.120) .
20097446 2
47921938 07/02/2017
33.2 [33.110] / 4
Index

Parking brake external control - Install Parking brake (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Parking brake external control - Remove Parking brake (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
33.2 [33.110] / 5
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47921938 07/02/2017
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Hydraulic systems
47921938 07/02/2017
35
Contents
Hydraulic systems - 35
[35.000] Hydraulic systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.1
[35.106] Variable displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.2
[35.204] Remote control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.3
[35.100] Main lift system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.4
[35.116] Three-point hitch cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.5
[35.114] Three-point hitch control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.6
[35.104] Fixed displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.7
47921938 07/02/2017
35
47921938 07/02/2017
35.1 [35.000] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Hydraulic systems
Component identification Introduction and circuit identification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic schema Open center hydraulic circuit and mechanical lift (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47921938 07/02/2017
35.1 [35.000] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic systems
Hydraulic systems - Component identification Introduction and

circuit identification
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
The hydraulic system on the TT tractor is for mechanical

lift assembly to raise and lower the lift arms in turn three
point linkages and for remote control valves.
The high pressure hydraulic circuit is of open center load

sensing type.
In this system, hydraulic lift and remote control valve are

connected in series and pump flow is continuously circu-
lating through the hydraulic system even when the circuit
are not being operated.
The priority of operation is given to the order of compo-

nents in the circuit, that is remote valves and hydraulic
lift. This means for example when fully operating a re-
mote valve the lift will not operate at the same time.
The open center high pressure hydraulic circuit with me-

chanically controlled hydraulic lift is shown in Hydraulic
systems - Hydraulic schema Open center hydraulic
circuit and mechanical lift (35.000) and includes the
components shown below.
Pump
Open center hydraulic pump assembly is a high pressure
gear pump, (1). See the pump details in Variable dis-
placement pump - General specification (35.106) for
more details on the pump.
20098412 1
Filter
Full-flow spin on type filter, (1), directly mounted on suc-
tion side of the pump.
20098413 2
47921938 07/02/2017
35.1 [35.000] / 3
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic schema Open center hydraulic

circuit and mechanical lift
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
See figure 1 and figure 2.
High pressure pump is directly connected on rear side of engine timing gear. Oil is drawn from transmission housing
through filter. The pump supplies constant oil flow according to engine speed through remote control valve. Oil after
passing through remote, enters the distributor oil located at the front of the lift assembly, which controls the raising
and lowering of the lift.
All excess oil flow produced by the hydraulic pump is returned direct to the rear axle through the control valve spool
located in the hydraulic lift distributor.
Also located within the distributor is the lift cylinder safety valve, which protects the lift cylinder and seals from exces-
sive peaks of pressure during operation.
For further details on operating the mechanical hydraulic lift assembly, see the specifications in Rear three-point
hitch - General specification (37.110) and the subsequent information.
20098850 1
1. Suction line drawing from Transmission housing 5. Oil filter

2. Delivery line to control valve 6. Hydraulic pump
3. Lift arm 7. Relief valve
4. Control Valve
47921938 07/02/2017
35.1 [35.000] / 4
Hydraulic circuit diagram
20098853 2
1. Filter 9. Control valve position

2. Hydraulic pump 10. Sensitivity control valve
3. Relief valve (installed on lift body or on remote control valve) 11. Ball
4. Spool 12. Cylinder saftey valve
5. Spool return spring 13. Arm response adjacent valve
6. Control valve plunger 14. Check valve
7. Plunger Spring 15. Adjusting pipe lever
8. Control valve position seat 16. Arm response adjusting pin knob
47921938 07/02/2017
35.1 [35.000] / 5
Index

Hydraulic systems - Component identification Introduction and circuit identification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic schema Open center hydraulic circuit and mechanical lift (*) . . . . . . 4
47921938 07/02/2017
35.1 [35.000] / 6
Variable displacement pump - 106
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Variable displacement pump

Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

SERVICE

Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Variable displacement pump
Variable displacement pump - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

Filter
Type Paper cartridge
Position On Pump Body, Suction Side
Pump
Type Gear, drawing from rear Transmission housing
Position Behind timing cover
Model A31
Make Hema
Transmission Valve timing gear driven
Rotation (seen from drive end) Counterclockwise (CCW)
Engine/Pump Drive Ratio 1:0.931
Max. rated speed (engine at governed speed) 2328 RPM
Max rated Output 41.0 l/min (10.8 US gpm)
Output at 1450 RPM and 16603 kPa (2408 psi)
New or Reconditioned 19 l/min (5.02 US gpm)
Used 13.3 l/min (3.51 US gpm)
Test Oil Temperature 55 – 65 °C (131 – 149 °F)
Test Oil Grade SAE 20W 30/API-GL4
Pump Gear Journal Diameter 17.4 – 17.418 mm (0.6850 – 0.6857 in)
Journal Housing Bore Diameter in Bearing 17.45 – 17.470 mm (0.6870 – 0.6878 in)
Journal Clearance in Bearing 0.032 – 0.070 mm (0.00126 – 0.00276 in)
Max. Wear Clearance 0.1 mm (0.0039 in)
Gear in Pump Body 0.020 – 0.064 mm (0.00079 – 0.00252 in)
Max Pump Body wear on Suction Side 0.1 mm (0.0039 in)
Gear Flank Width 24.000 – 24.015 mm (0.9449 – 0.9455 in)
Bearing Width 24.490 – 24.510 mm (0.9642 – 0.9650 in)
Pump Body Width 73.15 – 73.16 mm (2.8799 – 2.8803 in)
Gear and Bearing End Float (Applicable to New
0.100 – 0.180 mm (0.0039 – 0.0071 in)
and Reconditioned Pumps)
Variable displacement pump - Torque

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 3
20098843 1

Nut, pump drive gear, (C1) 7/16 - 20 47.5 N·m (35.0 lb ft)
Nut, pump mounting on timing case,
M6 x 1 8 N·m (5.9 lb ft)
(C2)
Bolt, pump cover, (C3) M10 x 1.25 58 N·m (42.8 lb ft)
Bolt, delivery pipe to pump, (C4) M6 x 1 10 N·m (7.4 lb ft)
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 4
Variable displacement pump - Static description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Hydraulic pumps are spur gear type with fixed displacement according to rpm.
Pump is mounted on the engine timing gear case. It is driven by engine timing gears. Oil is drawn by pump from the
transmission housing by pump via oil filter.
The bushing gears is housed in the body and consists of a pair of meshing gears with integral journals supported in
two matched pairs of composite bushings.
One of the drive gear journals extends through the mounting flange to form the pump drive shaft, and an oil seal
located in housing surrounding the shaft prevents oil leakage. The pump is flange mounted and the drive coupling is
keyed to the tapped shaft by a woodruff key and secured by a nut and tap washer to the threaded shaft end.
Inlet is cast on the body to identify the inlet port.
The bushing/gear assembly is pressure loaded against the end cover and the bushings and the pressure balanced to
prevent tilt. These features ensure that internal leakage is kept to a minimum, enabling the pump to operate at high
efficiency. The condition of the bushing faces adjacent to the gears is an important factor in maintaining this efficiency
and during any dismantling on assembly operations, the bushings must be handled carefully to prevent damage. It is
essential that the pump is operated only in a clean system. Any foreign matter in the oil will score the bushing faces,
and this will lead to shortened service life and eventual failure.
20098422 1
1. Coupling gear nut 10. Composite bushing

2. Tab washer 11. Composite bushing
3. Shaft oil seal 12. Woodruff key
4. Bolt 13. Drive shaft and gear -- Taper
5. Mounting flange 14. Driven gear
6. Body seal O-ring 15. Body
7. Backing washer 16. End cover
8. Backing washer 17. Lockwasher
9. Lobe seal 18. Snap Ring
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 5
Variable displacement pump - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fin-
gers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes,
etc. Failure to comply could result in death or serious
injury.
M954A
1. Loosen clamp screws, (1), and disconnect supply pipe,

(2), from filter bracket.
20098423 1
2. Loosen bolts, (1), and disconnect delivery pipe from

pump.
3. Remove filter, (2), and filter bracket, (3), from the pump.
20098423 2
4. Loosen four pump mounting bolts, (1).

5. Remove pump from the tractor. Retrieve seal from the
timing case.
20098423 3
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 6
Next operation:
Variable displacement pump - Disassemble (35.106)
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 7
Variable displacement pump - Disassemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Variable displacement pump - Remove (35.106)
1. Place hydraulic pump into vise. Bend back the ears of

the locking tab washer, (1), and remove nut, (2).
20098424 1
2. Using a suitable puller, (1), remove hub, (2), and retain-

ing ring. Retain keyway, (3), shown in Figure 1, pump
shaft.
20098425 2
3. Lightly mark the end cover flange, (1), body flange, (2),
and mounting flange, (3), to ensure reassembly in the
correct position and take note of the direction of rotation
of the pump.
4. Remove the bolts, (4), and lock washers, (5).
20098856 3
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 8
5. Remove the end cover, (1), and carefully lift out the
cover seal, (2), the bushing lobe seal, (3) and the back-
ing washers, (4).
6. Lightly tap the mounting flange clear of the hollow dow-
els in the pump body and slide it squarely to the shaft.
NOTICE: Make sure there are no burrs on the keyway in
the shaft
20098856 4
7. Carefully lift out body seal, (1), the backing washers,

(2), and the lobe seal, (3).
20098856 5
8. Hold the pump body vertically with the mounting flange

end downwards and with one hand underneath to pre-
vent the bushings from dropping out.
9. Tap the side of the body, (1), with a rubber hammer to
dislodge the lower bushings, (2). Carefully slide these
out of the body.
NOTE: Keep the bushings as a pair and place them on the
mounting flange.
20098856 6
10. Invert the body and lift out the drive gear, (1) and
driven gear, (2).
11. Remove the remaining pair of bushings as already
described and place on the end cover.
12. Remove snap ring, (3), and oil seal, (4), from the
mounting flange.
20098856 7
Next operation:
Variable displacement pump - Inspect (35.106)
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 9
Variable displacement pump - Inspect

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Variable displacement pump - Disassemble (35.106)
NOTE: It is likely that wear of the internal parts will be uniform and it may be more economical to obtain a service
replacement unit than to fit several new parts.
Wash all metal parts thoroughly in a proprietary cleaning fluids, such as Belco cleaning solvent. Inspect in the
order set out below, for wear and damage.
Body
To obtain high efficiency the design allows for the tips of the gear teeth to wipe the walls of the body bores when the
pump is running. Pressure will force the gears against the inlet side of the bores and a witness mark will be visible
in this area. If excessive wear of the bushing inserts or gear journals occurs this witness mark will deepen to form a
wear track, causing a step in the bore. Examine the body bores and if a pronounced step is felt the body must be
rejected. It is inadvisable to fit worn bushings in a new body. Check the security of the two dowels.
Composite Bushings
Examine the bearing inserts for signs of wear and bushing faces adjacent to the gears for scoring or pitting. Ensure
that the holes and slots in the bushings are unobstructed. Light scoring on the bushing faces can be polished
out on a lapping plate.
NOTICE: If new bushings are to be fitted into an old body; check for the presence of a burr at the edges of the wear
track. If present, this burr must be polished out otherwise it will hold the bushing faces away from the gears and
increase the internal leakage.
Gears
Examine the gears for discolouration, indicating, overheating. Check the journals for scoring. Ensure that the
contract marks on the teeth are evenly distributed across each tooth surface and ensure that none of the teeth
are chipped.
If the pump has suffered overheating this may have been caused by a fault in the hydraulic system, such as a
defective relief valve, and this must be investigated.
NOTE: Bushings and gears are mated for width within 0.005 mm (0.0002 in) and can be renewed only in pairs.
End Cover
Ensure that the flat, inner surface of the cover is free from scoring or pitting.
Mounting Flange
Examine for damage and check the condition of the drive shaft oil seal.
Seals and Tie Bolts

Inspect all seals and renew if necessary. Check the condition of tie bolt threads.
NOTE: Once the internal condition of the pump has been assessed it may be considered more feasible to renew the
complete unit than to fit several new parts.
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 10
Measure gear to pump body end float. Dimension,

(1), must be smaller than dimension, (2), by 0.090 –
0.160 mm (0.0035 – 0.0063 in). If necessary remove
minimum qualities of material from flat faces of bearing
assemblies to obtain specified end float.
20098426 1
Next operation:
Variable displacement pump - Assemble (35.106)
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 11
Variable displacement pump - Assemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Variable displacement pump - Inspect (35.106)
1. Install oil seal, (1) and snap ring, (2), into the mounting
flange, (3).
2. Install the pair of bushings from removal.
3. Invert the body and install the drive gear, (4), and driven
gear, (5).
20098856 1
4. Carefully slide the bushings, (1), into the body, (2).
20098856 2
5. Carefully install the lobe seal, (1), the two backing

washers, (2) and the body seal, (3).
20098856 3
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 12
6. Lightly tap the mounting flange, (1), onto the two hollow
dowels in the pump body, (2), and slide it squarely to
the shaft.
7. Install the bushings, (3), and carefully install the bush-
ing lobe seal, (4), two backing washers, (5), cover seal,
(6), and the end cover, (7).
20098856 4
8. Reassemble the end cover flange, (1), body flange, (2)

and mounting flange, (3), in the correct position.
9. Install lock washer, (4), and bolt, (5). Torque bolt to
56 N·m (41 lb ft).
20098856 5
10. Install the Woodruff key, (1). Install hub, (2), locking
tab washer, (3) and nut, (4). Torque nut to 47.5 N·m
(35.0 lb ft). Bend the ears of the tab washer to secure
nut.
20098424 6
Next operation:
Variable displacement pump - Install (35.106)
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 13
Variable displacement pump - Install

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Variable displacement pump - Assemble (35.106)
NOTE: Clean and degrease the mating surfaces thor-

oughly. Replace the packing seal if necessary.
1. Install pump, (1), onto tractor with a new gasket.
2. Secure pump with four M6 lock washers and four M6 x
30 mm bolts, (2). Tighten to 12 N·m (106 lb in).
20098423 1
3. Install filter bracket, (1), onto pump with a new O-ring

(not shown). Torque the below mentioned Allen screws
to 15 N·m (11 lb ft).
(2X) M8 X 1.25 X 45 MM ALLEN SCREW
(1X) M8 X 1.25 X 30 MM ALLEN SCREW
4. Install a new filter, (2).
5. Install delivery pipe, (3), with a new O-ring and new ring
(not shown).
6. Secure the pipe to the pump with two lock washers and
two M6 x 30 mm hex head bolts. Torque to 12 N·m
(106 lb in).
20098423 2
7. Install supply pipe, (1), onto filter bracket connection.

Secure clamps, (2).
20098423 3
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 14
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fin-
gers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes,
etc. Failure to comply could result in death or serious
injury.
M954A
NOTE: Repair to the pump is limited to replacement of the

seals only. All other components are serviced as a pump
replacement only.
NOTICE: Oil pump should always be repaired in very clean
conditions to prevent contamination from foreign matter
which could damage the pump.
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 15
Variable displacement pump - Test

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
Variable displacement pump - Install (35.106)
Inlet Restriction Test

Perform the inlet restriction test to check for the hy-
draulic lines and filter for damage, obstructions, or air
leaks. A hydraulic flow meter is required to perform the
inlet restriction test.
WARNING
Pressurized hydraulic fluid can penetrate the skin and
cause severe injuries. Tighten all of the connections
before starting the engine. If hydraulic fluid has pene-
trated the skin, seek medical assistance immediately.
jury.
M950A
NOTE: Inlet restriction test cannot be performed at the rear

remote couplers, because of a reduced pressure reading.
1. Start the engine and operate the hydraulic system to
warm the hydraulic fluid to normal operating tempera-
ture.
2. Open the restrictor valve, (1), to allow full flow through
the flow meter.
3. Run the engine at 1375 RPM and record the flow meter
reading.
4. Run the engine at full throttle ( 2750 RPM) and read
the flow meter. The reading should indicate that the
flow has doubled. If the meter reading is low, check
the hydraulic lines, and filter for damage, clogs, or air
leaks. If there are no problems with the hydraulic lines
or the hydraulic filter, the hydraulic pump may require
replacement. Use the Pump Efficiency Test described
below to further inspect the hydraulic pump.
20098857 1
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 16
Pump Efficiency Test

The pump efficiency test measures the hydraulic pump
output to determine if the pump is excessively worn or
damaged. Perform the pump efficiency test only af-
ter the inlet restriction test has been completed. A hy-
draulic flow meter is required to perform the pump effi-
ciency test.
WARNING
Pressurized hydraulic fluid can penetrate the skin and
cause severe injuries. Tighten all of the connections
before starting the engine. If hydraulic fluid has pene-
trated the skin, seek medical assistance immediately.
jury.
M950A
NOTE: Pump efficiency test cannot be performed at the

rear remote couplers, because of a reduced pressure read-
ing.
ture.
2. Operate the tractor engine at full rpm. Observe the
flow meter reading. See chart below for the no load
pressure readings.
3. Tighten the flow restrictor valve, (1), on the flow meter
until the system pressure is 15995 kPa (2320 psi).
4. Observe the flow meter reading, the results should be
approximately 80% of the no-load flow. Minimum flow
rating is 32.8 l/min (8.66 US gpm). If testing shows
the hydraulic pump output is low, the pump requires
replacement.
NOTICE: Do not exceed 15995 kPa (2320 psi).
20098857 2
Pump Capacity 41.0 l/min (10.8 US gpm)

rpm @ half throttle 1375 RPM
pump flow @ half throttle 20.4 l/min (5.4 US gpm)
rpm @ full throttle 2750 RPM
pump flow @ full throttle 41.0 l/min (10.8 US gpm)
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 17
Index

Variable displacement pump - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Variable displacement pump - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Variable displacement pump - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Variable displacement pump - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Variable displacement pump - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Variable displacement pump - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Variable displacement pump - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Variable displacement pump - Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Variable displacement pump - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
35.2 [35.106] / 18
Remote control valves - 204
47921938 07/02/2017
35.3 [35.204] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Remote control valves

Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Remote control valves

Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47921938 07/02/2017
35.3 [35.204] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Remote control valves
Remote control valves - General specification

TT3840F Without cab, 8x2, Model Year 2016 LA
TT3840F TT3880F
Maximum flow rate 45 L
Opening pressure 185.0 – 195.0 bar (2682.5 – 2827.5 psi)
Operating pressure 315.0 bar (4567.5 psi)
Remote control valves - Torque

TT3840F TT3880F
Bolts to secure the pump bypass tube onto
65.0 – 75.0 N·m (47.9 – 55.3 lb ft)
the remote control valve
Bolts to secure the pump bypass tube onto
65.0 – 75.0 N·m (47.9 – 55.3 lb ft)
the hydraulic reservoir
Bolts to secure the pump hydraulic tube
65.0 – 75.0 N·m (47.9 – 55.3 lb ft)
onto the remote control valve
Bolts to secure the remote control valve
onto the Rollover Protective Structure 22.0 – 29.0 N·m (16.2 – 21.4 lb ft)
(ROPS)
47921938 07/02/2017
35.3 [35.204] / 3
Remote control valves - Remove

TT3840 Without cab, 8x2, TIER 2, Upgrade, Model Year 2016 LA
TT4030 Without cab, 8x2, 2WD, Model Year 2016 LA
CAUTION
Avoid injury!
footwear.
C0145A
1. Remove the bolt (3). Remove the hydraulic pressure

tube (4).
2. Remove the bolt (2). Remove the hydraulic tube (1).
CUIL16TR00908AA 1
3. Remove the bolt (1). Remove the hydraulic tube (2).
CUIL16TR00904AA 2
4. Remove the pins (1) and (4). Remove the control levers
(2) and (3).
CUIL16TR00905AA 3
47921938 07/02/2017
35.3 [35.204] / 4
5. Remove the four bolts (1) that secure the valve onto
the Rollover Protective Structure (ROPS).
6. Remove the valve assembly (2) from the machine.
CUIL16TR00906AA 4
47921938 07/02/2017
35.3 [35.204] / 5
Index

Remote control valves - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Remote control valves - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Remote control valves - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
35.3 [35.204] / 6
Main lift system - 100
47921938 07/02/2017
35.4 [35.100] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Main lift system

Dynamic description Internal linkage system (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
35.4 [35.100] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Main lift system
Main lift system - Dynamic description Internal linkage system

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Functioning of :
1. Position control
2. Float Control
3. Draft control
4. Combined Draft and Position Control
Position control
When the traction control lever, (1), is fully lowered, the traction control inner lever, (2), moves away from roller, (3).
In this way the draft linkages/levers will not in any way interfere with position control.
When the lever, (4), is moved back, the cam on the end of the shaft, (5), moves the lever, (6), located between the
roller, (7), and the cam, (8), upwards. As the cam, (8), is stationary on the arm cross-shaft at the beginning of the
operation, the lever, (6), reacts against it and pushes the roller, (7), forward. This moves link, (9), and lever, (10), in
the direction indicated by the solid arrows to set control valve, (11), in the arm lift position.
Arms rise until cam, (8), turns far enough to permit lever, (10), link, (9), and lever, (6), to move under the action of
spool return spring, (1), refer Rear three-point hitch - Hydraulic schema (37.110) , in the direction indicated by the
clear arrows.
The control valve, (11), therefore returns to neutral and the arms stop in the neutral position.
Maximum arm upward travel is limited by rod, (12). When rod, (12), contacts piston, (13), the control valve is returned
to neutral through adjusting screw, (14), before the piston reaches mechanical travel limit stop. The same movements
occur in reverse when lever, (4), is moved forward to lower arms.
Float Control
• With position control lever, (4), and draft control lever, (1), fully forward:
• Lever, (6), link, (9), and lever, (10), are moved in the direction opposite to that indicated by the solid arrows, and
control valve is held in lowered position, refer Rear three-point hitch - Hydraulic schema (37.110) , thereby letting
arms swing freely and associated implement float on the surface of the soil.
47921938 07/02/2017
35.4 [35.100] / 3
20098693 1
47921938 07/02/2017
35.4 [35.100] / 4
Draft control
Move position control lever, (1), fully forward.
When the implement has been set to the desired working depth by means of lever, (2), and if the implement then hits
a stretch of harder or more compact soil, the draft force on the lower links will increase. This will then cause a greater
top link thrust against the spring, (3), which, compressing, transmits motion in the direction of the solid arrows, to the
lever, (4), the lever, (5), the link, (6), the lever, (7), the link, (8), and the lever, (9), thereby setting the control valve in
the arm lifting position.
The arms will rise until the resulting reduction in draft force reduces the compression of spring, (3), and causes lever,
(4), to rotate in the opposite direction, allowing lever, (9), to move backwards, pulled by the control valve spool spring.
Control valve returns to neutral and arms stop lifting. Once the hard stretch has been left behind, the draft control
spring, (3), returns completely to its original position and lever, (9), moves further back.
The control valve returns to the discharge position refer Rear three-point hitch - Hydraulic schema (37.110) so that
the arms lower the implement to its original working position.
The control lever, (2), is positioned further back on the quadrant (draft reduction), the hollow shaft, (10), pushes the
lever, (7), roller, (11), linkage, (8), and lever, (9), to act against the control valve spool, setting the valve to the delivery
position.
If the lever, (2), is moved forward (increased draft), operation is the same but in the opposite direction.
47921938 07/02/2017
35.4 [35.100] / 5
20098694 2
47921938 07/02/2017
35.4 [35.100] / 6
Combined Draft and Position Control

With position control lever, (1), fully forward, and moving the draft control lever, (2), forward from the fully back position,
the working depth is established as described above. When lever, (1), is then shifted backwards, lever, (3), link, (4),
and lever, (5), move in the direction indicated by the solid arrows in the position control diagram, placing the control
valve in the delivery position and causing a slight upward movement of the lift arms.
This condition permits lift to operate in draft control mode when patches of hard or compact soil are encountered.
Combined draft and position control therefore limits the changes in working depth which can occur when draft control
alone is used.
20098693 3
47921938 07/02/2017
35.4 [35.100] / 7
Index

Main lift system - Dynamic description Internal linkage system (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
35.4 [35.100] / 8
Three-point hitch cylinder - 116
47921938 07/02/2017
35.5 [35.116] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Three-point hitch cylinder

Three-point hitch cylinder - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Three-point hitch cylinder - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE

Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
47921938 07/02/2017
35.5 [35.116] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Three-point hitch cylinder
Three-point hitch cylinder - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Specifications
Type Spool (automatic return to neutral)
Make Hema
Localisation On RH final drive
Command Hand levers
Relief valve setting 186 bar – 11 bar
Valve plunger clearance in body. 0.003 mm – 0.006 mm
Relief valve spring length:
free 39.4 mm
below 294 N + 53 N ( 30 kg + 5.4 kg or 38.2 mm
66.2 lb + 11.9 lb)
Valve plunger return spring length 42.8 mm
Check valve spring length 15.9 mm
Three-point hitch cylinder - Special tools

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Special tools
Hydraulic Pressure Test Kit 292870
47921938 07/02/2017
35.5 [35.116] / 3
Three-point hitch cylinder - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

The auxiliary cylinders are used to control external hydraulic implements connected to the tractor.
The tractor is equipped with 2 auxiliary cylinders, which are secured by the upper right-hand side of the rear axle
housing.
The auxiliary cylinders are operated by means of a control lever located on the right-hand side of the operations area
behind the hydraulic lift control levers.
The auxiliary cylinder control lever has three positions.
LAIL11TT0438F0A 1
Single acting cylinder control
47921938 07/02/2017
35.5 [35.116] / 4
LAIL11TT0439F0A 2
Double acting cylinder control
A - Raise
Pulling the lever forward will extend the cylinder and raise the implement.
B - Neutral
When released, the spring automatically returns the lever to the neutral position, disabling the connected cylinder.
C – Lower
Pushing the lever backward will retreat the cylinder and lower the implement.
NOTE: Shuffling the cylinder connection to the auxiliary cylinder will reverse the lever function. i.e. forward movement
will lower the implement; backward movement will raise the implement.
NOTE: The auxiliary cylinder uses the same hydraulic fluid as the hydraulic lift, but is operated independently with the
hand lever (c). It is not possible, however, to operate the auxiliary cylinder and the hydraulic lift unit simultaneously.
47921938 07/02/2017
35.5 [35.116] / 5
Three-point hitch cylinder - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Pinch point!
Lift arm assembly pivots create pinch points. Keep fingers, hands, and feet away from pivot points.
W0357A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Loosen the bolts (1) and disconnect the hydraulic de-

livery pipe.
2. Loosen the banjo bolt (2) and disconnect the hydraulic
line from the lift housing.
LAIL11TT0465A0A 1
3. Disconnect the hydraulic line (1) between the auxiliary

cylinder and the cylinder.
LAIL11TT0466A0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
35.5 [35.116] / 6
4. Loosen bolts (1) and (2), which hold the auxiliary cylin-
der bracket on the rear axle housing and remove the
tractor’s auxiliary cylinder assembly.
LAIL11TT0467A0A 3
Next operation:
To remove the auxiliary cylinder, see the procedures in Three-point hitch cylinder - Disassemble (35.116).
47921938 07/02/2017
35.5 [35.116] / 7
Three-point hitch cylinder - Disassemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Pinch point!
W0357A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
To remove the auxiliary cylinder, see the procedures in Three-point hitch cylinder - Remove (35.116).
1. Remove the auxiliary cylinder from the tractor as de-

scribed above.
2. Loosen the bolt (1) and remove the retaining clamp for
the auxiliary cylinder.
3. Loosen the banjo bolts (2) and remove the auxiliary
cylinders from the housing.
4. Loosen two bolts (3) and remove the auxiliary cylinder
bracket.
LAIL11TT0042A0A 1
5. Loosen the jam nut (1) and remove the hand lever (2).
LAIL11TT0043A0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
35.5 [35.116] / 8
6. Remove the return spring for the hand lever (1) from
the housing.
LAIL11TT0044A0A 3
7. Loosen three bolts and remove the plate and spool

housing (1) from the base plate.
LAIL11TT0045A0A 4
8. Pull out the spool shaft (1) from the spool housing.
LAIL11TT0046A0A 5
9. Loosen and remove the pressure relief valve (1) from

the spool housing.
10. Retrieve relief valve spring from the spool housing.
LAIL11TT0047A0A 6
Next operation:
To inspect the auxiliary cylinder components, see the procedures in Three-point hitch cylinder - Inspect (35.116).
47921938 07/02/2017
35.5 [35.116] / 9
Three-point hitch cylinder - Inspect

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To remove the auxiliary cylinder, see the procedures in Three-point hitch cylinder - Disassemble (35.116).
Inspection
Inspect ‘O’ rings and seals and replace if necessary.
Next operation:
To fit the auxiliary cylinder, see the procedures in Three-point hitch cylinder - Assemble (35.116).
47921938 07/02/2017
35.5 [35.116] / 10
Three-point hitch cylinder - Assemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Pinch point!
W0357A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
To inspect the auxiliary cylinder parts, see the procedures in Three-point hitch cylinder - Inspect (35.116).
Fitting the auxiliary cylinder

Re-assembly follows the disassembly procedure in re-
verse. See the procedures in Three-point hitch cylin-
der - Disassemble (35.116).
• Check the pressure relief valve setting, as described
in Relief valve - Pressure test (35.114).
Next operation:
To fit the auxiliary cylinder, see the procedures in Three-point hitch cylinder - Install (35.116).
47921938 07/02/2017
35.5 [35.116] / 11
Three-point hitch cylinder - Install

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Pinch point!
W0357A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
To fit the auxiliary cylinder, see the procedures in Three-point hitch cylinder - Assemble (35.116).
Installing the auxiliary cylinder is the reverse of the re-

moval procedure. Just be careful about the following
point:
• Replace all the sealing washers on hydraulic con-
nections.
47921938 07/02/2017
35.5 [35.116] / 12
Index

Three-point hitch cylinder - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Three-point hitch cylinder - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Three-point hitch cylinder - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Three-point hitch cylinder - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Three-point hitch cylinder - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Three-point hitch cylinder - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Three-point hitch cylinder - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Three-point hitch cylinder - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
35.5 [35.116] / 13
47921938 07/02/2017
35.5 [35.116] / 14
Three-point hitch control valve - 114
47921938 07/02/2017
35.6 [35.114] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Three-point hitch control valve

Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Detailed view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
Three-point hitch control valve

Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Relief valve
Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
47921938 07/02/2017
35.6 [35.114] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Three-point hitch control valve
Three-point hitch control valve - Sectional view

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
20098916 1
1. Valve spool 18. Ball

2. Valve spool seat plug 19. Response control adjusting pin
3. Cover 20. Delivery connection
4. Valve spool return spring 21. Check valve spring
5. Valve plunger 22. Check valve
6. Plunger Spring 23. Retention valve seat
7. Plug 24. Descent ball
8. Piston seat 25. Adjusting pin lever
9. Valve piston 26. Sector
10. Spring cup 27. Plug
11. Draft sensitivity adjusting valve spring (if applicable) 28. Adjusting pin
47921938 07/02/2017
35.6 [35.114] / 3
12. Draft sensitivity adjusting valve (if applicable) 29. Response control adjustment knob
13. Plug 30. Retaining ring
14. Spool seat ring 31. Roll Pin
15. Cylinder saftey valve 32. Thrust ring
16. Response control adjusting valve spring 33. O-Ring
17. Response control adjusting valve
47921938 07/02/2017
35.6 [35.114] / 4
Three-point hitch control valve - Detailed view

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
BRAG12TRLUE0362 1
1. Valve spool 17. Response control valve

2. Seat 19. Pin
5. Plunger 20. Fitting
8. Seat 22. Check valve
9. Piston 25. Sensitivity control adjustment
13. Plug 28. Draft control valve
15. Safety valve 29. Handle
47921938 07/02/2017
35.6 [35.114] / 5
Three-point hitch control valve - Disassemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Disconnect hydraulic line (1) between the distributor

and the remote control valve.
20098737 1
2. Loosen the Allen screw, (1), and remove valve assem-

bly, (2).
20098705 2
3. Remove pipe, (1), and O-rings.
20098706 3
47921938 07/02/2017
35.6 [35.114] / 6
4. Remove the bolts, (1), and distributor, (2), from the lift
housing.
20098707 4
For the following procedures, see the references in

Three-point hitch control valve - Detailed view
(35.114).
5. Remove the cylinder safety valve (15), response con-
trol valve (17) and pin (19), after removing the handle
(29).
6. Remove the fitting (20), the check valve (22) and the
seat (23).
7. Remove the plug (3), the valve spool (1), seat (2),
spring (4) and ring (14).
8. Remove the control valve plug for the draft sensitivity
(13), the plug (7), the plunger (5), the spring (6), the
piston (9) and the seat (8).
9. Remove the retaining ring (30), the spring cup (10), the
spring (11) and the control valve for the draft sensitivity.
10. Remove the plug (27), the roll pin (31), and the valve
pin for the draft control (28).
Next operation:
To inspect the control valve components, see the procedures in Three-point hitch control valve - Inspect (35.114).
47921938 07/02/2017
35.6 [35.114] / 7
Three-point hitch control valve - Inspect

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To remove the control valve, see procedures in Three-point hitch control valve - Disassemble (35.114).
1. Thoroughly check the seals, replacing them if neces-

sary.
2. Check valves for wear and clearance in associated
seats.
3. If replacement is required, note that replacement valve
spools ( (1), Three-point hitch control valve - Sec-
tional view (35.114)) are supplied together with match-
ing seats (2) and that the valve plunger (5) is sup-
plied together with the control valve body. Check that
the spool (1) works using the procedures described in
Three-point hitch control valve - Adjust (35.114).
4. Check the adjustment of the cylinder’s safety and relief
valves using the procedures described in Relief valve -
Pressure test (35.114). The valve can be incorporated
into the auxiliary cylinders or fitted on the front cover.
Next operation:
To fit the control valve, see the procedures in Rear hitch external controls - Assemble (37.110).
47921938 07/02/2017
35.6 [35.114] / 8
Three-point hitch control valve - Assemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To inspect the control valve, see the procedures in Three-point hitch control valve - Inspect (35.114) .
1. Fit the control valve by following steps 10 to 1 de-

scribed in Three-point hitch control valve - Disas-
semble (35.114).
2. Fit the front cover only after making the adjustments
described in Three-point hitch control valve - Adjust
(35.114).
47921938 07/02/2017
35.6 [35.114] / 9
Three-point hitch control valve - Adjust

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To fit the control valve, see the procedures in Three-point hitch control valve - Assemble (35.114).
In case of complete disassembly of the lift, it is nec-

essary to make the following checks, adjustments and
settings :
1. To check that the spool works, see the procedures
in Three-point hitch control valve - Pressure test
(35.114).
2. To adjust the position control, see the procedures in
Rear three-point hitch - Adjust of the position con-
trol (37.110).
3. To bench adjust the maximum displacement of the lift
arm, see the procedures in Rear three-point hitch -
Travel adjust maximum of the lift arm (37.110). LAIL11TT0345A0A 1
4. To tractor adjust the maximum displacement of the lift

arm, see the procedures in Rear three-point hitch -
Travel adjust maximum of the lift arm (37.110).
5. To adjust the draft control spring, refer to the proce-
dures in Rear three-point hitch - Travel adjust the
draft control spring (37.110).
6. To bench adjust the draft control linkage, see the pro-
cedures in Rear three-point hitch - Adjust the draft
control linkage (37.110).
7. To adjust the Lift-O-Matic device, see the procedures
in Rear hitch external controls - Adjust (37.110).
47921938 07/02/2017
35.6 [35.114] / 10
Three-point hitch control valve - Pressure test

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Effectiveness test for the control valve spool

1. Attach the seat (2) with the O–ring, and spool (1) to fit-
ting 293982, checking that seals at the bottom of the
seat prevent leakage through the fitting itself and con-
nect the latter to the hand pump.
LAIL11TT0346A0A 1
2. Push the spool (1) into contact with the seat (2) and
lock the spool (1) with the screw lock tool.
3. Use the pump to bring the system oil pressure up to
250 Kg/cm² and check the pressure gauge to see that
pressure takes more than six seconds to drop from
200 Kg/cm² to 100 Kg/cm².
4. If necessary, replace spool. Note that spare spools are
provided together with matching seats.
LAIL11TT0346A0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
35.6 [35.114] / 11
Relief valve - Pressure test

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Bench-testing the cylinder relief valve and the

cylinder safety valve
The relief valve (installed on the remote control valve
in the TT3880F/TT4030 and on a support on the right-
hand side of the lift housing in the TT3840/TT3840F)
can be tested either on a workbench or on the tractor.
The setting test for the cylinder safety valve can only be
carried out on a workbench.
1. To bench test the cylinder safety valve and the relief
valve incorporated into the auxiliary cylinder, use hand
pump 290284 (A) with fittings 290828 (C) and 290824
(B).
The relief valve must be open to 190 – 195 Kg/cm² and
the safety valve to a pressure of 215 – 220 Kg/cm².
LAIL11TT0189A0A 1
NOTE: If the valve setting is not as specified, discard and

replace the valves. If necessary, valves may be adjusted
through threaded plugs after raising the peened area, and
using wrenches 291862 and 291863 for the cylinder safety
valve and the relief valve, respectively.
LAIL11TT0190A0A 2
ATTENTION: When travelling on the road with mounted implements, completely unscrew knob (1) to lock the imple-
ments in transport position.
47921938 07/02/2017
35.6 [35.114] / 12
Index

Relief valve - Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Three-point hitch control valve - Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Three-point hitch control valve - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Three-point hitch control valve - Detailed view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Three-point hitch control valve - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Three-point hitch control valve - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Three-point hitch control valve - Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Three-point hitch control valve - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
35.6 [35.114] / 13
47921938 07/02/2017
35.6 [35.114] / 14
Fixed displacement pump - 104
47921938 07/02/2017
35.7 [35.104] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Pump
Gear pump - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Gear pump - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Pump
Gear pump - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Gear pump - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Gear pump - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Gear pump - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Gear pump - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Gear pump - Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
47921938 07/02/2017
35.7 [35.104] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Fixed displacement pump
Pump Gear pump - General specification

TT3840F TT3880F TT3880 TT4030

Flow 45 L/min
Pump displacement 18.2 cm³/rev
Maximum pressure 207.0 bar (3001.5 psi)
Shaft rotation direction Counter-clockwise
Maximum rotation 3000 RPM
Oil suction pressure 0.7 – 2.0 bar (10.1 – 29.0 psi)
Pump Gear pump - Torque

TT3840F TT3880F TT3880 TT4030

Bolts to secure the hydraulic tube onto the
8.9 – 11.6 N·m (78.8 – 102.7 lb in)
pump
47921938 07/02/2017
35.7 [35.104] / 3
Pump Gear pump - Remove

CAUTION
Avoid injury!
footwear.
C0145A
1. Remove the clamps (1) and (2).

2. Remove the oil supply line (3).
CUIL16TR00986AA 1
3. Remove the filter (5) and the respective cradle.

4. Remove the bolts (1) and (2). Remove the oil outlet
tube (5).
5. Remove the bolts (3) and (4), along with the rear bolts.
Remove the pump from its cradle.
CUIL16TR00309AA 2
Next operation:
Pump Gear pump - Disassemble (35.104).
47921938 07/02/2017
35.7 [35.104] / 4
Pump Gear pump - Disassemble

CAUTION
Avoid injury!
footwear.
C0145A
Prior operation:
Pump Gear pump - Remove (35.104)..
1. Position the pump in the vise.

2. Bend back the tabs of the locking tab washers (1).
3. Remove the tight nut (2).
20098424 1
4. Use the extractor (1) to remove the hub and (2) and the
retaining ring.
20098425 2
47921938 07/02/2017
35.7 [35.104] / 5
5. Remove the keyway (3).
20098424 3
6. Mark the flange (1) of the end cap, the flange of the
body (2), and the mounting flange (3).
NOTE: Make sure that the flanges are correctly positioned
in relation to the rotation of the pump.
7. Remove the two bolts (4) and the lock washers (5).
20098856 4
8. Remove the end cap (1). Carefully lift out the cap seal
(2), the bushing lobe seal (3), and the backing washers
(4).
9. Lightly tap the mounting flange to separate the mount-
ing flange from the guide pins in the pump body. Slide
the mounting flange directly to the shaft.
NOTICE: Make sure that there are no burrs on the keyway
in the shaft.
20098856 5
10. Carefully lift out the body seal (1), the backing wash-
ers (2), and the lobe seal (3).
20098856 6
47921938 07/02/2017
35.7 [35.104] / 6
11. Hold the pump body vertically with the mounting

flange end downwards and with one hand underneath
to prevent the bushings from dropping out.
12. Tap the side of the body (1) with a rubber hammer
to dislodge the lower bushings. (2).. Carefully slide
these out of the body.
NOTE: Keep the bushings as a pair and place them on the
mounting flange.
20098856 7
13. Invert the body. Lift out the drive gear (1) and the
driven gear (2).
14. Remove the remaining pair of bushings as already
described and place on the end cover.
15. Remove the snap ring (3) and the oil seal (4) from the
mounting flange.
20098856 8
Next operation:
Pump Gear pump - Inspect (35.104)..
47921938 07/02/2017
35.7 [35.104] / 7
Pump Gear pump - Inspect

CAUTION
Avoid injury!
footwear.
C0145A
Prior operation:
Pump Gear pump - Disassemble (35.104).
NOTE: It is likely that wear of the internal parts will be uniform and it may be more economical to obtain a service
replacement unit than to fit several new parts.
Wash all metal parts thoroughly in a proprietary cleaning fluids, such as Belco cleaning solvent. Inspect in the
order set out below, for wear and damage.
Body
To obtain high efficiency the design allows for the tips of the gear teeth to wipe the walls of the body bores when the
pump is running. Pressure will force the gears against the inlet side of the bores and a witness mark will be visible
in this area. If excessive wear of the bushing inserts or gear journals occurs this witness mark will deepen to form a
wear track, causing a step in the bore. Examine the body bores and if a pronounced step is felt the body must be
rejected. It is not advisable to install worn bushings into a new body. Check the security of the two dowels.
Composite Bushings
Examine the bearing inserts for signs of wear and bushing faces adjacent to the gears for scoring or pitting. Ensure
that the holes and slots in the bushings are unobstructed. Light scoring on the bushing faces can be polished
out on a lapping plate.
NOTICE: If new bushings are to be fitted into an old body; check for the presence of a burr at the edges of the wear
track. If present, this burr must be polished out otherwise it will hold the bushing faces away from the gears and
increase the internal leakage.
Gears
Examine the gears for discolouration, indicating, overheating. Check the journals for scratches. Ensure that the
contract marks on the teeth are evenly distributed across each tooth surface and ensure that none of the teeth
are chipped.
If the pump has suffered overheating this may have been caused by a fault in the hydraulic system, such as a
defective relief valve, and this must be investigated.
NOTE: Bushings and gears are mated for width within 0.005 mm (0.0002 in) and can be renewed only in pairs.
End Cover
Ensure that the flat, inner surface of the cover is free from scoring or pitting.
Mounting flange
Examine for damage and check the condition of the drive shaft oil seal.
47921938 07/02/2017
35.7 [35.104] / 8
Seals and Tie Bolts

Inspect all seals and renew if necessary. Check the condition of tie bolt threads.
NOTE: Once the internal condition of the pump has been assessed it may be considered more feasible to renew the
complete unit than to fit several new parts.
Measure gear to pump body end float. Dimension,
(1), must be smaller than dimension, (2), by 0.090 –
0.160 mm (0.0035 – 0.0063 in). If necessary remove
minimum qualities of material from flat faces of bearing
assemblies to obtain specified end float.
20098426 1
Next operation:
Pump Gear pump - Assemble (35.104).
47921938 07/02/2017
35.7 [35.104] / 9
Pump Gear pump - Assemble

CAUTION
Avoid injury!
footwear.
C0145A
Prior operation:
Pump Gear pump - Inspect (35.104).
1. Install the oil seal (1) and the snap ring (2) into the
mounting flange (3).
2. Install the pair of bushings.
3. Invert the body. Install the drive gear (4) and the driven
gear (5).
20098856 1
4. Carefully slide the bushings (1) into the body (2).
20098856 2
5. Install the lobe seal ring (1).

6. Install the two backing washers (2).
7. Install the seal ring (3).
20098856 3
47921938 07/02/2017
35.7 [35.104] / 10
8. Lightly tap the mounting flange (1) into the two guide
pins in the pump body (2). Slide the mounting flange
directly to the shaft.
9. Install the bushings (3).
10. Install the bushing lobe seal ring (4).
11. Install the two washers (5).
12. Install the sealing ring (6).
13. Install the cover (7).
20098856 4
14. Install the end cap flange (1).

15. Install the body flange (2).
16. Install the mounting flange (3).
17. Install the lock washer (4) and the bolt (5). Torque the
screw to 56 N·m (41 lb ft).
20098856 5
18. Install the key (1).

19. Install the hub (2).
20. Install the washer (3) and the nut (4). Torque to
47.5 N·m (35.0 lb ft).
21. Bend the tabs of the tab washer to secure the nut.
20098424 6
Next operation:
Pump Gear pump - Install (35.104).
47921938 07/02/2017
35.7 [35.104] / 11
Pump Gear pump - Install

CAUTION
Avoid injury!
footwear.
C0145A
Prior operation:
Pump Gear pump - Assemble (35.104).
1. Insert the pump into its cradle with a new gasket.

2. Install the bolts (3) and (4), along with the rear bolts.
3. Install the tube (6). Install the bolts (1) and (2). Torque
to 8.9 – 11.6 N·m (6.6 – 8.6 lb ft).
4. Add oil as per the specification on the filter.
5. Install the filter (5) in its cradle.
CUIL16TR00309AA 1
6. Install the tube (3). Tighten the clamps (1) and (2).
CUIL16TR00986AA 2
Next operation:
47921938 07/02/2017
35.7 [35.104] / 12
Pump Gear pump - Test

CAUTION
Escaping fluid!
Hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel leaking under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause infection or
other injury. To prevent personal injury: Relieve all pressure before disconnecting fluid lines or per-
forming work on the hydraulic system. Before applying pressure, make sure all connections are tight
and all components are in good condition. Never use your hand to check for suspected leaks under
pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood for this purpose. If injured by leaking fluid, see your
doctor immediately.
C0104A
Prior operation:
Inlet Restriction Test

Perform the inlet restriction test to check for the hy-
draulic lines and filter for damage, obstructions, or air
leaks. A hydraulic flowmeter is required to perform the
inlet restriction test.
NOTE: Inlet restriction test cannot be performed at the rear
remote couplers, because of a reduced pressure reading.
ture.
2. Open the restrictor valve (1) to allow the full flow rate
through the flowmeter.
3. Run the engine at a speed of 1375 RPM. Record the
flowmeter reading.
4. Increase the engine speed to 2750 RPM. Read the
flowmeter.
5. The reading should indicate that the flow rate has dou-
bled. If the meter reading is low, check the hydraulic
lines, and filter for damage, clogs, or air leaks.
6. If there are no problems with the hydraulic lines or the
hydraulic filter, the hydraulic pump may require replace-
ment. Use the Pump Efficiency Test described below
to further inspect the hydraulic pump.
20098857 1
47921938 07/02/2017
35.7 [35.104] / 13
Pump Efficiency Test

The pump efficiency test measures the hydraulic pump
output to determine if the pump is excessively worn or
damaged. Perform the pump efficiency test only af-
ter the inlet restriction test has been completed. A hy-
draulic flowmeter is required to perform the pump effi-
ciency test.
NOTE: Pump efficiency test cannot be performed at the
rear remote couplers, because of a reduced pressure read-
ing.
ture.
2. Adjust the engine speed to its maximum speed.
3. Observe the flowmeter reading. See chart below for
the no load pressure readings.
3. Tighten the flow restrictor valve (1) on the flowmeter
until the system pressure is 15995 kPa (2320 psi).
4. Observe the flowmeter reading. The results should be
approximately 80% of the no-load flow. The nominal
minimum flow rate is 32.8 l/min (8.66 US gpm). If test-
ing shows the hydraulic pump output is low, the pump
requires replacement.
NOTICE: Do not exceed 15995 kPa (2320 psi).
20098857 2
Pump Capacity 45.0 L/min (11.9 US gpm)

Half speed 1375 RPM
Pump flow rate at half speed 20.4 l/min (5.4 US gpm)
Full speed 2750 RPM
Pump flow rate at full speed 45.0 L/min (11.9 US gpm)
47921938 07/02/2017
35.7 [35.104] / 14
Index

Pump Gear pump - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Pump Gear pump - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Pump Gear pump - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Pump Gear pump - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Pump Gear pump - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Pump Gear pump - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Pump Gear pump - Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Pump Gear pump - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
35.7 [35.104] / 15
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47921938 07/02/2017
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Hitches, drawbars, and implement couplings
47921938 07/02/2017
37
Contents
Hitches, drawbars, and implement couplings - 37
[37.110] Rear three-point hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.1
47921938 07/02/2017
37
CONSUMABLES INDEX

Loctite® 515™ Rear hitch housing - Sealing 37.1 / 8
Loctite® 515™ Rear hitch housing - Install 37.1 / 31
Loctite® 515™ Rear hitch internal controls - Assemble 37.1 / 42
47921938 07/02/2017
37
47921938 07/02/2017
37
Rear three-point hitch - 110
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Rear three-point hitch

Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Rear hitch housing
Sealing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Hydraulic schema (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Rear hitch external controls
Dynamic description of the Lift-O-Matic (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
SERVICE

Adjust of the position control (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Travel adjust maximum of the lift arm (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Travel adjust maximum of the lift arm (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Travel adjust the draft control spring (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Adjust the draft control linkage (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Rear hitch housing
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Rear hitch internal controls
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
- Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Rear hitch external controls
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 2
Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Rockshaft
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
- Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
DIAGNOSTIC

47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 3
CONSUMABLES INDEX

Loctite® 515™ Rear hitch housing - Install 37.1 / 31
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 4
Hitches, drawbars, and implement couplings - Rear three-point hitch
Rear three-point hitch - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Specifications
Type Position control, traction control and combined position
Command Traction control
Lift Sensitivity adjustment Two independent levers
LIFT-O-MATIC External four–position lever on control valve. Permits rapid
lift arm up/down movement by push button without operating
the traction or position control levers
Response adjustment Knob on control valve
Single-acting cylinder:
– Internal diameter x stroke 90 mm x 110 mm
– Displacement 700 cm³
Opening pressure of relief valve 186 – 191 bar (2697 – 2770 psi)
Cylinder safety valve opening pressure 210 – 215 bar (3045 – 3118 psi)
Lift piston diameter 89.980 – 90.000 mm
Lift cylinder internal diameter 90.036 – 90.071 mm
Piston working clearance 0.036 – 0.091 mm
Lift
Cross shaft journal diameter
– Right 47.975 – 48.000 mm
– Left 54.970 – 55.000 mm
Adjusted internal diameter of bushing inside lift (no
bore hole)
– Right 48.100 – 48.184 mm
– Left 55.100 – 55.184 mm
Cross shaft working clearance in bushings:
– Right 0.100 – 0.209 mm
– Left 0.100 – 0.214 mm
Adjustment of the right-hand bushing interference 0.065 – 0.161 mm
in the housing
Adjustment of the left-hand bushing interference in 0.065 – 0.161 mm
the housing
Cross shaft end float with lift arms in position 0.200 – 1.400 mm
External diameter of the draft control shaft 21.967 – 22.000 mm
Internal diameter of the axle housing inside the lift 22.020 – 22.072 mm
body
Shaft clearance in body 0.020 – 0.105 mm
Diameter of position control shaft 13.973 – 14.000 mm
Internal diameter of the axle housing inside the draft 14.016 – 14.059 mm
control shaft
Shaft clearance in body 0.016 – 0.086 mm
Diameter of the draft control lever pin and of the
hinge pin on the inner lever for the draft control on 13.973 – 14.000 mm
the needle roller bearings
Internal diameter of the link arm of the control valve
and the inner lever for the draft control on the needle 19.985 – 20.006 mm
roller bearings
Valve spool clearance in body 0.008 – 0.012 mm
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 5
Lift valve clearance in control valve body 0.008 – 0.012 mm

Valve spool return spring length:
– Free 50.5 mm
– Under load of 31.7 – 35 N (7.1 – 7.9 lb) 34 mm
Control valve return spring length:
– Free 44 mm
– Under load of 103 – 114.7 N (23.2 – 25.8 lb) 29 mm
Response adjustment valve spring length:
– Free 13 mm
– Under load of 1.7 – 2.3 N (0.4 – 0.5 lb) 9.8 mm
Sensitivity adjustment valve spring length:
– Free 14.5 mm
– Under load of 15.8 – 17.6 N (3.6 – 4.0 lb) 11 mm
Check valve return spring length:
– Free 23.5 mm
– Under load of 35.3 – 39.2 N (7.9 – 8.8 lb) 18 mm
Sensitivity adjustment pin lever outer spring length:
– Free 20.5 mm
– Under load of 61.8 – 67.7 N (13.9 – 15.2 lb) 13.8 mm
Implement attachment
Type 3-point linkage
Category (TT3880F/TT4030) I and II II
Draft control Top link sensing
Maximum lift capacity with lower links in the
1750 kg 1620 kg
horizontal position
Rear three-point hitch - Torque

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Tightening torques
Mounting bolt, lift to rear transmission housing (C₁₁) M14 x 1.5 150 N·m
Mounting bolt, control valve body to lift (C₂₂) M8 X 1.25 27 N·m
Mounting bolt, lift arm (C₃₃) M14 x 1.5 150 N·m
Plug, maximum lift adjustment (C₄₄) M12 x 1.25 105 N·m
Nut, position control shafts (C₆₆) M10 X 1.25 15 N·m
Nut, lever bracket studs (C₇₇) M8 X 1.25 26 N·m
Mounting bolt, spring to top link support (C₈₈) M14 x 1.5 22 N·m
Mounting bolt, spring to lift body (C₉₉) M14 x 1.5 22 N·m
Mounting bolt, shaft to top link support (C₁₀ ₁₀)
₁₀ M16 x 1.5 20 N·m
Mounting bolt, suction connection (C₁₁ ₁₁)
₁₁ M12 x 1.25 10 N·m
₁₂)
Mounting bolt, delivery connection on lift control valve (C₁₂
₁₂ M10 X 1.25 6 N·m
Mounting bolt, pump (C₁₃ ₁₃)
₁₃ M6 x 1 8 N·m
Nut, pump cover (C₁₄ ₁₄)
₁₄ M10 X 1.25 42 N·m
Nut, check chain bracket (C₁₅ ₁₅)
₁₅ M14 x 1.5 15 N·m
Nut, check chain to lower link arms (C₁₆ ₁₆)
₁₆ M18 x 1.5 320 N·m
₁₇)
Top mounting bolt, drawbar cross link (TT3880F/TT4030 models) (C₁₇
₁₇ M20 x 1.5 48 N·m
Bottom retaining nut, drawbar cross link (TT3880F/TT4030 models) (C₁₈₁₈)
₁₈ M20 x 1.5 40 N·m
₁₉)
Mounting bolt, rear cover and drawbar support (TT3880F/TT4030 models) (C₁₉
₁₉ M16 x 1.5 22.5 N·m
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 6

₂₀)
Mounting bolt, front tow hitch mount to axle support (TT3880F/TT4030 models) (C₂₀
₂₀ M16 x 1.5 22.5 N·m
₂₁)
Nut, mounting bolts for control valve (C₂₁
₂₁ — 20 N·m
₂₂)
Connection, oil outlet to lift (C₂₂
₂₂ — 20 N·m
Plug, relief valve spring (C₂₃₂₃)
₂₃ — 20 N·m
₂₄)
Mounting bolt, control lever support (C₂₄
₂₄ — 6 N·m
Plug, valve Single/double action switch (TT3880F/TT4030) (C₂₅₂₅)
₂₅ — 20 N·m
Rear three-point hitch - Special tools

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Special tools
Installer, lift shaft housing seal 292535
Installer, lift piston with seal 292547
Adjuster, position/draft control 293846
Main spool leakage testing tool 293982
Adopter, over pressure relief valve 290824
Adopter, cylinder safety valve 290828
Cylinder safety valve pressure adjusting tool 291862
Wrench, lift arm maximum height adjustment 293870
Installer, lever needle bearing 380000261
Installer, needle bearing main spool lever 293839
‘C’ spring tensioning lever 290819
Hydraulic ‘C’ spring travel gauge 9971359
Installer, hydraulic housing ‘C’ spring bushing 9971352
Remover, lift–o–matic spring 291215
Hydraulic Pressure Test Kit 292870
Rapid clutch male connector 293449
Adapter 292060
Coupling 293168
Adopter (banjo bolt steering) 291318
Pressure gauge ( 250 bar) 293247
Pipe (high pressure) 292246
Adopter (oil pressure) 291328
Installer / remover, hydraulic housing shaft bush L. H 9971353
Installer / remover, hydraulic housing shaft bush R. H 9971355
Installer, response pin seal 293858
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 7
Rear hitch housing - Sealing

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
20098914 1

Lift Housing to Rear Axle Housing, (S1) LOCTITE® 515™
Front Cover to Lift Housing, (S2) LOCTITE® 515™
Distributor Assembly to Front cover, (S3) LOCTITE® 515™
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 8
Rear three-point hitch - Hydraulic schema

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
The Distributor is Pre-set to perform three phases:
1. Neutral phase
2. Lifting Phase
3. Lowering Phase
Neutral phase
In this phase the control valve keeps pressure on the oil coming from the pump to flow freely to the tank. In this phase
the control spool, (1), is in such a position, oil is delivered through sensitivity control valve, (2), to piston, (3), which
overcomes spring, (4), and moves plunger, (5), to the right, thus opening discharge port and returns oil to transmission
housing rather than to cylinder.
NOTE: When travelling on the road with implements attached, fully unscrew knob, (6), to block implement in desired
positions; oil contained in cylinder remains trapped by check valve, (7), and Response Control valve, (8). Arms there-
fore remain blocked, even if operator accidentally moves lift Control levers. Cylinder safety valve, (9), protects lift
cylinder pressure circuit while relief valve, (10), protects pump circuit.
20098420 1
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 9
Lifting Phase
During this phase, the control valve supplies the oil under pressure to the cylinder and it consequently lifts the arms.
The control spool, (1), is in such a position, oil flows to piston, (2), is cut off and plunger, (3), is forced to the left by
spring, (4), thus closing discharge port. Oil under pressure opens check valve, (5), and operates piston, (6), to raise
arms.
NOTE: Draft sensitivity may be adjusted throughout lever, (7), which controls the position of valve seat, (8). When
seat, (8), is moved to the right, piston, (2), covers ports, (9), and (10), and oil in valve may be discharged through
port, (11). Since discharge thereby takes longer, lift reaction time increases with a consequent decrease in sensitivity.
When seat, (8), is moved to the left, ports, are free and oil may be discharged quickly through all three ports, (9), (10),
and, (11), with consequent short reaction time resulting in increased sensitivity.
20098691 2
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 10
Lowering Phase
During this phase, the control valve supplies at the same time the oil coming from the pump and the oil contained in
the cylinder to the discharge causing the lowering of the arms.
When return spring, (1), moves spool, (2), to the right, cylinder is discharged under piston pressure, (3), through
response control valve, (4), and the port uncovered by spool. Through spool port, (5), and Draft sensitivity valve, (6),
oil flows to piston, (7), which holds plunger, (8), in the open position, thus allowing oil from pump to be discharge past
plunger, (8).
NOTE: Response (rate of drop) is adjusted by knob, (9). Loosening this knob restricts exhaust passage between
valve, (4), and control valve body, thus increasing the time taken to lower the implement (slow response). Tightening
knob, (9), increases effective area of discharge port and the implement drops more quickly (fast response).
20098692 3
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 11
Rear three-point hitch - Sectional view

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
20098915 1
A. Draft control spring (if applicable) 8. Left-hand bushings

B. Control Valve 9. Thrust washers
B1. Lift sensitivity adjustment lever 10. Top link support
B2. Response control knob 11. Piston rod pin
C. Lift retaining screw 12. Travel limit adjusting screw
C1. Thrust plate retaining screw 13. Travel limit adjusting screw locknut
D= 0.2 – 1.4 mm (0.008 – 0.055 in), shaft end float 14. Travel limit control rod
1. Inner arm 15. Control valve link pin
2. Arm 16. Draft Control inner lever pivot (if applicable)
3. Lift Arms 17. Setscrew
4. Arm thrust plates 18. Front cover
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 12
5. Right-hand seal 19. Screw retaining spring to top link support

6. Left-hand seal 20. Screw retaining spring to lift body
7. Right-hand bushings
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 13
Rear hitch external controls - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
Hydraulic System
This is a live hydraulic system, where a gear type hydraulic pump is mounted directly to the timing case.
Transmission lubrication oil is used also as hydraulic oil. This system described here mechanically senses changes
in the draft loading via the top link of the three point linkage. The system allows the operator to select position
control, draft control (if applicable), combined position and draft control and float.
The system is operated by draft control lever (if applica-
ble), (1), position control lever, (2), response control, (3),
and sensitivity control, (4).
Pre–operation checks
NOTICE: Some mounted or semi-mounted equipment
may interfere with and cause damage to tractor sheet
metal. To avoid damage check for clearance between
tractor and implements.
20098737 1
20098435 2
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 14
Position Control Operation

Position control provides accurate control of implements
such as sprayers, rakes, rotary tillers etc. that operate
above the ground. Once set, position control will maintain
the selected implement height.
NOTICE: Always set the system to position control at any
time when not actually operating in draft control, such
as when attaching or transporting equipment or when no
equipment is attached.
Move the draft control lever, (1), fully forward in the quad-
rant. Set the required implement height/depth using the
position control lever, (2). Pull the lever back to raise
the implement, push forward to lower. Implement height/
depth is relative to the position of the lever in quadrant.
An adjustable stop, (3), is provided to enable the lever to

be returned to the required working position.
20098684 3
Draft Control Operation (if applicable)

Draft control is most suitable for mounted or semi-
mounted implements operating in the ground. Changes
in the working depth or changes in soil resistance will
cause draft loading on the implement to increase or
decrease.
When starting work, move the position control lever, (1),

fully forward. Lower the implement in to the work using
draft control lever, (2). Push the lever forward to increase
the draft loading. Pull rearwards to reduce the draft load-
ing. Forward movement of the draft control lever will in-
crease the implement depth and rearward movement will
reduce the depth.
Once set, the tractor hydraulic system will automatically

adjust the implement depth to maintain an even pull on
the tractor and minimize wheel slip.
20098685 4
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 15
Combined Position and Draft Control Operation

On very light soil or varying soil types in the same field,
it may be necessary to use the draft control and position
control in combination. When starting work, lower the im-
plement to the required depth by means of the draft control
lever, (1), as previously described.
When the implement reaches the required depth, raise the

Position control lever, (2), back until the lift arms tends
to rise. The lift linkage is now operating in draft control
but the implement is prevented, by the position control
function, from sinking too far when draft reduces.
20098686 5
Float Operation
Move the position control lever, (1), and the draft control
lever, (2), fully forward. The 3-point linkage will now be
free to 'float' or follow the ground contour, a feature useful
for scraper blades etc.
20098685 6
Sensitivity Control
To adjust the sensitivity of hydraulic system when working
in draft control, lever, (1), needs to be adjusted.
Lever UP - Reduces sensitivity
Lever DOWN - Increases sensitivity
20098435 7
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 16
Response Control
The response control knob, (1), varies the speed of drop
of the lower links.
CLOCKWISE rotation - Increases speed of drop
COUNTERCLOCKWISE rotation - Decreases speed of

drop
NOTICE: To lock implements in transport position when
driving on road, fully raise Position control lever, (2), and
screw in (rotate clockwise) knob, (1).
20098435 8
20098690 9
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 17
Rear hitch external controls - Dynamic description of the

Lift-O-Matic
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
The Lift–O–Matic is used for automatic repositioning of

implement after turn. It helps in saving the time and adds
comfort to the operator. Further it maintains uniform depth
and prepares a better seedbed.
To raise the implement at the end of each pass, or when-

ever required, move the latch (1) rearward to release the
fast raise button (2). The 3–point linkage (and implement)
will raise to the full height without need to move either the
Position or Draft control lever.
LAIL11TT0213A0A 1
To lower the implement, simply press the fast raise button

(1) fully in and the implement will lower to the preset depth,
set by the position control lever or traction control lever.
LAIL11TT0214A0A 2
Sensitivity Control
To adjust the sensitivity of the hydraulic system when
working in traction control, the lever (1) needs to be
adjusted.
Lever UP - Reduces sensitivity
Lever DOWN - Increases sensitivity
LAIL11TT0215A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 18
Response Control
The response control knob (1) varies the speed of drop of
the lower links.
CLOCKWISE rotation – Increases speed of drop.
COUNTER CLOCKWISE rotation – Decreases speed of

drop.
NOTICE: To lock implements in the transportation position
when driving on the road, pull the position control lever (2),
Figure 5, all the way up and twist the knob (1) clockwise,
Figure 4.
LAIL11TT0216A0A 4
Using the bypass valve and external supply

port
The bypass valve (2), Figure 4, is used to divert oil, nor-
mally flowing to the left cylinder of the 3-point linkage, to
the external supply port. A single acting cylinder can be
connected to this external port and be operated by the
Draft control lever.
20098737 5
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 19
Rear three-point hitch - Adjust of the position control

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To remove the lift housing, see the procedures in Rear hitch housing - Remove (37.110).
Position control adjustment

With lift unit removed from tractor
1. Remove distributor assembly from lift housing
2. Raise the lift arms to the fully raised position, so that the
inner arm (1) comes into contact with the lift housing.
LAIL11TT0347A0A 1
3. Carefully mark the position on the arm “S2” and on the

housing “S1”.
LAIL11TT0348A0A 2
4. Loosen the lock nut (10) and unscrew the adjustment

bolt for maximum lifter height (6) using Special Tool No.
293870 until it is no longer in contact with the control
valve lever (7).
LAIL11TT0349A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 20
5. Attach Special Tool 293846 (A) to the lift housing.
LAIL11TT0350A0A 4
6. Using two wrenches, remove the jam nut ( (8), Fig. 6)

and tighten or loosen the adjustable link rod ( (9), Fig.
3) until the plunger (P1) is aligned with the outer scale
(R1) of Special Tool No. 293846.
ATTENTION: This condition corresponds to a clearance
(L1) of 82.0 – 82.1 mm between the lever end (7) and the
front face of the lift housing when a force (F1) of 4 – 4.5 kg
is applied to the end of the lever.
LAIL11TT0351A0A 5
7. Tighten the counter nut (8).
LAIL11TT0352A0A 6
8. Pull the position control lever (P) all the way forward.
9. Rotate the arm shaft to bring the piston all the way for-
ward and check that the moving rod (P1) of tool 293846
is no more than 1.3 – 1.7 mm back from the inner reg-
ister (R2) of the tool.
LAIL11TT0353A0A 7
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 21

(4) of 86.3 – 86.7 mm between the lever end (7) and the
front face of the lift housing when a force (F1) of 4 – 4.5 kg
LAIL11TT0354A0A 8
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 22
Rear three-point hitch - Travel adjust maximum of the lift arm

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To remove the lift housing, see the procedures in Rear hitch housing - Remove (37.110).
This procedure describes how to bench adjust the lifter

housing.
Proceed as follows:
1. Attach Special Tool 293846 (A) to the lift body.
LAIL11TT0355A0A 1
2. Move the position control lever (P) all the way forward.
3. Raise the lift arms to the fully raised position, so that the
inner arm (1) comes into contact with the lift housing.
4. Push the piston into cylinder so that piston moves
through full lift stroke and hold the piston in that posi-
tion.
LAIL11TT0356A0A 2
5. Loosen the jam nut (10).
LAIL11TT0357A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 23
6. Use Special Tool No 293870 to tighten bolt (6) until the

indentation between the plunger (P1) and the internal
record (R2) of the tool 293846 is 1.3 – 1.7 mm or less.
(L1) of 86.3 – 86.7 mm between the end of the lever and
the front of the top cover.
LAIL11TT0351A0A 4
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 24
Rear three-point hitch - Travel adjust maximum of the lift arm

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
This procedure describes how to tractor adjust the

movement of the lift housing.
1. Raise the hydraulic lift arms by hand to maximum
height position. Make two corresponding marks, one
on the lift body (S1) and one on the lift arm (S2).
2. Move the position and draft control levers (P) and (F)
all the way forward.
3. Operate the lift with the LIFT–O–MATIC. After a few
lifting operations, check that distance "d" between
notches (S1) and (S2) is 2 – 4 mm.
4. If LIFT–O–MATIC is not fitted, move the position control
lever and the draft control lever all the way forward
(maximum lift position) and check the distance between
(S1) and (S2). LAIL11TT0358A0A 1
5. If the distance "d" is not 2 – 4 mm, adjust as follows:

6. Remove the plug (19), loosen the jam nut (10) and turn
the adjusting screw (6) using Special Tool No. 293870
until you obtain the distances specified above.
8. Re-install plug (19).
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 25
Rear three-point hitch - Travel adjust the draft control spring

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Disengage the stop block (1) and, with the draft control
spring (2) free, check that the distance (L2) between
the plate (3) and the spring (2) is 12.7 – 13 mm. If nec-
essary, adjust the thickness of the shims (H1), reducing
them if the distance is less and increasing them if it is
greater.
LAIL11TT0359A0A 1
2. Place the spring fully under draft using a suitable rod

at the base of the link support. Check that the distance
(L3) between the plate (16) and the spring (94) is in the
19.2 – 19.7 mm range. If it is smaller, reduce the shims
(H2) between the spring and the fork link support. If it
is greater, increase the shims.
LAIL11TT0360A0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 26
Rear three-point hitch - Adjust the draft control linkage

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Adjusting the draft control linkage

These procedures describe how to bench adjust the lift
housing linkage.
1. Having carried out the position control, maximum lift
arm displacement and traction control spring adjust-
ments, adjust the traction control as follows:
2. Remove the control valve assembly following the pro-
cedures described in Three-point hitch control valve
- Disassemble (35.114) and attach special tool No.
293846.
3. Attach the draft control arm (1).
LAIL11TT0361A0A 1
4. Move the position control lever (P) all the way forward
and pull back the draft control lever (F) until there is a
distance of 184 – 186 mm (L2) between the beginning
of the slot and the edge of the lever (F).
5. Adjust the arm (22) to 70 – 70.5 mm (L3).
LAIL11TT0362A0A 2
6. Adjust the outer draft control arm ( (1), Fig. 1) so that

the end (P1) of tool 293846 (A) is on a level with the
outer register (R1).
(L1) of 82 – 82.1 mm between the end of the lever (7) and
the front edge of the lift housing when a force of 4 – 4.5 N
LAIL11TT0363A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 27

8. To fit the control valve, follow the procedures in Three-
point hitch control valve - Assemble (35.114).
LAIL11TT0364A0A 4
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 28
Rear hitch housing - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
Remove the hydraulic lift from the rear axle housing as follows:
1. Remove operator’s seat, (1).
20098687 1
2. Remove three-point linkages, (1), (top link and lift

arms).
20098688 2
3. Disconnect oil supply line at, (1), between remote con-

trol valve and distributor.
20098435 3
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 29
4. Disconnect rear remote control valve return line at hy-

draulic lift housing, (1).
20098689 4
5. Loosen and remove the hydraulic lift housing retaining

bolts, (1).
20098695 5
6. Lift the housing using suitable hoist and place it on a

clean flat surfaced table or secure it on stand.
NOTICE: Never lift the housing by holding distributor knobs

and delicate parts.
20098696 6
Next operation:
When fitting the rear hitch housing, see the procedures in Rear hitch housing - Install (37.110).
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 30
Rear hitch housing - Install

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
Prior operation:
When removing the rear hitch housing, see the procedures in Rear hitch housing - Remove (37.110).
Install the hydraulic lift on the transmission housing as follows.
• Before installing the hydraulic lift in the rear transmission casing, clean and degrease the mating surfaces
thoroughly and apply a strip of sealing compound LOCTITE® 515™ of about 2 mm (0.08 in) diameter as shown.
20098926 1
1. Install the hydraulic lift housing, (1), and secure retain-

ing bolts, (2). Torque the bolts 132 N·m (97 lb ft).
20098695 2
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 31
2. Connect the rear remote control valve return line, (1),

at the hydraulic lift housing.
20098689 3
3. Connect oil supply line, (1), to the remote control valve

and distributor.
20098435 4
4. Install the three point linkage, (1), (top link and lift
arms), as shown.
20098688 5
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 32
5. Install operator’s seat, (1).
20098687 6
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 33
Rear hitch internal controls - Disassemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
1. Remove external control levers as described in Rear

hitch external controls - Remove (37.110).
20098696 1
2. Loosen the Allen screws, (1), and remove valve block

assembly, (2).
20098705 2
3. Remove pipe, (1), and O-rings.
20098706 3
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 34
4. Loosen the bolts, (1), and remove distributor (control

valve) assembly, (2).
20098707 4
5. Loosen the bolts, (1), and remove lift housing front

cover.
20098708 5
6. Remove piston, (1), and cylinder from the housing.

NOTE: To remove piston, lower the lift arm by hand to push
out the piston out of lift housing.
NOTE: To remove cylinder, gently hammer out the cylinder
using plastic hammer or aluminium rod.
20098709 6
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 35
7. Remove pin, (1), by screwing out bolt, (2).
20098710 7
8. Remove the roll pin, (1), from shaft inside the housing.
20098711 8
9. Remove linkages, (1), from the housing.
20098712 9
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 36
10. Remove sector plate, (1).
20098713 10
11. Remove draft control plate, (1), if applicable.
20098714 11
12. Remove position control lever/draft control lever shaft,

(1), from the housing.
20098715 12
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 37
13. Disconnect draft sensing linkage, (1), by removing cir-

clip, (2), and loosening bolt, (3).
20098716 13
14. Remove bolt, (1), that secures lever, (2), to the shaft,
(3).
20098717 14
15. Pull out draft sensing shaft, (1), from the housing.
20098718 15
16. Remove draft sensing linkages, (1), from the housing.
20098719 16
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 38
17. Loosen Allen screws, (1), and remove stopper assem-

bly, (2).
NOTE: Piston connecting rod can be removed only after re-
moving cross shaft from the housing. Consult the removal
procedures in Rockshaft - Disassemble (37.110).
20098710 17
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 39
Rear hitch internal controls - Assemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
NOTE: Check O-rings and needle bearing for wear and damage.
1. Install shaft, (1), through housing.
2. Insert lever, (2), onto shaft coming through housing and
secure the lever to the shaft with coned shaped bolt,
(3).
20098717 1
3. Install lever shaft, (1), through housing at location

shown.
NOTE: It is necessary for the cylinder sleeve to be forward
in order to install the shaft.
4. Install position control lever, (2) and secure with safety
clip, (3).
20098721 2
5. Install fitting, (1), with washer, (2), if fitting was re-

moved.
6. Install a new O-ring, (3), onto shaft.
7. Install snap ring, (4), onto shaft.
20098722 3
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 40
8. Before installing lever, (1), pre-fit roll pin, (2), into lever
and insert shaft, (3), through housing as shown.
9. Install the roll pin, (2), through the shaft until flush.
20098711 4
10. Install pin, (1), through housing at location shown.

11. Engage pin through the needle bearings of the lever,
(2). Secure lever to the pin with one washer, (3), and
snap ring, (4).
20098723 5
12. Insert pin, (1), in the housing and secure with bolt, (2).
20098710 6
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 41
13. Install and secure the stroke rod assembly, (1), with
M8 x 1.25 Allen head screws, (2). Torque the two Allen
screws to 19 N·m (14 lb ft).
20098724 7
14. Install cylinder sleeve (not shown) into housing, if it

was removed.
15. Install piston, (1) into sleeve.
16. Apply a light coat of hydraulic oil to O-ring and install
at location shown, (2). Insert cylinder seal, (3), on
O-ring.
20098725 8
17. Clean the surface of the housing and cover. Apply

a 2 mm (0.08 in) bead of LOCTITE® 515™ sealer to
housing.
18. Install the lift body front cover, (1), and secure with
four M14 x 1.50 x 45mmbolts, (2). Torque the bolts
132 N·m (97 lb ft).
20098708 9
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 42
19. Clean the surface of the lift body front cover and dis-
tributor. Apply a 2 mm (0.08 in) bead of LOCTITE®
515™ sealer to the distributor.
20. Install distributor control valve assembly, (1), and se-
cure with four M8 x 1.25 x 55 mm cap screws. (2),
torque the bolts to 19 N·m (14 lb ft).
20098707 10
21. Insert pipe (with O-rings), (1), into housing as shown.
20098706 11
22. Secure delivery piping to control valve, (1), with M10

x 1.25 x 45 mm Allen screw, (2), and M10 x 1.25 x 85
mm Allen screw, (3). Torque the two Allen screws to
56 N·m (41 lb ft).
23. Install the hydraulic lift assembly onto the tractor.
20098705 12
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 43
Rear hitch external controls - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
With hydraulic lift assembly on tractor.

Proceed as follows:
1. Remove nuts (1) and Lift–O–Matic button (2).
LAIL11TT0437A0A 1
2. Loosen nuts (1) and remove support plate (2).
LAIL11TT0432A0A 2
NOTE: To remove the plate (2), the Lift–O–Matic lever shaft

nut (1) should be loosened.
LAIL11TT0433A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 44
3. Retrieve springs (1) and clutch plate and remove

lock–nut (2).
LAIL11TT0434A0A 4
4. Remove position control lever, clutch plates draft con-

trol lever and spacer.
LAIL11TT0435A0A 5
5. Retrieve position and draft control lever keys.

6. Remove quadrant plate (1).
NOTE: To remove the Lift–O–Matic lever (1), the lift hous-
ing must be removed from the tractor. See the procedure
for removing internal controls in Rear hitch internal con-
trols - Disassemble (37.110).
LAIL11TT0436A0A 6
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 45
Rear hitch external controls - Assemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
Reassembly
Assembly is the reverse of the disassembly procedure,
see steps 6 to 1 described in Rear hitch external con-
trols - Remove (37.110).
See all the various adjustments of the control valve in
Relief valve - Pressure test (35.114).
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 46
Rear hitch external controls - Adjust

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
Lift–O–Matic adjustment
1. Apply a 50 kg load to the lift arm pivot bearings.
2. Run the engine at an average of 1.200 – 1.500 RPM.
3. Move the position and draft control levers (P) and (F)
all the way forward.
4. Adjust the position of the support together with the
LIFT– O–MATIC control levers on lift control support.
Secure the support with a bolt (1) so that, when button
(Q) is pressed, the arm starts descending with a move-
ment clearance (L5) of 9 – 12 mm at the end of the
button.
LAIL11TT0365A0A 1
Start–to–lift check
1. Push the position control lever ((P), Fig. 2) all the way
forward.
2. Put the Lift–O–Matic lever (1) in the position shown in
the Figure.
LAIL11TT0366A0A 2
3. Use the draft control lever (F) to check that the lift starts
with the lever at a distance of 184 – 186 mm from the
end of its slot.
4. Otherwise, adjust the arm (1) to obtain the specified
length and tighten the jam nut (2).
LAIL11TT0367A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 47
Rockshaft - Disassemble
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Remove bolt, (1), and thrust plate, (2), from both sides
of the lift arm.
20098726 1
NOTICE: Before removing the lift arms, use a hammer with

a chisel and mark a line on the shaft, (1), and the lift arm,
(2), as shown.
20098727 2
2. Remove lift arms, (1), from shaft using suitable puller

or by hammering gently.
20098728 3
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 48
3. Remove lift arm shaft, (1), by tapping on the right-hand

end of the shaft with mallet.
NOTE: In some instances, the seals will need to be re-
moved in order to remove the shaft from the housing.
20098729 4
4. Remove piston rod, (1), and cam sleeve from the hous-
ing.
20098720 5
5. Remove left-hand and right-hand shaft bushings from

the housing using a suitable bushing driver.
Left-hand Bushing Dimensions:
• OD - 60.111 – 60.161 mm (2.367 – 2.369 in)
• ID - 55.100 – 55.184 mm (2.169 – 2.173 in)
Right-hand Bushing Dimensions:
• OD - 53.111 – 53.161 mm (2.091 – 2.093 in)
• ID - 48.100 – 48.184 mm (1.894 – 1.897 in)
20098730 6
Next operation:
To fit the rockshaft, see the procedures in Rockshaft - Assemble (37.110).
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 49
Rockshaft - Assemble
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
WARNING
Pinch point!
W0357A
Prior operation:
To remove the rockshaft, see the procedures in Rockshaft - Disassemble (37.110).
1. Install the left-hand and right-hand shaft bushings into

the housing using a suitable bushing driver.
Left-hand Bushing Dimensions:
• OD - 60.111 – 60.161 mm (2.367 – 2.369 in)
• ID - 55.100 – 55.184 mm (2.169 – 2.173 in)
Right-hand Bushing Dimensions:
• OD - 53.111 – 53.161 mm (2.091 – 2.093 in)
• ID - 48.100 – 48.184 mm (1.894 – 1.897 in)
20098730 1
2. Ensure that dimensions (A), (B) and (C) are as shown

in figure. Bushings do not require reaming after instal-
lation.
3. On completing assembly, check cross shaft end float is
0.2 – 1.4 mm (0.0079 – 0.0551 in).
• A = 55 mm (2.17 in)
• B = 65 mm (2.56 in)
• C = 15 mm (0.59 in)
20098731 2
4. Install the piston rod assembly, (1) and cross shaft

sleeve, (2), into housing.
20098732 3
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 50
5. Install the cross shaft, (1), into housing with the smaller
side of the shaft going through the left-hand side of the
housing.
NOTE: Make sure not to damage the shaft while inserting
shaft through the rod and sleeve.
20098733 4
6. Install new seals, (1), on both sides of the shaft using

a suitable seal installer.
Seal Dimensions
• OD - 65 mm (2.56 in)
• Ideal Tool Diameter - 59 mm (2.32 in)
20098734 5
7. Install spacer, (1), followed by lift arm, (2) and secure

with washer, (3), lock washer and bolt, (4).
8. Torque the M14 x 1.50 x 30 mm bolt to 132 N·m (97 lb
ft).
NOTICE: When installing lift arms onto shaft, verify that
mark on shaft lines up with mark on lift arm.
20098735 6
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 51
Rear three-point hitch - Troubleshooting

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

Erratic upward lift Clogged oil filter. Inspect filter and replace cartridge if neces-
movement. sary.
Air entering the suction line. Check for faulty connections or faulty seals.
Oil leakage through the spool seals. Replace seals.
Leakage through the spool. Remove, check for leakage, clean and re-
place damaged parts.
Check valve leakage. Inspect filter.
Leak through the lift piston. Remove, inspect, and clean.
Replace seals. Replace seals.
Bushing seal or lift cylinder seal. .
Safety valve leakage or incorrect setting of Replace valve.
safety valve.
Relief valve blows with Travel adjustment error on lift arm. Adjust travel.
lift arms in max. raised
position.
Lift fails to operate Governor locked open. Remove foreign particles from drain holes
and inspect filter.
Inefficient pump. Disassemble and inspect.
Insufficient or inaccurate Incorrect relief valve setting. Replace or adjust.
lifting
Incorrect safety setting. Replace valve.
Poor pump performance. Check pump and overhaul or replace.
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 52
Index

Rear hitch external controls - Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Rear hitch external controls - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Rear hitch external controls - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Rear hitch external controls - Dynamic description of the Lift-O-Matic (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Rear hitch external controls - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Rear hitch housing - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Rear hitch housing - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Rear hitch housing - Sealing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Rear hitch internal controls - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Rear hitch internal controls - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Rear three-point hitch - Adjust of the position control (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Rear three-point hitch - Adjust the draft control linkage (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Rear three-point hitch - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Rear three-point hitch - Hydraulic schema (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Rear three-point hitch - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Rear three-point hitch - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Rear three-point hitch - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Rear three-point hitch - Travel adjust maximum of the lift arm (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Rear three-point hitch - Travel adjust maximum of the lift arm (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Rear three-point hitch - Travel adjust the draft control spring (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Rear three-point hitch - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Rockshaft - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Rockshaft - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
47921938 07/02/2017
37.1 [37.110] / 53
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47921938 07/02/2017
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Steering
47921938 07/02/2017
41
Contents
Steering - 41
[41.101] Steering control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.1
[41.200] Hydraulic control components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.2
[41.216] Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.3
47921938 07/02/2017
41
CONSUMABLES INDEX

NEW HOLLAND AMBRA Steering control - General specification 41.1 / 4
MULTI G™ HYDRAULIC
TRANSMISSION OIL
47921938 07/02/2017
41
47921938 07/02/2017
41
Steering - 41
Steering control - 101
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 1
Contents
Steering - 41
TECHNICAL DATA
Steering control
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Steering control
SERVICE
Steering control
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
DIAGNOSTIC
Steering control
Steering control - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 2
CONSUMABLES INDEX

NEW HOLLAND AMBRA Steering control - General specification 41.1 / 4
MULTI G™ HYDRAULIC
TRANSMISSION OIL
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 3
Steering - Steering control
Steering control - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Component All models

Type Hydrostatics
Reduction ratio 35.0 constant
Steering column angle 61°
Number of balls 81
Ball diameter 93/32
Inner column bearings Angular contact bearings
Oil capacity (approximate) 2 l (0.5 US gal)
The type of oil NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G™ HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION
OIL
Steering column bearing preload 4 – 7 Kg/cm²
Total torque after assembly of the steering 6 – 9 Kg/cm²
axle
Steering control - Torque

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Tightening torques
Outer column bolts (C₁₁) M12 x 1.25 50 N·m
Cover plate bolts (C₂₂) M8 X 1.25 20 N·m
Adjustable bolt jam nut (C₃₃) M14 x 1.5 30 N·m
Drop arm nut (C₄₄) M30 x 1.5 350 N·m
Steering wheel nut (C₅₅) M18 x 1.25 70 N·m
Mounting bolts for the steering assembly (C₆₆) M16 x 1.5 145 N·m
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 4
LAIL11TT0191F0A 1
Steering control - Special tools

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Special tools
Steering Wheel Puller 82834312
Steering Wheel Puller Sleeve 9971375
Hand Accelerator Dowel Remover 9971378
Steering Arm Puller 9971363
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 5
Steering control - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

This is an anti-friction, re-circulating ball, constant ratio
sector steering gear. A hardened and precision ground
single star worm shaft which forms lower part of the inner
column is supported in the steering gear housing by an-
gular contact bearings assembly at each end. The upper
part of the inner column is supported by bearing bush.
Adjustment of the bearing preload on these bearings is
achieved by shims between the outer column and steer-
ing housing.
The inner column is provided with spline and taper con-

struction for fitting the steering wheel.
As the steering wheel is turned the inner column rotates

and moves the main nut in the axial direction on the inner
column.
The main nut employs two independent ball circuits. The

transfer tubes guide the ball at the end of the circuit to
bring them back to the beginning of the relevant helical
path. They are positioned so that the balls leave and
re-enter on a line that is at a tangent to the pitch circle.
The transfer tubes re-clamped in place by the retainer.
The rack on one side of the main nut meshes with the ta-
per tooth gear of the sector shaft. This makes the sector
shaft rotate during axial movement of the main nut. The
sector shaft teeth are conical and are designed specially
to provide true rack and sector action when main nut is po-
sitioned at a slight angle. This construction permits back-
lash adjustments by shifting sector shaft slightly along its
axis by means of a adjuster screw.
The sector shaft is supported on its longer side by two

bushes fitted in the housing. There is a taper spline at
the shaft end to which drop arm is fitted and is retained in
position by nut and tab washer.
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 6
Steering control - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
How to remove the steering assembly

1. Disconnect the negative cable (1) from the battery and
insulate the cable.
LAIL11TT0026A0A 1
2. Remove the nut (1).
LAIL11TT0027A0A 2
3. Remove the steering wheel with special tools Nos.

82834312 and 9971375.
LAIL11TT0028A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 7
4. Remove the electrical couplers (1) for the tail lights,

flasher unit, fuse box, etc.
LAIL11TT0029A0A 4
5. Disconnect electric connections to the fenders below

the rear hood.
LAIL11TT0030A0A 5
6. Disconnect the RPM meter cable connection (1) on the

instrument cluster by opening the instrument cluster
through the rear hood.
LAIL11TT0031A0A 6
7. Loosen the rear hood retaining bolts (1) on both sides

and (2) on the steering column, and carefully remove
the rear hood from the tractor (keeping it parallel to the
steering column).
LAIL11TT0032A0A 7
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 8
8. Disconnect the pipe from the diesel overflow hose (1)

and the fuel distributor electrical connections (2).
9. Remove the nut (3) and loosen the fuel tank strap from
the steering column journal.
10. Remove the hand accelerator cable.
LAIL11TT0033A0A 8
11. Close the diesel cap (1) and disconnect the hose (2)
between the diesel tank and supply pump.
12. Remove the tractor fuel reservoir tank.
NOTE: It is advisable to drain the diesel from the fuel reser-
voir tank if the tank is more than half full.
LAIL11TT0034A0A 9
13. Remove the drop arm nut (1).
LAIL11TT0035A0A 10
14. Remove the drop arm from the steering roller shaft
using special tool No. 9971363.
NOTE: Before removing the drop arm from steering roller
shaft, note the position of the drop arm relative to the shaft.
This is normally shown by the marking line on the arm and
on the rear end of the steering roller shaft. If this mark is
not provided, make a mark on the drop arm and end face
of the shaft before removing. This is required to remount
the drop arm in its original position relative to the shaft.
LAIL11TT0036A0A 11
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 9
15. Remove the bolts (1) that hold the steering assembly
on the clutch housing.
16. Remove the steering assembly from the clutch hous-
ing.
LAIL11TT0037A0A 12
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 10
Steering control - Disassemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Steering assembly
1. Remove the steering assembly from the tractor as de-
scribed earlier.
2. Remove the oil drain plug (1) and drain the oil by tilting
the steering assembly.
LAIL11TT0468A0A 1
3. Rotate the inner column and keep the gear in mid-gear

position.
4. Loosen the jam nut on the adjuster screw (1) and re-
move the four bolts (2) that hold the side cover.
LAIL11TT0369A0A 2
5. Remove the cover plate and the rockshaft by gently

tapping the end of the shaft with a mallet.
LAIL11TT0370A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 11
6. Further loosen the adjusting jam nut and remove the

area’s cover plate.
LAIL11TT0371A0A 4
7. Remove the four bolts (1) that hold the outer column
into its housing.
LAIL11TT0372A0A 5
8. Remove the outer column assembly (1), along with the

top bearing cage assembly, and remove the shims (2).
LAIL11TT0373A0A 6
9. Take out the bottom bearing cage from the housing.
LAIL11TT0374A0A 7
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 12
10. Remove the inner column assembly (1) from the steer-
ing housing.
LAIL11TT0375A0A 8
11. Remove the bearing races (1) from the inner column
with a suitable extractor.
LAIL11TT0376A0A 9
12. Unscrew and remove the clamp screws for the trans-
fer tube retainer from the main nut.
LAIL11TT0377A0A 10
13. Remove the transfer tubes (1) from the main unit.
LAIL11TT0378A0A 11
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 13
14. Dislodge main nut ball by twisting the main nut (1)
in either direction. Collect the main nut balls (81 in
number).
15. After dislodging all the main nut balls, remove the
main nut from the inner column.
LAIL11TT0379A0A 12
16. Remove the oil seal (1) from the housing by carefully
levering it at diametrically opposite points.
LAIL11TT0380A0A 13
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 14
Steering control - Inspect

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. To maintain safety and reliability, all steering gear com-

ponents should be in good condition. If any damage is
noted, the components should replaced, not repaired.
2. Wash all parts prior to inspection. Inspection, repair
and assembly of steering parts must not be attempted
in dirty surroundings. Parts must be kept absolutely
clean.
3. Examine the steel balls and the bearing tracks of the
main nut and the inside column to look for undue wear
or erosion. If any of these components are damaged,
showing erosion, or splitting, the inside column and the
main nut assembly should be completely replaced.
4. Check for wear on the rack teeth portion of the main
nut.
5. Check for damages on the serration and threads of the
inner column. If any damage is observed, check serra-
tion of the corresponding mating serration of the steer-
ing wheel also for damages.
6. Check sector shaft for wear and damages at gear teeth,
spline and threads.
7. Check adjuster screw visually for any bend and threads
for damage and replace if necessary.
8. Check for axial play of the adjuster screw in the sector
shaft "T" slot. In case of excess play replace the spacer.
9. Examine the bearing and races for wear, pitting,
cracked, deformed cages. If evidence of the above are
found the bearing must be renewed. It is advisable to
replace both worm bearing together when renewal is
required.
10. Check fit of the sector shaft in the housing bush. If
a slack fit is apparent, replace both the bushes in the
housing.
11. Check fit of inner column upper bearing area in the
outer column bush. If a slack fit is apparent the rubber
sleeve in the outer column assembly should be driven
out and the bush to be replaced.
12. Check the transfer tube for any damages or wear es-
pecially at the tip and ball entry points.
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 15
Steering control - Assemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Fitting the steering cylinder

1. Clean all components before assembly. Care to be
taken to clean the shimming face of the housing and
outer column and cover plate seating area.
2. Insert the main nut into the inner column and align the
nut and auger shafts. Ensure that the ball circuit with
shorter pitch towards top.
3. Fit the top and bottom inner race on the inner column.
4. Count the Nos. If steel balls 9/32 in in diameter, in-
sert 23 Nos. into the shorter circuit and 38 Nos. into
the longer circuit. The 20 remaining Nos. should be
placed in two transfer tube assemblies (10 Nos. per
assembly), with enough grease to keep them in posi-
tion.
5. Ensure that the balls are assembled properly in the right
track. The track from the end of the top circuit to the
beginning of bottom circuit is called as ì no ball zoneî
and are should be taken to see that the balls does not
slips in to this zone. Any balls present in this zone
will damage the transfer tube leading to failure of the
steering mechanism.
6. Insert the transfer tubes in the correct position in the
primary nut. Keep the transfer tube retainer in position
over the transfer tubes and secure it with bolts and
washers. Check for free movement of the main nut on
the worm shaft.
7. Press the bottom bearing outer race in to positon in the
housing and place bearing cage over it.
8. Press the top bearing outer race in to positon in the
outer column.
9. Insert the inner column assembly in to the box and
place the top cage over the inner race.
10. Fit the outer column in to the housing without shims
and tighten the bolts to finger tight. Ensure proper
seating of the bearings and faces in position.
11. Measure the clearance between the housing face and
outer column with a feeler gauge to determine the
shim pack thickness. Deduct 0.002 in from the thick-
ness found.
12. Remove the outer column bolts and take out the outer
column assembly.
13. Apply a uniform bead of Anabond 666 to the housing
and outer column face.
14. Assemble the outer column assembly in to the hous-
ing by placing shims between the housing face and
outer column. Tighten the outer column bolts to
50 N·m after applying a thin coating of Holdtite on the
bolts.
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 16
15. Ensure smooth rotation of the inner column with out

axial movement. Adjust the shims if necessary to get
smooth rotation.
16. Insert the spacer in to the adjuster and fit to the T-slot
of the sector shaft. Check for axial play of the adjuster
screw. If there is still play, replace the spacer with a
thicker one. Adjuster screw should not be jammed
and should be free to rotate by hand.
17. Set the steering in the mid gear position.
18. Insert the spacer in the correct position, so that cen-
ter teeth of the sector shaft engages with the middle
portion of the main nut rack.
19. Apply a uniform coat of Anabond 666 on the housing
and fit the cover plate into the housing by engaging
the adjustment bolt provided in the cover plate.
20. Draw out the sector shaft adjuster screw fully.
21. Provide a thin coating of Holdtite on the bolts and
tighten the cover plate to 20 N·m.
22. Drive in the adjustment bolt until the required pre–load
of 60 – 90 Kg/cm² is achieved and tighten the adjust-
ment bolt lock nut. Ensure that the adjustment is done
in the mid gear position only.
23. Drive new seals in position in to the sector shaft side
of the housing.
24. Fit the dust sleeve and fix the drop arm by matching
the mark already made.
25. Place the tab washer, tighten the lock nut to 350 N·m
and fold the tab washer.
26. Fill the steering gear assembly with specified grade of
oil and check for smooth operation.
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 17
Steering control - Install

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Installation of the steering assembly

Installation of the steering assembly is the reverse of
the removal procedure, but observe the following:
1. The drop arm should be fitted on the steering roller
shaft so that each marking line matches up with the
other.
2. The splined section and the thread on the shaft should
be well lubricated with lubricating oil before pushing the
arm onto the splines.
3. If the position of the drop arm is not marked, you should
use the following method:
The steering gears should be turned exactly to the mid-
dle position. The front wheels should also be brought LAIL11TT0461A0A 1
as close as possible to the straight-ahead position. The
drop arm can then be placed in the required position on
the steering roller shaft. You must take the utmost care
at this time not to change the position of the steering or
the front wheels.
Small discrepancies can be balanced out by adjusting
the length of the track rod.
4. Finally, you should also check whether the assembly
fully locks when turned to the right and to the left. The
stop occurs on the backstop of the relevant axle ( (1),
Fig. 1). Under no circumstances can the stop occur
on the steering gear because this can cause serious
mechanical damage.
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 18
Steering control - Adjust

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Setups
Provision is made in the design for adjustments, so
that there is no backlash in the straight–ahead position
(SAP). However, there may be backlash when moving
out of SAP, which will increase toward the point where
the steering locks.
If there is excessive play in the steering wheel at SAP,
check and adjust the backlash as per the procedure
given below.
1. Rock the steering wheel and look for visual lift in the
ball joints. If there is excessive lift, the ball joint requires
replacement.
2. Keep the vehicle in the SAP. This detail is extremely
important, since the sector shaft is machined to give
more play at the extremity of each lock. Therefore, if
the backlash is adjusted at any position other than at
SAP, a serious lock-up could occur at SAP.
3. Disconnect the drag link from the drop arm.
4. Check the smaller end of the drop arm for any backlash
by rocking in the direction of movement.
5. Loosen the locking nut on the adjuster screw and screw
in the adjuster screw until there is no more play in the
drop arm.
6. Tighten the lock nut on the adjuster screw.
7. Pull the drag link.
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 19
Steering control - Troubleshooting

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

Pulling laterally Low tire pressure Check the tire pressure and inflate accord-
ingly.
Worn knuckle joint Replace knuckle joint
Wrong wheel alignment Check and correct the toe-in
Spindle bushing tight Check and replace bushing
Play between arm and spindle Replace the worn parts
Wheel bearing play Check and adjust the preload of the bear-
ings
One of the tires is more worn than the oth- Replace the worn tire
ers
Worn rim Replace rim
Broken / damaged / tight axle bearing Replace bearings
Hard steering Oil level or quality Check and replace or top-up
Tire pressure Check and inflate to correct pressure.
Clean and grease
Lack of grease Check toe-in setting
Wheel alignment Replace the bushing or repair the spindle.
Recondition or replace the tire
Spindle seize in bush Replace thrust washers
Tire too worn
Thrust washers damaged Check and adjust
Wrong play setting in steering assembly
Oscillation Worn knuckle joint pin Replace knuckle joint
King pin / spindle bush wear off Renew bushes
Steering play Adjust the play by adding or removing
shims on the auger shaft flange
Wrong wheel alignment Check and correct the toe-in
Steering roller shaft loose / play Adjust the play
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 20
Index
Steering - 41

Steering control - Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Steering control - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Steering control - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Steering control - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Steering control - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Steering control - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Steering control - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Steering control - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Steering control - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Steering control - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Steering control - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 21
47921938 07/02/2017
41.1 [41.101] / 22
Steering - 41
Hydraulic control components - 200
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 1
Contents
Steering - 41
TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic control components

Hydraulic control components - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA

SERVICE

Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Power steering control valve
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Steering circuit relief valve
Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 2
Steering - Hydraulic control components
Hydraulic control components - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Specifications
Type Hydrostat
Make Danfoss
Hydraulic circuit Independent pump
Oil Tank Located on the right-hand side of the engine
Oil filter Located inside the oil reservoir
Hydraulic pump
Type Gears
Drive From engine valve gear
Rotation Clockwise
Drive ratio 1 to 0.931
Flow at rated speed - 2328 RPM: 26.4 l/min
Flow on workbench at 1.450 RPM (
70102 Kg/cm²):
- New or reconditioned pump 15.3 l/min
- Used pump 10.7 l/min
- Test oil temperature 55 – 65 °C
- Test oil viscosity SAE 20 W
Diameter of drive/driven gear journal 17400 – 17418 mm
Internal diameter of bearing 17450 – 17470 mm
Gear journal play in bearing 0.032 – 0.070 mm
Maximum wear clearance. 0.1 mm
Gear clearance in pump body 0.020 – 0.064 mm
Maximum wear clearance 0.1 mm
Bearing Width 19.812 mm
Gear width 18.348 mm
Pump Body Width 58072 – 58122 mm
Bearing and gear end clearance in pump
0.1 – 0.2 mm
body
Control Valve Danfoss
Type Operated by the steering column
Outfit code:
Relief valve setting 100 bar
Adjusting the cylinder overload valve 200 bar
Front axle hydraulic cylinder
Type Dual action
Make Ognibene
Cylinder bore 48 mm
Piston rod diameter 22 mm
Maximum piston stroke with cylinder make 214 mm
Hydraulic control components - Torque

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 3
Tightening torques
Name Thread size Torque Nm
Capscrew, control valve support (C1) M16 x 1.5 150 N·m
Capscrew, control valve to tractor (C2) 0.375 in-16 UNC 45 N·m
Capscrew, cover to control valve (C3) M8 x 1 35 N·m
Nut, power cylinder pivot pin (C4) M18 x 1.5 300 N·m
Nut, power cylinder piston rod to steering arm (C5) M16 x 1.5 210 N·m
Nut, piston to rod (C6) M16 x 1.5 100 N·m
Capscrew, steering pump to engine (C7) M12 x 1.25 8 N·m
Nut, cover to pump body (C5) M6 x 1 50 N·m
Nut, drive sleeve to pump drive shaft (C5) 0.4375 in -20 UNF -2B 28 N·m
Hydraulic control components - Special tools

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Special tools
Steering wheel extractor 82834312
Adapter, pressure check for power steering (included in
291318
hydraulic pressure kit 292870)
Installer, rotor spring for power steering 292927
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 4
Hydraulic control components - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
LAIL11TT0040F0A 1
D1. Control Valve P. Hydraulic pump

E. Filter cartridge S. Return to the reservoir
H. Power cylinder T. Reservoir
M. Pump output line V. Steering wheel
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 5
Hydraulic control components - Test

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
System testing
When the hydrostatic steering system is in operation,
the pressure of oil supplied by the steering pump to the
steering motor can rise toward the maximum setting of
the steering motor relief valve, which is 120 bar, de-
pending on the tractor model.
Steering pump
There is no relief valve in the steering/low pressure
pump. The following practical test will determine if
steering pump output is sufficient to allow satisfactory
operation of the steering system.
Steering test
1. Run the engine at 1000 RPM.
2. Turn steering quickly from lock to lock. If steering is
operating correctly the reaction of the steering should
be immediate with no time delay between turning the
steering wheel and movement of the wheels. At full
lock the relief valve in the steering motor should be
heard to blow and the engine speed should drop to
approximately 970 RPM.
LAIL11TT0038A0A 1
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 6
Steering relief valve pressure test

NOTICE: There is no relief valve in the steering pump
and the following pressure test must only be performed as
specified below. Failure to observe this precaution may
result in severe damage to the hydraulic pump.
1. Turn steering onto full left hand lock.
2. Disconnect left hand turn feed hose at steering cylinder.
3. Install the pressure checking kit for the power steering
(Special Tool No. 292870 with adapter 271318). As
shown in Figure
4. Start the tractor and increase the throttle to 1450 RPM.
Turn the steering wheel to the left with a force of approx-
LAIL11TT0039A0A 2
imately 22 N (5 lb) and check the pressure reading.
NOTE: The use of a force greater than 2.25 kgf at the rim of
the steering wheel may lead to slightly inaccurate readings
due to the pumping action of the hydrostatic steering motor.
If the steering test was satisfactory but pressure read-
ings were outside the specification, the relief valve in
the steering motor must be adjusted. The pressure
measured should be 110 – 125 bar.
5. If the system pressure is not to specification proceed to
Relief Valve Adjustment.
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 7
Power steering control valve - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Position the tractor on a hard level surface and apply

the parking brake.
2. To gain access to the Steering motor:
• Remove tractor rear hood.
• Remove the fuel tank.
3. Disconnect the supply/return tubes and ‘O’ ring seals
from the steering motor and cap the ends of the tubes
and steering motor to prevent entry of foreign particles.
• To the tank, (1)
• From Pump, (2).
• Left Port, (3).
• Right Port, (4).
20096327 1
4. Remove the bolts, (1), at the base of the steering col-

umn and slide out the steering motor from the steering
column.
20098800 2
Next operation:
To remove the control valve for the hydraulic power steering, refer to the procedures in Power steering control valve
- Disassemble (41.200).
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 8
Power steering control valve - Disassemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To remove the control valve for the power steering, refer to the procedures in Power steering control valve - Remove
(41.200).
1. Hold the steering motor securely in a vice.

2. Remove the end cover bolts, (1). (6 plus one special
screw).
20096246 1
3. Remove the end cover, (1), sideways.
20096247 2
4. Lift the gear wheel set, (1), (with spacer fitted) off the
unit. Take out the O-rings.
20096248 3
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 9
5. Remove cardan shaft, (1).
20096249 4
6. Remove distributor plate, (1).
20096250 5
7. Screw out the threaded bushing, (1), over the check

valve.
20096251 6
8. Remove O-ring, (1).
20096252 7
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 10
9. Shake out the check valve ball and suction valve pins
and balls.
NOTE: Replace pins prior to the reassembly.
20096253 8
10. Take care to keep the cross pin in the sleeve and spool
horizontal. The pin can be seen through the open end
of the spool. Press the spool inwards and the sleeve,
ring, bearing races and needle bearing will be pushed
out of the housing together.
20096254 9
11. Take ring, (1), bearing races, (2), and needle bearing,
(3), from sleeve and spool. The outer (thin) bearing
race can sometimes "stick" in the housing, therefore
check that it has come out.
20096283 10
12. Press out the cross pin, (1). Use the special screw,
(2), from the end cover.
20096284 11
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 11
NOTE: A small mark has been made with pumice stone

on both spool and sleeve close to one of the slots for the
neutral position springs, Figure 12.
If the mark is not visible, remember to leave a mark of your
own on sleeve and spool before the neutral position springs
are dismantled.
20096285 12
13. Carefully press the spool, (1), out of the sleeve, (2).
20096286 13
14. Press the neutral position springs, (1), out of their slots
in the spool.
20096287 14
15. Remove dust seal and O-ring/kin-ring/Roto Glyd ring.
20096288 15
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 12
16. The steering unit OSPB is now completely dismantled.
20096289 16
Next operation:
To inspect the control valve for the power steering, see the procedures in Power steering control valve - Inspect
(41.200).
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 13
Power steering control valve - Inspect

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
When removing the power steering control valve, refer to the procedures in Power steering control valve - Disas-
semble (41.200) .
Cleaning and inspection

1. Clean all parts carefully in Shellsoi K or the like.
2. Replace all seals and washers. Check all parts care-
fully and make any replacements necessary.
3. Before assembling, lubricate all parts with hydraulic oil.
Next operation:
When fitting the power steering control valve, refer to the procedures in Power steering control valve - Assemble
(41.200).
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 14
Power steering control valve - Assemble

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To inspect the power steering control valve, see the procedures in Power steering control valve - Inspect (41.200).
1. Place the flat neutral position springs in the slot. Place

the curved springs between the flat ones and press
them into place.
20096290 1
2. Line up the spring set.
20096291 2
3. Guide the spool, (1), into the sleeve, (2). Make sure
that spool and sleeve are placed correctly in relation to
each other.
20096292 3
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 15
4. Assemble spool and sleeve.
20096293 4
NOTE: When assembling spool and sleeve, only two pos-

sible ways of positioning the spring slots are correct.
There are three slots in the spool and three holes in the
sleeve in the end of the spool/sleeve opposite to the end
with spring slots. Place the slots and holes opposite each
other so that parts of the holes in the sleeve are visible
through the slots in the spool.
20096294 5
5. Press the springs together and push the neutral posi-

tion springs into place in the sleeve.
20096295 6
6. Line up the springs and center them.
20096296 7
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 16
7. Guide the ring, (1), down over the sleeve.

NOTE: The ring should be able to move-free of springs.
20096297 8
8. Install the cross pin, (1), into the spool/sleeve, (2).
20096298 9
9. Install bearing races and needle bearing as shown in

11.
86071903 10
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 17
Assembly Pattern for Standard Bearing
20096299 11
1. Outer bearing race 4. Spool

2. Needle bearing 5. Coupling
3. Inner bearing race
NOTE: The inside chamfer on the inner bearing race must face the inner spool.
Installation of O-ring/king ring/roto Glyd ring
1. Turn the steering unit until the bore is horizontal in po-

sition. Guide the outer part of the assembly tool into
the hole for the spool/sleeve.
20096300 12
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 18
2. Grease O-ring and king ring/ roto Glyd ring with hy-
draulic oil and place them on the tool.
20096301 13
3. Hold the outer part of the assembly tool in the bottom

of the steering unit housing and guide the inner part of
the tool right to the bottom.
20096302 14
4. Press and turn the O - ring/kin - ring into position in the

housing.
20096303 15
5. Draw the inner and outer parts of the assembly tool

out of the steering unit bore, leaving the guide from the
inner part in the bore.
20096304 16
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 19
Installation of Lip Seal
1. Lubricate the lip seal with hydraulic oil and place it on

the assembly tool.
20096305 17
2. Guide the assembly tool right to the bottom.
20096306 18
3. Press and turn the lip seal into place in the housing.
20096307 19
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 20
4. With a light turning movement, guide the spool and

sleeve into the hole.
NOTE: Install the spool set holding the cross pin horizontal.
20096308 20
5. The spool set will push out the assembly tool guide.
The O - ring and kin/roto Glyd are now in position.
20096309 21
6. Turn the steering unit until the bore is vertical again.

Put the check valve ball, (1), into the hole indicated by
the arrow.
20096310 22
7. Screw the threaded bushing, (1), lightly into the check

valve bore. The top of the bush must lie just below the
surface of the housing.
20096251 23
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 21
8. Place a ball in the holes, (1).
20096311 24
9. Place the new pins in the same holes.
20096312 25
10. Grease the O-ring with mineral oil.
20096313 26
11. Place the distributor plate so that the channel holes

match the holes in the housing.
20096314 27
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 22
12. Guide the cardan shaft down into the bore so that the
slot is parallel with the connection flange.
20096315 28
13. Place the cardan shaft as shown - so that it is held in

position by mounting fork.
20096316 29
14. Grease the O-rings with mineral oil and place them in
the two grooves in the gear rim. Install the gearwheel
and rim on the cardan shaft.
20096317 30
NOTICE: Install the gearwheel (rotor) and cardon shaft so

that a tooth base in the rotor is positioned in relation to the
shaft slot as shown. Turn the gear rim so that the through
holes match the holes in the housing.
20096318 31
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 23
15. Install the spacer if applicable.
20096319 32
16. Place the end cover in position.
20096320 33
17. Install the special screw with washer and place it in

the hole, (1).
20096321 34
18. Fit the bolts with washers and insert them. Torque all
the bolts and the roll pin to 3.0 – 3.6 N·m (27 – 32 lb
in). The steering motor can now be function tested.
20096246 35
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 24
19. Install the dust seal in the housing using suitable tool
and a plastic hammer.
20096322 36
20. Press the plastic plugs into the connection ports.

NOTE: Do not use a hammer.
20096323 37
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 25
Steering circuit relief valve - Adjust

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Relief valve adjustment – all models

With reference to Fig. 1
NOTE: To adjust the steering system relief valve it is necessary to remove the steering motor from the steering bracket,
to gain access to the hexagon headed adjusting screw.
1. Release the steering motor from the steering bracket
using the procedures described in Power steering
control valve - Remove (41.200) .
2. Fabricate suitable test hose to connect pump pipeline
to steering motor. Connect locally procured ‘T’ joint be-
tween test hose and steering motor and Install pressure
gauge as shown in the Figure.
3. Block the plug connections to steering cylinder with
suitable blanking cap.
4. Connect the return hose normally. If required connect
with extra hose and suitable adopter.
5. Start the engine and idle it between 1.450 RPM and
1.500 RPM. Keep the engine running until the trans-
mission oil reaches normal operating temperature.
6. With the engine running, turn the steering motor shaft
to obtain full lock. The pressure gauge should read
120 bar.
7. If the pressure readings are not correct, zero the ad-
juster (11) using a 8 mm hexagonal wrench.
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 26
LAIL11TT0462A0A 1
1. Plug. 7. Pressure Gauge – 0 – 5.000 lbf.

2. Steering axle. 8. Swivel running Tee.
3. Relief valve. 9. Blanking cap.
4. Fabricated steering motor output hose. 10. Spring.
5. Tractor tubing to steering cylinder. 11. Adjuster.
6. Fabricated hose for pump supply to steering motor.
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 27
Index
Steering - 41

Hydraulic control components - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic control components - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Hydraulic control components - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic control components - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Hydraulic control components - Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Power steering control valve - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Power steering control valve - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Power steering control valve - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Power steering control valve - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Steering circuit relief valve - Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
47921938 07/02/2017
41.2 [41.200] / 28
Steering - 41
Cylinders - 216
47921938 07/02/2017
41.3 [41.216] / 1
Contents
Steering - 41
Cylinders - 216
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Cylinders
Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Steering cylinder
Detailed view (Non-powered front axle) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Exploded view (Non-powered front axle) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
Cylinders
Disassemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Steering cylinder
Remove (Non-powered front axle) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Disassemble (Non-powered front axle) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Assemble (Non-powered front axle) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Install (Non-powered front axle) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
47921938 07/02/2017
41.3 [41.216] / 2
Steering - Cylinders
Cylinders - Exploded view

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Steering cylinder group
LAIL11TT0165F0A 1
1. Nut 14. Seal

2. Swivel Housing 15. Cylinder Head
3. Tie rod 16. O-ring
4. Nut 17. O-ring
5. Constant velocity joint 18. Liner
6. Fixing bolt 19. Rod
7. Steering cylinder 20. O-ring
8. Constant velocity joint 21. O-ring
9. Nut 22. O-ring
10. Tie rod 23. Cylinder Head
11. Nut 24. Seal
12. Housing 25. Seal
13. Seal
47921938 07/02/2017
41.3 [41.216] / 3
Steering cylinder - Detailed view (Non-powered front axle)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
Steering cylinder
LAIL11TT0229F0A 1
1. Nut 5. Cylinder mounting bracket

2. Washer 6. Spacer
3. Nut 7. Bolt
4. Washer
47921938 07/02/2017
41.3 [41.216] / 4
Steering cylinder - Exploded view (Non-powered front axle)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
Steering cylinder assembly
LAIL11TT0168F0A 1
1. Cylinder 5. Cylinder Rod

2. Wiper Seal 6. Gland and Seal Assembly
3. Retaining ring 7. Piston
4. Gland Nut 8. Nut
47921938 07/02/2017
41.3 [41.216] / 5
Cylinders - Disassemble (Narrow shaft)

TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A

way. See the exploded view of the assembly in Cylin-
ders - Exploded view (41.216).
1. Loosen the nut (3) with enough turns until it is protrud-
ing over the threaded pin end of the tie rod (1). Tap the
nut (3) with an appropriate hammer in order to separate
the tie rod (1) from the swivel housing (2).
NOTICE: Do not beat on the threaded pin end of the tie rod
(3).
NOTE: This may damage the nut (1). Repeat the whole
sequence at the other side.
LAIL11TT0503A0A 1
2. Remove the tie rods (3) and (9) by loosening the nuts
(4) and (10) with a suitable wrench, then check their
condition. Unscrew the fastening bolts (6), remove the
two cylinder heads (15) and (23) and the steering cylin-
der (7) out of its housing, if necessary use a rubber
hammer.
3. Remove only parts that need to be overhauled and/or
replaced.
LAIL11TT0504A0A 2
4. Remove the rod (19) and liner (18).

5. Remove all the seals and O-rings ( (13), (14), (16), (17),
(20), (21), (22), (24) and (25)) from the cylinder heads
(15) and (23), and the rod (19).
LAIL11TT0505A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
41.3 [41.216] / 6
Cylinders - Assemble
TT3840F LA
TT3880F LA
DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
Prior operation:
For removing the power steering cylinder from the narrow shaft, see the procedures in Cylinders - Disassemble
(Narrow shaft) (41.216) .
Mounting
way. See the exploded view of the system in Cylinders
- Exploded view (41.216).
1. Fit the new seals and O-rings (13), (14), (16), (17), (20),
(21), (22), (24) and (25) on the cylinder heads (15) and
(23) on the rod piston (19).
LAIL11TT0387A0A 1
2. Slide the rod (9) inside the liner (18).

3. Slide the pre-assembled cylinder (7) onto its seat on
the axle beam.
LAIL11TT0388A0A 2
4. Slide the two cylinder heads (15) and (23) onto the rod
(19).
LAIL11TT0528A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
41.3 [41.216] / 7
5. Fit connecting rods (3) and (10), constant velocity joints

(5) and (8), nuts (4) and (9) to the rod ends (19), then
tighten to the torque specified in Powered front axle -
Torque (Narrow shaft) (25.100).
LAIL11TT0389A0A 4
Position the two cylinder heads (15) and (23) as shown

in the picture.
LAIL11TT0390A0A 5
6. Fit the bolts (6) and tighten them to the torque given in
Powered front axle - Torque (Narrow shaft) (25.100).
LAIL11TT0495A0A 6
7. Align the housing (12) with the axle.

Screw the connecting rod (10) so that its constant ve-
locity joint can be inserted into the housing arm (12).
NOTE: It is important to unscrew the auto-lock nut (9) to
carry out this operation.
8. Repeat the whole sequence of the mentioned opera-
tions to the other side.
LAIL11TT0525A0A 7
47921938 07/02/2017
41.3 [41.216] / 8
9. Insert the end of the connecting rod (3) into the housing
(2).
10. Fit the auto-lock nut (1) and tighten it to the torque
shaft) (25.100).
11. Repeat the whole sequence of the mentioned opera-
tions to the other side.
LAIL11TT0526A0A 8
12. Only tighten auto-lock nuts (4) and (9) of connecting

rods (3) and (10) when you have adjusted the toe-in.
Consult the procedures in Powered front axle - Toe
in adjust (Narrow shaft) (25.100).
LAIL11TT0527A0A 9
47921938 07/02/2017
41.3 [41.216] / 9
Steering cylinder - Remove (Non-powered front axle)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
Removal
1. Stand the tractor on a hard level surface and position
the front wheel in the straight ahead position.
2. Disconnect flexible pipes, cap the open pipe ends and
remove hose clamps.
NOTICE: Position of flexible pipes and orientation of con-
nectors must be the same upon re–assembly.
3. Remove the nut securing the cylinder rod ball joint
to the steering arm and separate the joint, Steering
cylinder - Detailed view (Non-powered front axle)
(41.216).
4. Remove the nut (3) securing the steering cylinder on
the front axle beam.
5. Remove the steering cylinder from the tractor and re-
move the washer (4), spacer (6) and bolt (pivot pin) (7).
Next operation:
When removing the power steering cylinder, see the procedures in Steering cylinder - Disassemble (Non-powered
front axle) (41.216).
47921938 07/02/2017
41.3 [41.216] / 10
Steering cylinder - Disassemble (Non-powered front axle)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
To remove the power steering cylinder from the narrow shaft, see the procedures in Steering cylinder - Remove
(Non-powered front axle) (41.216).
1. Using an appropriate ‘C’ spanner, unscrew and remove

the bushing nut (4).
2. Using a punch, push the steering cylinder bushing into
the cylinder and remove the wire locking ring (3).
3. Pull out the rod (5) and bushing assembly (6) from the
cylinder.
4. Remove the nut from the cylinder rod and disassemble
to replace seals.
5. Inspect the bore of the cylinder and replace if scored.
LAIL11TT0115A0A 1
Next operation:
To fit the steering cylinder, see the procedures in Steering cylinder - Assemble (Non-powered front axle) (41.216).
47921938 07/02/2017
41.3 [41.216] / 11
Steering cylinder - Assemble (Non-powered front axle)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
When removing the power steering cylinder, see the procedures in Steering cylinder - Disassemble (Non-powered
1. Reassemble the cylinder in the reverse to diassembly,

lubricating all components as assembled. Replace all
seals supplied in the service seal kit.
NOTICE: The seal located in the centre of the gland is re-
placeable.
LAIL11TT0116A0A 1
Next operation:
When fitting the power steering cylinder on the axle, see the procedures in Steering cylinder - Install (Non-powered
47921938 07/02/2017
41.3 [41.216] / 12
Steering cylinder - Install (Non-powered front axle)

TT3840 LA
TT4030 LA
Prior operation:
When fitting the power steering cylinder, see the procedures in Steering cylinder - Assemble (Non-powered front
axle) (41.216).
1. Installation is the reversal of the removal procedure.

Reverse the procedure described in Steering cylinder
- Remove (Non-powered front axle) (41.216).
47921938 07/02/2017
41.3 [41.216] / 13
Index
Steering - 41
Cylinders - 216
Cylinders - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cylinders - Disassemble (Narrow shaft) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Cylinders - Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Steering cylinder - Assemble (Non-powered front axle) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Steering cylinder - Detailed view (Non-powered front axle) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Steering cylinder - Disassemble (Non-powered front axle) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Steering cylinder - Exploded view (Non-powered front axle) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Steering cylinder - Install (Non-powered front axle) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Steering cylinder - Remove (Non-powered front axle) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47921938 07/02/2017
41.3 [41.216] / 14
47921938 07/02/2017
41.3 [41.216] / 15
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47921938 07/02/2017
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Wheels
47921938 07/02/2017
44
Contents
Wheels - 44
[44.511] Front wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.1
47921938 07/02/2017
44
Wheels - 44
Front wheels - 511
47921938 07/02/2017
44.1 [44.511] / 1
Contents
Wheels - 44
Front wheels - 511
TECHNICAL DATA
Front wheels
Tires - Compatibility table (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
44.1 [44.511] / 2
Wheels - Front wheels
Tires - Compatibility table

The compatibility table shows the combinations that you can use when you choose new tractor tires. Cells with “X”
indicate released combinations of front and rear tires. Empty cells indicate combinations that have not been tested
or released.
NOTE: Never use tires from unapproved combinations.
NOTICE: The compatibility tables are continually reviewed by NEW HOLLAND. New combinations that may be more
suitable to your activity are often released. See your NEW HOLLAND dealer when you change your machine’s tires.
Table of Acronyms
Acronym Meaning Acronym Meaning
GY Goodyear ALLT All Traction
BF Bfgoodrich DYT II Dyna Torque II
T Titan DYT III Dyna Torque III
TR Trelleborg MXB Maxibib
MI Michelin AGB Agribib
FI Firestone 125A6 Power Grip 125 A6
PI Pirelli RDT 23 Radial DT 23°
S-ARZ Super Rice Tire SAT 23 Super All Traction 23°
S-ARZ TD8 Super Rice Tire TD8 T 414 Twin 414
SSG TD8 Special Sure Grip TD8 PWT Power Torque
TFR Traction Field & Road PWG Power Gripper
STR ST Radial R1 Normal grip
SAT FWD Super All Traction FWD R2 High Grip
CF-151 Champion F-151 GZ Guizhou
CGG Champion G.G. CAP Load capacity
CSG II Champion Space Grid II. F.T. Front Tires
S-LM Super Mud Tire R.T. Rear Tires
TRC-CA Cultivator Tractor MANUF Manufacturer
47921938 07/02/2017
44.1 [44.511] / 3
TT3840: Compatibility table for front and rear tires. Transmission ratio: 1.4100
Table code: 87679544P
Measure 9.5x24 R1 12.4x24 R1 8.3x24 R1
Check the acronyms in the table below CAP 6 PR 6 PR 6PR
F.T. SAT 23 R-1 TM 95 DYT II TM 95 R-1 CGG
Measure CAP R.T. MANUF FI GZ PI GY PI GZ FI
DYT II FI X X X
TC GY X X
PWT PI X X
13.6x38 R1 6 PR
TM 64/R PI X X
TM 93 PI X X
TM 75 PI X
SAT FWD GY X
TM 95 FI X X
16.9x28 R1 8 PR
PWT FI X
R-1 PI X
14.9x28 R1 8 PR PWT GY X
44.1 [44.511] / 4
47921938 07/02/2017
TT3840F and TT3880F: Compatibility table for front and rear tires. Transmission ratio: 1.4974
Measure 8.0 x 18 R1 8.0 x 16 R1
Check the acronyms in the table below CAP 12 PR 8PR
F.T. Front 2 DYT III
Measure CAP R.T. MANUF Maggion GY
TM95 PI X
CGG FI X
14.9X24 R1 6 PR
SAT 23 FI X
BF 125 A6 MI X
12.4x24 R1 8 PR DYT II GY X
44.1 [44.511] / 5
47921938 07/02/2017
TT4030: Compatibility table for front and rear tires. Transmission ratio: 1.3800
Measure 11.2x24 R1 12.4x24 R1 8.3X24 R1
Check the acronyms in the table below CAP 6 PR 6 PR 6 PR
F.T. DYT II DYT II TM 95 R-1 CGG
Measure CAP R.T. MANUF FI GY PI GZ FI
DYT II GY X
16.9x30 R1 8 PR
TM 93 PI X
DYT II GY X X
18.4x30 R1 10 PR TM 95 PI X
R-1 GZ X
14.9x28 R1 8 PR PWT GY X
44.1 [44.511] / 6
47921938 07/02/2017
Index
Wheels - 44
Front wheels - 511

Tires - Compatibility table (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
44.1 [44.511] / 7
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47921938 07/02/2017
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Electrical systems
47921938 07/02/2017
55
Contents
Electrical systems - 55
[55.201] Engine starting system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.1
[55.301] Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.2
[55.100] Harnesses and connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.3
[55.302] Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.4
[55.408] Warning indicators, alarms, and instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.5
47921938 07/02/2017
55
Engine starting system - 201
47921938 07/02/2017
55.1 [55.201] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine starting system

Engine starter
Engine starter - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Engine starter
SERVICE
Engine starter
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
47921938 07/02/2017
55.1 [55.201] / 2
Electrical systems - Engine starting system
Engine starting system - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Specifications
Nominal voltage 12 V
Nominal output 2.7 kW
Rotation (view from the operator seat) Clockwise
No. of teeth on the pinion 10
No. of poles 4
Stator winding Electrical stimulation
Control Vehicle start switch
Operation Pre-activated solenoid for direct drive
Pinion stroke 18 mm
Solenoid details
Winding resistance at 20 °C
Pull-in winding 0.24 Ω
Hold-in winding 1.05 Ω
Current draw of 12 V
Pull-in + hold-in – instant (max.) 60 A
Hold-in – continuous (max.) 12 A
47921938 07/02/2017
55.1 [55.201] / 3
Engine starter - Torque

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Tightening torque
Starter motor mounting bolts M12 x 1.5 74 N·m
47921938 07/02/2017
55.1 [55.201] / 4
Engine starter - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA

The tractor has a 12 V starter driven by a pre-action solenoid.
When you put the key in the start position, it establishes an electrical circuit from the key switch to the starter solenoid,
passing through the safe start switch mounted in the switch box. The electricity in this circuit powers the solenoid coils
and the solenoid plunger is magnetically attracted to the solenoid core. This movement, transmitted by a mechanical
coupling, pulls the drive pinion to engage with the flywheel ring gear. When the pinion is completely engaged with
the ring gear, the solenoid plunger reaches the end of its stroke and makes contact with a switch that connects the
battery directly to the starter. This switch takes power directly from the battery to the starter. It makes the engine
rotate, which drives the engine and causes it to start.
When the key switch is released, battery power to the solenoid is disconnected. The solenoid plunger returns to its
rest position (aided by the plunger spring) and the starter pinion disengages from the flywheel ring gear. This also
breaks the connection with the battery. Installation of a free wheel between the starter and the pinion protects the
starter from excessive rotation.
LAIL11TT0230F0A 1
1. Ignition and starter switch or drive switch

2. Solenoid switch
3. Return spring
4. Excitation coil series coil
5. Hitch lever
6. Roller-type overrunning clutch
7. Pinion
47921938 07/02/2017
55.1 [55.201] / 5
8. Battery
9. Armature
1. Idle position
No current goes into the starter and the pinion is not engaged.
2. Favorable gear position
Power goes to the pull-in coil and the hold-in coil. A pinion tooth catches between the teeth of the ring gear and
the pinion immediately engages. The diagram shows the position of the starter shortly before the main current is
switched on.
3. Unfavorable gear position
A pinion tooth meets a ring gear tooth. The coupling lever in its final position, the gear spring compressed, and
no power to the pull-in coil. The main current flows and the armature rotates. The pinion attempts to engage with
the ring gear.
4. Final position
The coupling lever in its final position with no power to the pull-in coil. The main current flows and the pinion fully
engages. The engine starts.
47921938 07/02/2017
55.1 [55.201] / 6
Engine starter - Remove

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Disconnect the battery from the electrical circuit.

2. Disconnect connectors (1), (2) and (3).
3. Loosen the mounting bolts and remove the tractor’s
starter.
NOTICE: Only an authorized MICO dealer should repair
the starter.
Fitting a starter is the reverse of the removal procedure.
LAIL11TT0427A0A 1
Next operation:
Perform the procedures for testing the starter in Engine starter - Test (55.201).
47921938 07/02/2017
55.1 [55.201] / 7
Engine starter - Test

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
System testing
NOTICE: Before performing any test on the starting sys-

tem, check that the battery is fully charged and in good
condition.
Test for voltage supply to the starter solenoid

1. Connect the voltmeter between the battery terminal for
the starter solenoid and the chassis ground.
2. If the voltmeter reads below the battery voltage, check
the battery connections with the solenoid and with the
chassis ground.
LAIL11TT0428A0A 1
Test for voltage supply "with load” on the solenoid

1. Connect the voltmeter between the battery terminal for
the starter solenoid and the chassis ground.
2. Start the engine with the fuse of the fuel injection pump
removed, to prevent start-up.
3. If the voltmeter indicates less than 9.6 V during start-
up, check the battery. If the battery is in good condi-
tion, check for incorrect connections between the bat-
tery and the starter or a fault with the starter.
4. If the voltage is greater than 11 V and the starting speed
is low, check for faults with the starter.
LAIL11TT0430A0A 2
47921938 07/02/2017
55.1 [55.201] / 8
Safety start-up circuit test

1. Connect the voltmeter between the start-up circuit for
the solenoid safety and the chassis ground.
2. Start the engine.
3. If the reading is less than 8.5 V, check the ignition key,
the safety start-up switch and the connections.
LAIL11TT0430A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
55.1 [55.201] / 9
Index

Engine starter - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engine starter - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine starter - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Engine starter - Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Engine starting system - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
55.1 [55.201] / 10
Alternator - 301
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 1
Contents
Alternator - 301
TECHNICAL DATA
Alternator
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Alternator
Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Alternator
SERVICE
Alternator
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Test Alternator Amp Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Test Full Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
- Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Test - Amperage (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Tension adjust - Belt (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Test - Ignition Circuit (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 2
Electrical systems - Alternator
Alternator - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Specifications
Rotation (seen from the pulley end) Clock Wise
Circuit speed at 12 V and 25 °C 1050 – 1150 RPM
Outlet at 14 V by the battery after warm-up 23 A
Rotor coil resistance between the manifold rings - 20 °C 3.4 – 3.8 Ω
Rotation of the tractor alternator - 2328 RPM 6000 RPM
Drive ratio 1:1992
Alternator pulley torque 41 N·m
Voltage Regulator
Type Integrated to the alternator
Alternator test RPM 4000 RPM
Adjust tension 13.6 – 14 V
Alternator - General specification


Rotation (seen from the front of the pulley) Clockwise
Alternator current at 1100 RPM 0A
Alternator current at 1500 RPM 28 A
Alternator current at 6000 RPM 90 A
Voltage regulator Integrated to the alternator
Alternator - Torque

Torque for the bolt that secures the pulley on the 80.0 – 90.0 N·m (59.0 – 66.4 lb ft)
alternator
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 3
Alternator - Exploded view

CUIL16TR00910GA 1
Reference Description Reference Description

(1) Pulley (7) Stator
(2) Fan (8) Rectifier
(3) Flange (9) Shield assembly
(4) Bearing (10) Protector
(5) Protection (11) Regulator
(6) Rotor
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 4
Alternator - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
The Alternator is fitted on the right side of the engine and

driven by the fan belt. The two electrical cables ( (1)
and (2)) connects the alternator to the electrical system.
The small wire (1) is connected from the key start switch
through the battery warning light. The other larger wire
(2) is connected to the battery.
ALTERNATOR FUNCTION
When the key switch is turned on, a 12 V electrical circuit
is made through a 1.4 W bulb, used as the battery warning
light, to the alternator. This circuit illuminates the bulb and
supplies a small electrical current, which partially magne-
tizes the rotor of the alternator.
20098421 1
When the engine starts and begins to drive the alternator,
electricity will be produced. Once the Voltage produced
rises above battery voltage, the circuit through the bat-
tery-warning bulb is disconnected and light extinguished.
As the alternator voltage is now above battery voltage,
electricity starts to flow through the large wire connected
directly to the battery. An inbuilt regulator is used to limit
the maximum voltage to 14 V.
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 5
Alternator - Remove
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Disconnect battery from electric circuit.

2. Disconnect connections, (1) and (2).
3. Loosen bolts and remove belt guard (3).
20098421 1
4. Slacken and remove the nut and bolt, (1) fastening the
alternator to the belt stretcher, (2).
5. Move the alternator to reduce belt tension and remove
it from the alternator pulley.
6. Screw out the alternator mounting bolts and remove the
alternator.
NOTE: Alternator should be serviced as a complete as-
sembly.
20098421 2
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 6
Alternator - Test Alternator Amp Test

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Remove lead from Alternator terminal, connect an Am-

meter (minimum 30 A capacity) between B+ terminal
and B+ lead .
Crank engine on starter (with fuel shut-off). Start en-

gine, switch on all electrical loads.
Ammeter should show 40 – 45 A initially, gradually re-

ducing as battery is charged.
If Alternator output is low, ensure connections between

battery and alternator are good.
If connections are good, but Alternator output is low, 20099878 1

repair or replace Alternator as required.
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 7
Alternator - Install
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
1. Secure the alternator with alternator mounting bolts.

2. Place the belt in the alternator pulley and move the
alternator to increase the belt tension.
3. Assemble the nut and bolt, (1) fastening the alternator
to the belt stretcher, (2).
20098421 1
4. Tighten the belt, (1), to 10 – 13 mm (0.4 – 0.5 in) de-

flection when moderate finger pressure is applied to the
longest run of the belt.
20098780 2
5. Install the bolts securing belt guard, (1).

6. Reconnect connections, (2) and (3).
7. Reconnect battery to the electric circuit.
20098421 3
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 8
Alternator - Test
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
NOTE: Ensure that the battery is at least 75% charged

before commencing alternator test.
Alternator Quick Test

1. Battery warning light should illuminate when the key
switch is turned to position 2.
20098421 1
1. D - Terminal
2. B+ - Terminal
If the warning light does not fully illuminate when the key
switch is turned on, check the fuse and bulb. If the fuse
or bulb was not the cause, check the wiring connections
to the alternator.
To do this, disconnect the lead from the Alternator
‘D’ terminal. Touch the lead to a good/clean chassis
ground with the ignition switch in position 2.
Result Possible cause Remedy

Bulb illuminates Alternator faulty Repair or Replace Alternator
Bulb does not illuminate Faulty circuit Check fuse, bulb and wiring from key
switch to alternator
2. If result from test shows that wiring is satisfactory, but

alternator performance is still doubtful, check alternator
output.
3. To do this, connect a voltmeter between Alternator ‘B+’
terminal and chassis ground, leaving all connections
intact.

12.5 V(or battery voltage) System good None
Less than battery voltage Faulty circuit Check fusible link at Starter
Check wiring between battery and
alternator
4. If Battery voltage is shown, start the engine.
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 9

13.6 – 14 V Battery warning light System good None
extinguished.
Less/more than 13.6 – 14 V. Engine RPM low. Increase engine RPM.
Battery warning light illuminated Alternator faulty. Repair or replace alternator.
Faulty circuit Check fusible link and wiring to
battery.
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 10
Alternator - Test Full Test

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Check battery condition and Alternator belt as de-

scribed in Alternator - Test (55.301).
Ignition Circuit Test

1. Battery warning light should illuminate when the key
switch is turned on.
If the warning light is not fully illuminated, check the
bulb and fuse. If the bulb or fuse is not the cause, check
the wiring connections to the alternator.
• Disconnect lead from Alternator ‘D’ terminal, connect
voltmeter between ‘D’ lead and chassis ground. With
ignition switch on voltmeter should show 12 V.
If there is a fault with the ignition or warning light circuit.
• If meter shows 12 V, test the alternator connection.
20099879 1
With D lead connected to alternator terminal, connect

voltmeter between ‘D’ terminal and chassis ground.
With key switch on voltmeter should show between 1
– 15 V.
If less there may be a height resistance fault in the key
switch / warning light circuit or a fault with the alternator.
If considerably more than 1.5 V, fault is with the alter-
nator.
Repair or replace as required.
20099880 2
Alternator Output Test

Alternator should supply DC current at 13.6 – 14 V in
order to charge the battery and power accessories.
• To test. connect voltmeter between alternator ‘B+’
terminal and chassis ground, leaving wiring intact.
With the engine off, voltmeter should show battery
voltage.
If less. there is a fault with the charging circuit.
20099881 3
Start the engine with connections as above, increase

engine speed until battery warning light extinguishes.
Voltmeter should show 13.6 – 14 V.
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 11
If less, then Alternator is faulty. If considerably more,

then regulator is faulty.
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 12
Alternator - Remove
CAUTION
Avoid injury!
footwear.
C0145A
1. Disconnect battery from electric circuit.

2. Remove the connections (1) and (2).
20098421 1
3. Remove the nuts and the bolts (1) and (2).

4. Move the alternator to reduce the belt tension. Remove
the belt from the alternator pulley.
5. Remove the lower bolt (3). Remove the alternator.
CUIL16TR00335AA 2
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 13
Alternator - Install
CAUTION
Avoid injury!
footwear.
C0145A
1. Install the alternator with the lower bolt (3).

2. Place the belt in the alternator pulley and move the
alternator to increase the belt tension.
3. Assemble the nuts of the bolts (1) and (2) that secure
the alternator to the belt tensioner. See the procedures
for adjustment of the belt tension at Alternator - Ten-
sion adjust - Belt (55.301).
CUIL16TR00335AA 1
4. Reconnect the connections (2) and (3).

5. Reconnect the battery to the electric circuit.
20098421 2
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 14
Alternator - Test - Amperage

CAUTION
Avoid injury!
footwear.
C0145A
1. Remove lead from Alternator terminal, connect an Am-

meter (minimum 30 A capacity) between B+ terminal
and B+ lead .
2. Crank engine on starter (with fuel shut-off). Start en-
gine, switch on all electrical loads.
3. Ammeter should show 40 – 45 A initially, gradually re-
ducing as battery is charged.
4. If Alternator output is low, ensure connections between
battery and alternator are good.
5. If connections are good, but Alternator output is low,
repair or replace Alternator as required.
20099878 1
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 15
Alternator - Tension adjust - Belt

WARNING
Entanglement hazard!
Always stop the engine and engage the parking brake, unless otherwise instructed in this manual,
before checking and/or adjusting any drive belt or chain.
W0097A
1. Open the engine hood.

2. Remove the bolts (1). Remove the guard (2).
CUIL16TR00302AA 1
3. Unscrew the bolt (1).

4. Loosen the lower bolt that secures the alternator to the
engine block.
5. Remove the drive belt
CUIL16TR00217AA 2
6. Install a new drive belt as shown in the adjacent image.

NOTE: Ensure the correct direction of rotation of the belt.
CUIL16TR00337AA 3
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 16
7. Press the ball (1) of the tool 380001325 so that the

lower rods fit into the belt.
NOTE: To obtain a uniform tension, do not position the tool
under the seam of the belt.
NOTE: Purchase the tool on the local market or from your
dealer.
CUIS15TR00246AA 4
8. Keep the tool flush on the edge of the belt. Release the
ball (1) in one single movement.
CUIS15TR00247AA 5
9. Perform the reading on the gauge (2). The correct

specification for the belt should be 30.6 – 40.8 kg ( 300
– 400 N)
10. If the value is not correct, adjust the alternator to the
correct specification. Remove the belt tool.
CUIS15TR00247AA 6
11. Tighten bolts (1), (2), and (3).

12. Install the belt guard.
CUIL16TR00335AA 7
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 17
Alternator - Test
CAUTION
Avoid injury!
footwear.
C0145A
Alternator Quick Test

1. Ensure that the battery is at least 75% charged before
commencing alternator test.
2. Turn the ignition key to position 2. The battery warning
lamp should come on.
(1): Terminal D.
(2): Terminal B+
3. If the warning light does not fully illuminate when the
key switch is turned on, check the fuse and bulb. If
the fuse or bulb was not the cause, check the wiring
connections to the alternator.
4. Disconnect the cable from the terminal (D) (1) of the
alternator. Touch the lead to a good/clean chassis
ground with the ignition switch in position 2. 20098421 1
Result Possible Cause Resolve

Bulb illuminates Alternator faulty Repair or Replace Alternator
Check fuse, bulb and wiring from key
Bulb does not illuminate Faulty circuit
switch to alternator
5. If result from test shows that wiring is satisfactory, but

alternator performance is still doubtful, check alternator
output.
6. To do this, connect a voltmeter between terminal (B+)
(2) of the alternator and chassis ground, leaving all con-
nections intact.

12.5 V(or battery voltage) System good None
Check fusible link at Starter
Less than battery voltage Faulty circuit Check wiring between battery and
alternator
7. If Battery voltage is shown, start the engine.

13.6 – 14 V: The battery warning light
System good None
is off.
Low engine speed. Increase the engine rpm
Less/more than 13.6 – 14 V: The Faulty alternator. Repair or replace alternator.
battery warning light is on Check fusible link and wiring to
Faulty circuit
battery.
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 18
Alternator - Test - Ignition Circuit

CAUTION
Avoid injury!
footwear.
C0145A
Prior operation:
Alternator - Test (55.301)..
Identification of terminals: (1): Terminal D.

(2): Terminal B+
20098421 1
1. The battery warning light should illuminate when the

key switch is turned on.
2. If the warning light is not fully illuminated, check the
bulb and fuse. If the bulb or fuse is not the cause, check
the wiring connections to the alternator.
3. Disconnect the lead from terminal D (1) of the alterna-
tor. Connect the voltmeter between the “D” lead and
the chassis ground. With the ignition switch on, the
voltmeter should show 12 V.
4. If the meter shows 12 V, test the alternator connection.
20099879 2
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 19
5. With the D lead connected to the alternator terminal,

connect the voltmeter between the D terminal and the
chassis ground. With the key switch on, the voltmeter
should show between 1 – 15 V.
6. If the reading is lower, there may be a height resistance
fault in the key switch or warning light circuit, or a fault
with the alternator.
7. If the reading is considerably more than 15 V, the fault
is with the alternator.
8. Repair or replace as necessary.
20099880 3
Alternator Output Test

1. The alternator should supply DC at 13.6 – 14 V in order
to charge the battery and power accessories.
2. To test. Connect the voltmeter between terminal B+ of
the alternator and the chassis ground. Leave the wiring
intact. With the engine off, the voltmeter should show
the battery voltage.
3. If the voltage is down, there is a fault with the charge
circuit.
4. Start the engine with the connections as above. In-
crease the engine rpm until the battery warning light
goes off.
5. The voltmeter should read 13.6 – 14 V. 20099881 4
6. If the reading is lower, then the alternator is faulty. If

the reading is considerably higher, then the regulator is
faulty.
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 20
Index
Alternator - 301
Alternator - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Alternator - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Alternator - Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Alternator - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Alternator - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Alternator - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Alternator - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Alternator - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Alternator - Tension adjust - Belt (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Alternator - Test - Amperage (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Alternator - Test - Ignition Circuit (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Alternator - Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Alternator - Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Alternator - Test Alternator Amp Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Alternator - Test Full Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Alternator - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 21
47921938 07/02/2017
55.2 [55.301] / 22
Harnesses and connectors - 100
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Wiring harnesses
Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02-ENGINE (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03-HOOD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Electrical schematic sheet 04 SH04-REAR HOOD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05-INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Electrical schematic sheet 06 SH06-FUSE BOX (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07-TRANSMISSION/FENDERS/SIDELIGHTS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Electrical schematic sheet 08 SH08-LICENSE PLATE (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Wire connectors
Component diagram 00 (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Component diagram 11 (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Electrical components
ECU description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Sensor description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Lamp description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Voltage source description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Speaker description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Motor description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Resistor description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Switch description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Solenoid description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 2
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 3
Electrical systems - Harnesses and connectors
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02-ENGINE

Type Component Connector / Link Description

ECU A-001 X-016 FLASHER UNIT
ECU A-004 X-044 X-043 FUSE
Sensor B-001 X-008 ENGINE TEMPERATURE SENDER
Voltage source G-001 X-013 X-012 BATTERY
Voltage source G-002 X-002 X-001 ALTERNATOR
Motor M-001 X-011 STARTER MOTOR
Resistor R-001 X-009 THERMOSTART
Switch S-001 X-004 X-005 AIR RESTRICTION SWITCH
Switch S-002 X-007 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Connector X-001 X-001 ALTERNATOR B+
Connector X-002 X-002 ALTERNATOR D/W
Connector X-003F X-003F ENGINE / MAIN HARNESS
Connector X-003M X-003M ENGINE/MAIN HARNESS
Connector X-004 X-004 AIR RESTRICTION SWITCH
Connector X-005 X-005 AIR RESTRICTION SWITCH
Connector X-006 X-006 FUEL SHUT-OFF
Connector X-007 X-007 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Connector X-008 X-008 ENGINE TEMPERATURE SENDER
Connector X-009 X-009 THERMOSTART
Connector X-010 X-010 STARTER MOTOR
Connector X-011 X-011 STARTER MOTOR
Connector X-012 X-012 BATTERY
Connector X-014 X-014 STARTER B+
Connector X-015 X-015 GROUND
Connector X-016 X-016 FLASHER UNIT
Connector X-024 X-024 HAZARD SWITCH
Connector X-041F X-041F ENGINE / MAIN HARNESS
Connector X-041M X-041M
Connector X-042 X-042 STARTER B+ (CAB)
Connector X-043 X-043 FUSE
Connector X-044 X-044 FUSE
Solenoid Y-001 X-006 FUEL SHUT-OFF SOLENOID
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 4
6 5 4 3 2 1
M-001
STARTER MOTOR
G-001
BATTERY
1 1 2 1 X-010 PWR
BA-002 BK 50.0 BA-001 RD 50.0 GND
NEG POS 1 X-014
X-045 X-012 X-013 M
1
X-042 1 A
D X-011
D
ENGINE / MAIN HARNESS
EN-0150 WH 4.0
X-041F
EN-01 RD 16.0
R-001
THERMOSTART EN-1022 OR 2.5 5 5 CB-1022 OR 2.5 SH4: C-5
N P 1
X-009 SH2: C-6 SH5: B-5

A-004 EN-1005 GN 1.0 4 4 CB-1005 GN 1.0
FUSE
1 1
1 2
30.0 A
X-044 X-043 SH2: B-5 EN-2015 YE 1.0 3 3 CB-2015 YE 1.0 SH5: C-5
EN-2003 RD 2.5 2 2 CB-2003 WH 2.5 SH7: C-2

S-001
AIR RESTRICTION SWITCH
1 1 1
2
SH2: C-2 EN-1005 GN 1.0 SH3: B-1 EN-1030 YE 1.5 1 1 CB-1030 YE 1.5 SH4: C-3
X-004
EN-0155 RD 4.0 10 10 CB-0155 RD 4.0 SH4: D-4

C Y-001 C
FUEL SHUT-OFF SOLENOID
1
N P
SH2: A-6 EN-057B BK 1.5 9 9 CB-057B BK 1.5 SH7: C-1
X-006
8 8
S-002
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 6
6
P
7 7
IN OUT 1
X-041M
X-007
ENGINE / MAIN HARNESS

X-003F
B-001
ENGINE TEMPERATURE SENDER
EN-1003 RD 1.0 8 8 CB-1003D GN 0.5 SH6: C-2
T 1
N P
X-008 SH6: C-2
EN-2041 PK 1.0 9 9 CB-2041 PK 1.0
G-002
ALTERNATOR
B CHARGE INDICATOR
D+ 2
EN-031 BR 1.0 1 1 CB-031 BR 1.0 SH5: B-5
B
1
A
B+
X-001 1 A-001
W SH5: C-5
EN-2015 YE 1.0 SH2: C-2 FLASHER UNIT EN-039 BL 1.0 2 2 CB-039 BL 1.0
PHASE
X-002
SH3: B-1 EN-1027 GN 1.5 4 4 CB-1027 GN 1.5 SH4: B-3

2 87A
8 87
SH3: B-1 EN-0376 WH 1.0 6 6 CB-0376 WH 1.0 SH4: B-2

5 30
1 86
EN-1006 BR 1.0 7 7 CB-1006 BR 1.0 SH5: C-5
85
6
X-016 EN-3000 GN 1.5 5 5 CB-3000 GN 1.5 SH6: B-2
SH2: C-2 EN-057B BK 1.5

EN-1033 PK 1.0 10 10 CB-1033 PK 1.0 SH5: B-5
A A
EN-057A BK 1.5 EN-044 GY 1.5 3 3 CB-044 GY 1.5 SH4: B-6
X-015 1
EN-057 BK 1.5 SP-057A
X-003M
GROUND
EN-057C BK 1.5 SH3: B-1
6 5 4 3 2 1
SHT_2 1
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 5
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03-HOOD


Lamp E-001 X-019 HEADLAMP R.H.
Lamp E-002 X-020 HEADLAMP L.H.
Speaker H-001 X-017 X-018 HORN
Connector X-017 X-017 HORN
Connector X-018 X-018 HORN
Connector X-019 X-019 HEADLAMP R.H.
Connector X-020 X-020 HEADLAMP L.H.
Connector X-021F X-021F CONNECTOR HEADLAMP HARNESS
Connector X-021M X-021M CONNECTOR HEADLAMP HARNESS W/H
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 6
6 5 4 3 2 1
D D
E-001
HEADLAMP R.H.
1
HO-1030A YE 1.5
DIP BEAM
2
HO-057A BK 1.5 GND
X-019 3
HO-1027A GN 1.5
MAIN BEAM
X-019
C C
E-002
HEADLAMP L.H.
1 CONNECTOR HEADLAMP HARNESS

SP-1030
HO-1030B YE 1.5
DIP BEAM X-021F
2
SP- 057A HO-057B BK 1.5 GND
HO-1030 YE 1.5 1 1 EN-1030 YE 1.5 SH2: C-2
X-020 3
HO-1027B GN 1.5 SP-1027
MAIN BEAM
X-020 HO-1027 GN 1.5 2 2 EN-1027 GN 1.5 SH2: B-3
HO-057C BK 1.5 HO-057 BK 1.5 3 3 EN-057C BK 1.5 SH2: A-4
SP-057
4 4 EN-0376 WH 1.0 SH2: A-3
B B
X-021M
H-001
HORN
X-017
1
HO-0376 WH 1.0 P
1
HO-057D BK 1.5 N
X-018
A A
6 5 4 3 2 1
SHT_3 1
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 7
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 04 SH04-REAR HOOD


Sensor B-002 X-028 FUEL LEVEL SENDER
Switch S-003 STARTER SWITCH
Switch S-004 X-024 HAZARD SWITCH
Switch S-005 TURN SWITCH
Switch S-006 X-026 HORN SWITCH
Switch S-007 HEADLAMP SWITCH
Connector X-023F X-023F STARTER SWITCH
Connector X-023M X-023M STARTER SWITCH
Connector X-025F X-025F TURN SWITCH
Connector X-025M X-025M TURN SWITCH
Connector X-026 X-026 HORN SWITCH
Connector X-027F X-027F HEADLAMP SWITCH
Connector X-027M X-027M HEADLAMP SWITCH
Connector X-028 X-028 FUEL LEVEL SENDER
Connector X-029 X-029 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Connector X-030 X-030 ACC SUPPLY
Connector X-031 X-031 ACC SUPPLY
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 8
6 5 4 3 2 1
D D
X-025M
S-003 S-005
X-023M TURN SWITCH
STARTER SWITCH 1 1 CB-044A GY 1.0 SH4: B-6
1 1
4 4 CB-071 WH 2.5 SH6: C-5 CB-0155 RD 4.0 SH2: C-1 2 2 CB-049 GN 1.0 SH4: A-3
2 IN
3 3 CB-1001 WH 2.0 SH7: C-2 CB-010 RD 4.0 3 3 CB-050 GN 1.0 SH4: A-3
IN SP-010
3 2
2 2 CB-010A RD 4.0 CB-010D RD 1.0 SH6: B-5 X-025F
4
1 1 CB-1022 OR 2.5 SH2: D-1 CB-010B RD 0.5 SH5: C-5
CB-010C RD 1.5 SH4: B-4

X-023F
C C
B-002 SH5: B-5 CB-1013A RD 0.5
FUEL LEVEL SENDER
SH7: D-4 CB-1013B RD 0.5
1 P N 2 X-027F
CB-057C BK 0.75 SH7: C-1 SH7: C-4 CB-1013C RD 0.5
SP-1013A
X-028 X-028 SH7: D-2 CB-1013D RD 0.75 CB-1013 RD 1.0 4 4 S-007
HEADLAMP SWITCH
SH2: C-1 CB-1030 YE 1.5 3 3
1
CB-029 GN 0.5 SH5: C-5 SH6: C-2 CB-015 BL 1.5 2 2

2
SH2: B-1 CB-1027 GN 1.5 1 1 IN 3
SH5: B-5 CB-1027A GN 1.5 4

X-027M
B S-004
B
HAZARD SWITCH
8 8
6 6 CB-071A WH 1.5 SH6: C-5
SH6: B-5 CB-3000A GN 1.5
2 2
CB-010C RD 1.5 SH4: C-4
4 4 PIN15 S-006
SH2: A-1 CB-044 GY 1.5 SP-049 HORN SWITCH
3 3
CB-049A GN 1.0 CB-049B GN 1.0 SH7: D-4
2 2 1 1
SH4: D-1 CB-044A GY 1.0 SH2: A-1 CB-0376 WH 1.0 CB-1004 GN 1.0 SH6: C-2
PIN16 CB-049C GN 1.0 SH7: D-2
PIN18 .
X-026 X-026
5 5
CB-049D GN 0.5 SH5: A-5
X-024 CB-049 GN 1.0 SH4: D-1

X-024
SP-050
CB-050A GN 1.0 CB-050B GN 1.0 SH7: C-4
ACC SUPPLY
CB-050C GN 1.0 SH7: D-2
CB-050D GN 0.5 SH5: B-5

CB-057H BK 1.5 SH7: C-1
A CB-050 GN 1.0 SH4: D-1 X-030 A
CB-1050 GN 1.5 SH6: B-2
X-031
6 5 4 3 2 1
SHT_4 1
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 9
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05-INSTRUMENT

CLUSTER

ECU A-003 X-029 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Connector X-028 X-028 FUEL LEVEL SENDER
Connector X-029 X-029 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 10
6 5 4 3 2 1
D D
A-003
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1
+12 V (STARTER SWITCH)
SH6: C-2 CB-1003B GN 0.5
2
ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP
SH2: A-1 CB-1006 BR 1.0
3
ENGINE TEMPERATURE SENDER
SH2: B-1 CB-039 BL 1.0
4
GROUND
SH7: C-1 CB-057G BK 0.5
5
SH4: B-5 FUEL LEVEL SENDER
CB-029 GN 0.5
C C
6
SH6: C-2 +12 V ( STARTER SWITCH)
CB-1003A GN 0.5
7
SH2: C-1 CB-2015 YE 1.0 TACHOMETER SENSOR SIGNAL
8
SH4: C-4 CB-010B RD 0.5 + 12 V (BATTERY)
9
SH4: C-4 CB-1013A RD 0.5 BACKLIGHTING
10
SH2: B-1 CB-031 BR 1.0 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
11
SH4: B-3 CB-1027A GN 1.5 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR
12
SH2: C-1 CB-1005 GN 1.0 AIR RESTRICTION WARNING LAMP
B B
13 .
14
SH2: A-1 CB-1033 PK 1.0 TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
15
SH4: A-3 CB-050D GN 0.5 LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL
16
SH4: A-3 CB-049D GN 0.5 RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL
X-029
A A
6 5 4 3 2 1
SHT_5 1
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 11
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 06 SH06-FUSE BOX


ECU A-002 X-022 FUSE BOX
Connector X-022 X-022 FUSE BOX
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 12
6 5 4 3 2 1
D D
A-002 CB-1003D GN 0.5 SH2: B-1

FUSE BOX
SH4: B-4 CB-071A WH 1.5 CB-1003A GN 0.5 SH5: C-5
CB-1003B GN 0.5 SH5: D-5

C 1A
1A 1B
1B SP-1003
C
SH4: D-5 CB-071 WH 2.5 10.0 A CB-1003 GN 0.75 CB-1003C GN 0.5 SH7: C-2
2A 2B 2B
2A
15.0 A CB-015 BL 1.5 SH4: B-3
3A 3B 3B SH2: B-1
3A CB-2041 PK 1.0
10.0 A
CB-1004 GN 1.0 SH4: B-1
4A 4B 4B
4A
SH4: B-6 CB-3000A GN 1.5 10.0 A CB-3000 GN 1.5 SH2: A-1
5A 5A 5B
5B
SH4: D-4 CB-010D RD 1.0 15.0 A CB-0997 GN 0.75 SH7: C-2
6A 6A 6B
6B
15.0 A CB-1050 GN 1.5 SH4: A-1
X-022 X-022
B B
A A
6 5 4 3 2 1
SHT_6 1
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 13
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07-TRANSMISSION/

FENDERS/SIDELIGHTS

Lamp E-003 X-035 FENDER REAR LAMP R.H.
Lamp E-004 X-036 FENDER REAR LAMP L.H.
Lamp E-005 X-037 REAR WORKLAMP
Lamp E-006 X-038 SIDE LAMP R.H.
Lamp E-007 X-039 SIDE LAMP L.H.
Switch S-008 X-032 STOPLAMP SWITCH
Switch S-009 X-033 HANDBRAKE SWITCH
Switch S-010 X-034 SAFETY START
Connector X-022 X-022 FUSE BOX
Connector X-032 X-032 STOPLAMP SWITCH/ HANDBRAKE SWITCH
Connector X-033 X-033 STOPLAMP SWITCH/ HANDBRAKE SWITCH
Connector X-034 X-034 SAFETY START
Connector X-035 X-035 FENDER REAR LAMP R.H.
Connector X-036 X-036 FENDER REAR LAMP L.H.
Connector X-037 X-037 REAR WORKLAMP
Connector X-038 X-038 SIDE LAMP R.H.
Connector X-039 X-039 SIDE LAMP L.H.
Connector X-040F X-040F MAIN / TRANSMISSION HARNESS
Connector X-040M X-040M MAIN / TRANSMISSION HARNESS
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 14
6 5 4 3 2 1
E-006
SIDE LAMP R.H.
MAIN / TRANSMISSION HARNESS
1 X-040M
CB-049B GN 1.0 SH4: B-3
4 TURN
SH7: C-1 GND 1 1
CB-057E BK 1.0
3
D X-038
2
SH4: C-4 2 2
D
CB-1013B RD 0.5
SIDE
X-038
SH7: B-5 3 3 SH4: C-4
TR-1013D RD 0.75 CB-1013D RD 0.75
SH7: B-6 TR-049C GN 1.0 4 4 CB-049C GN 1.0 SH4: A-3
E-007
SIDE LAMP L.H. SH7: A-6 TR-050C GN 1.0 5 5 CB-050C GN 1.0 SH4: A-3
2
CB-1013C RD 0.5 SH4: C-4 SH7: B-3 TR-0997 GN 0.75 6 6 CB-0997 GN 0.75 SH6: B-2
4 SIDE
SH7: C-1 CB-057F BK 1.0 GND CB-057B BK 1.5 SH2: C-1
3 SH7: C-4 7 7 SH6: C-2
TR-1003C GN 0.5 CB-1003C GN 0.5
X-039 1 CB-057C BK 0.75 SH4: C-5
CB-050B GN 1.0 SH4: A-3
TURN SH7: A-3 TR-057D BK 1.5 8 8 CB-057D BK 1.5 CB-057E BK 1.0 SH7: D-6
X-039 SP-057C
CB-057F BK 1.0 SH7: C-6
9 9
CB-057G BK 0.5 SH5: C-5
10 10 CB-057H BK 1.5 SH4: A-1
C SH7: A-1 TR-1001 WH 2.0 11 11 CB-1001 WH 2.0 SH4: D-5 C

S-008 S-009 12 12
STOPLAMP SWITCH HANDBRAKE SWITCH
2 2 1 3 1 2 1 4
TR-1003D GN 0.5 TR-1003C GN 0.5 SH7: C-3 SH7: A-2 TR-2003 WH 2.0 13 13 CB-2003 WH 2.5 SH2: C-1
X-032 X-032 X-033 X-033

14 14
15 15
TR-0810 GN 0.5
X-040F
E-003
FENDER REAR LAMP R.H.
SP-0810 3 STOP
TR-0810A GN 0.5
1 TAIL GND 4
B TR-1013E RD 0.5 TR-057L BK 1.0
B
X-035
2 TURN
SH7: D-3 E-005
TR-049C GN 1.0
REAR WORKLAMP
X-035
1 P
SH7: C-3 TR-0997 GN 0.75
SP-1013D
TR-1013D RD 0.75 SH7: D-3
SP-057L
2 N
TR-057N BK 0.75
X-037
TR-057D BK 1.5 SH7: C-3
E-004
FENDER REAR LAMP L.H.
X-036
SH7: D-3 TR-050C GN 1.0

2 TURN
X-036
S-010
TR-1013F RD 0.5 TR-057M BK 1.0 SAFETY START
A 1 TAIL GND 4
2 2 1 1 A
SH7: C-3 TR-2003 WH 2.0 TR-1001 WH 2.0 SH7: C-3
TR-0810B GN 0.5 X-034 X-034

3 STOP
6 5 4 3 2 1
SHT_7 1
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 15
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 08 SH08-LICENSE PLATE


Connector X-100 X-100 TO TRANSMISSION HARNESS
Connector X-101 X-101 TO FENDER HARNESS
Connector X-102 X-102 LICENSE PLATE
Connector X-103 X-103 LH FRONT TURN LAMP
Connector X-104 X-104 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP
Connector X-105 X-105 LH FRONT LAMP - GROUND
Connector X-106 X-106 LH REAR TURN LAMP
Connector X-107 X-107 LH REAR SIDE LAMP
Connector X-108 X-108 LH REAR LAMP - GROUND
Connector X-109 X-109 LH REAR STOP LAMP
Connector X-110 X-110 TO MAIN HARNESS
Connector X-111 X-111 WORKLAMP
Connector X-112 X-112 WORKLAMP
Connector X-113 X-113 LICENSE PLATE
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 16
6 5 4 3 2 1
NARROW LICENSE PLATE ADAPTER LICENSE PLATE LAMP
1 P N 2
D LP-1013B RD 1.0 D
X-102 X-102
LP-057B BK 1.0
X-100 X-101
TO TRANSMISSION HARNESS TO FENDER HARNESS
1 SP-057B 1
LP-057 BK 1.0 LP-057A BK 1.0
2 2
LP-810 GN 1.0
3 SP-1013B 3
LP-1013 RD 1.0 LP-1013A RD 1.0
4 4
LP-050 GN 1.0
C C
LICENSE PLATE
1
STD LICENSE PLATE ADAPTER 1014B GN 1.0 P N
2
X-113 X-113
57A BK 1.0
LH REAR LAMP
LH FRONT LAMP
X-104 X-107
LH FRONT SIDE LAMP LH REAR SIDE LAMP
SP-1014
1 1
B 1014C RD 1.0 1014A RD 1.0
B
X-103 X-106
LH FRONT TURN LAMP SP-50A LH REAR TURN LAMP
1 1
50B GN 1.0 50A GN 1.0
X-105 X-108
LH FRONT LAMP - GND LH REAR LAMP - GND
SP-057D
1 1
57D BK 1.0 57B BK 1.0
X-109
LH REAR STOP LAMP
1
WORKLAMP
X-112
X-110 WORKLAMP
TO MAIN HARNESS 1
1 57C BK 1.0
57 BK 1.0
2 X-111
A 810 GN 1.0 WORKLAMP A
3 1
997 BR 1.0
4
1014 RD 1.0
5
50 GN 1.0
6 5 4 3 2 1
SHT_8 1
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 17
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 18
Wire connectors - Component diagram 00

X-001 - ALTERNATOR B+ [ G-002] (84399576) (Plug)
84399576 1
84399576
Pin From Wire Description Color-Size Frame
1 X-014 (Plug) pin 1 STARTER EN-01 ALTERNATOR / STARTER RD - 16.0 SHEET 02
B+ MOTOR
X-002 - ALTERNATOR D/W [ G-002] (84015523) (Receptacle)
84015523 2
84015523
1 X-041F pin 3 ENGINE / MAIN EN-2015 EN-2015 YE - 1.0 SHEET 02
HARNESS
2 X-003F pin 7 ENGINE / MAIN EN-1006 EN-1006 BR - 1.0
HARNESS
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 19
X-003F - ENGINE / MAIN HARNESS [ SH2: A-3] (47921520) (Receptacle)
47921520 3
47921520
X-003M - ENGINE / MAIN HARNESS (Receptacle)
47921520 4
X-004 - AIR RESTRICTION SWITCH [ S-001] (87705140) (Receptacle)
87705140 5
87705140
1 X-003F pin 8 ENGINE / MAIN EN-1003 EN-1003 RD - 1.0 SHEET 02
HARNESS
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 20
X-005 - AIR RESTRICTION SWITCH [ S-001] (87705140) (Receptacle)
87705140 6
87705140
1 X-041F pin 4 ENGINE / MAIN EN-1005 EN-1005 GN - 1.0 SHEET 02
HARNESS
X-006 - FUEL SHUT-OFF [ Y-001] (87675193) (Receptacle)
87675193 7
87675193
1 X-003F pin 9 ENGINE / MAIN EN-2041 FUEL SHUT-OFF PK - 1.0 SHEET 02
HARNESS
X-007 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH [ S-002] (82944111) (Receptacle)
82944111 8
82944111
1 X-003F pin 1 ENGINE / MAIN EN-031 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE BR - 1.0 SHEET 02
HARNESS SWITCH
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 21
X-008 - ENGINE TEMPERATURE SENDER [ B-001] (87675193) (Receptacle)
87675193 9
87675193
1 X-003F pin 2 ENGINE / MAIN EN-039 EN-039 BL - 1.0 SHEET 02
HARNESS
X-009 - THERMOSTART [ R-001] (87747155) (Receptacle)
87747155 10
87747155
1 X-041F pin 5 ENGINE / MAIN EN-1022 THERMOSTART OR - 2.5 SHEET 02
HARNESS
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 22

X-010 - STARTER MOTOR (84401295) (Plug)
84401295 1
84401295
1 X-013 (Plug) pin 2 BATTERY BA-001 BATTERY RD - 50.0 SHEET 02
X-011 - STARTER MOTOR [ M-001] (87675193) (Receptacle)
87675193 2
87675193
1 X-041F pin 2 ENGINE / MAIN EN-2003 EN-2003 RD - 2.5 SHEET 02
HARNESS
X-012 - BATTERY [ G-001] (Plug)

1 X-045 (Plug) pin 1 BATTERY BA-002 BATTERY BK - 50.0 SHEET 02
X-013 - BATTERY [ G-001] (Plug)

2 X-010 (Plug) pin 1 STARTER BA-001 BATTERY RD - 50.0 SHEET 02
MOTOR
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 23
X-014 - STARTER B+ (84401295) (Plug)
84401295 3
84401295
1 X-001 (Plug) pin 1 EN-01 ALTERNATOR / STARTER RD - 16.0 SHEET 02
ALTERNATOR B+ MOTOR
X-015 - GROUND (84426125) (Plug)
84426125 4
84426125
1 SP-057A-P-X EN-057 EN-057 BK - 1.5 SHEET 02
X-016 - FLASHER UNIT [ A-001] (82944112) (Receptacle)
82944112 5
82944112
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 24

30 X-003F pin 3 ENGINE / MAIN EN-044 FLASHER UNIT GY - 1.5 SHEET 02
HARNESS
85 SP-057A-P-X EN-057A FLASHER UNIT BK - 1.5
87 X-003F pin 10 ENGINE / MAIN EN-1033 FLASHER UNIT PK - 1.0
HARNESS
87A X-003F pin 5 ENGINE / MAIN EN-3000 FLASHER UNIT GN - 1.5
HARNESS
X-017 - HORN [ H-001] (Plug)

1 X-021F (Receptacle) pin 4 HO-0376 HORN WH - 1.0 SHEET 03
CONNECTOR HEADLAMP
HARNESS
X-018 - HORN [ H-001] (Plug)

1 SP-057-P-X HO-057D EARTH BK - 1.5 SHEET 03
X-019 - HEADLAMP - RIGHT HAND SIDE [ E-001] (Plug)

1 SP-1030-P-X HO-1030A DIP BEAM YE - 1.5 SHEET 03
2 SP- 057A-P-X HO-057A EARTH BK - 1.5
3 SP-1027-P-X HO-1027A MAIN BEAM GN - 1.5
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 25

X-020 - HEADLAMP - LEFT HAND SIDE [ E-002] (Plug)

1 SP-1030-P-X HO-1030B DIP BEAM YE - 1.5 SHEET 03
2 SP- 057A-P-X HO-057B EARTH BK - 1.5
3 SP-1027-P-X HO-1027B MAIN BEAM GN - 1.5
X-021F - CONNECTOR HEADLAMP HARNESS (Receptacle)

1 SP-1030-P-X HO-1030 HEADLAMP - RIGHT YE - 1.5 SHEET 03
HAND SIDE
2 SP-1027-P-X HO-1027 MAIN BEAM GN - 1.5
3 SP-057-P-X HO-057 EARTH BK - 1.5
4 X-017 (Plug) pin 1 HORN HO-0376 HORN WH - 1.0
X-021M - CONNECTOR HEADLAMP HARNESS [ SH2: A-4] (47921522) (Plug)
47921522 1
47921522
X-022 - FUSE BOX [ A-002] (Plug)

1A SP24-P-X WIRE177 WIRE177 SHEET 06
2A SP23-P-X WIRE174 WIRE174
4A X-024 (Plug) pin 6 HAZARD CB-3000A HAZARD SWITCH GN - 1.5
SWITCH
5A SP-010-P-X CB-010D FUSE BOX RD - 1.0
1B SP-1003-P-X CB-1003 FUSE BOX GN - 0.75
2B X-027F (Receptacle) pin 2 CB-015 HEADLAMP SWITCH BL - 1.5
HEADLAMP SWITCH
3B X-003M (Plug) pin 9 ENGINE CB-2041 FUSE BOX PK - 1.0 SHEET 02
/ MAIN HARNESS
3B X-026 (Plug) pin 1 HORN CB-1004 HORN SWITCH GN - 1.0
SWITCH
4B X-003M (Plug) pin 5 ENGINE CB-3000 FUSE BOX GN - 1.5
/ MAIN HARNESS
5B X-040F (Plug) pin 6 MAIN / CB-0997 REAR WORKLAMP GN - 0.75 SHEET 06
TRANSMISSION HARNESS
6B X-031 (Plug) pin PIN1 ACC CB-1050 ACC SUPPLY GN - 1.5 SHEET 04
SUPPLY
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 26
X-023F - STARTER SWITCH [ SH2: D-1] (Receptacle)
X-023M - STARTER SWITCH (Receptacle)

1 S-003-P-4 WIRE88 WIRE88 SHEET 04
2 S-003-P-IN WIRE89 WIRE89
3 S-003-P-3 WIRE87 WIRE87
4 S-003-P-2 WIRE86 WIRE86
X-024 - HAZARD SWITCH [ SH4: B-4] (Plug)

2 SP-010-P-X CB-010C HAZARD SWITCH RD - 1.5 SHEET 02
3 SP-049-P-X CB-049A HAZARD SWITCH GN - 1.0
4 X-003M (Plug) pin 3 ENGINE CB-044 HAZARD SWITCH GY - 1.5
/ MAIN HARNESS
4 X-025F (Plug) pin 1 TURN CB-044A HAZARD SWITCH GY - 1.0
SWITCH
5 SP-050-P-X CB-050A HAZARD SWITCH GN - 1.0
6 X-022 (Plug) pin 4A FUSE CB-3000A HAZARD SWITCH GN - 1.5
BOX
8 SP24-P-X CB-071A HAZARD SWITCH WH - 1.5
X-025F - TURN SWITCH [ SH4: B-6] (Receptacle)
X-025M - TURN SWITCH (Receptacle)

1 S-005-P-IN WIRE196 WIRE196 SHEET 04
2 S-005-P-1 WIRE194 WIRE194
3 S-005-P-2 WIRE195 WIRE195
X-026 - HORN SWITCH [ SH4: B-2] (Plug)

1 X-022 (Plug) pin 3B FUSE CB-1004 HORN SWITCH GN - 1.0 SHEET 04
BOX
2 X-003M (Plug) pin 6 ENGINE CB-0376 HORN SWITCH WH - 1.0 SHEET 02
/ MAIN HARNESS
X-027F - HEADLAMP SWITCH [ SH4: C-3] (Receptacle)

1 X-003M (Plug) pin 4 ENGINE CB-1027 HEADLAMP SWITCH GN - 1.5 SHEET 02
/ MAIN HARNESS
1 X-029 (Plug) pin 11 CB-1027A INSTRUMENT CLUSTER GN - 1.5
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
2 X-022 (Plug) pin 2B FUSE CB-015 HEADLAMP SWITCH BL - 1.5 SHEET 04
BOX
3 X-041M (Plug) pin 1 CB-1030 HEADLAMP SWITCH YE - 1.5 SHEET 02
4 SP-1013A-P-X CB-1013 HEADLAMP SWITCH RD - 1.0 SHEET 04
X-027M - HEADLAMP SWITCH (Receptacle)
X-028 - FUEL LEVEL SENDER [ SH4: B-5] (Plug)

1 X-029 (Plug) pin 5 CB-029 FUEL LEVEL SENDER GN - 0.5 SHEET 04
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
2 SP-057C-P-X CB-057C FUEL LEVEL SENDER BK - 0.75
X-029 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER [ SH5: C-5] (Plug)

1 SP-1003-P-X CB-1003B INSTRUMENT CLUSTER GN - 0.5 SHEET 04
2 X-003M (Plug) pin 7 ENGINE CB-1006 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BR - 1.0 SHEET 02
/ MAIN HARNESS
3 X-003M (Plug) pin 2 ENGINE CB-039 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BL - 1.0
/ MAIN HARNESS
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 27

4 SP-057C-P-X CB-057G GROUND BK - 0.5 SHEET 04
5 X-028 (Plug) pin 1 FUEL CB-029 FUEL LEVEL SENDER GN - 0.5
LEVEL SENDER
6 SP-1003-P-X CB-1003A INSTRUMENT CLUSTER GN - 0.5
7 X-041M (Plug) pin 3 CB-2015 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER YE - 1.0 SHEET 02
8 SP-010-P-X CB-010B INSTRUMENT CLUSTER RD - 0.5 SHEET 04
9 SP-1013A-P-X CB-1013A HEADLAMP SWITCH RD - 0.5
10 X-003M (Plug) pin 1 ENGINE CB-031 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BR - 1.0 SHEET 02
/ MAIN HARNESS
11 X-027F (Receptacle) pin 1 CB-1027A INSTRUMENT CLUSTER GN - 1.5 SHEET 04
HEADLAMP SWITCH
12 X-041M (Plug) pin 4 CB-1005 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER GN - 1.0 SHEET 02
14 X-003M (Plug) pin 10 ENGINE CB-1033 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PK - 1.0
/ MAIN HARNESS
15 SP-050-P-X CB-050D HAZARD SWITCH GN - 0.5 SHEET 04
16 SP-049-P-X CB-049D HAZARD SWITCH GN - 0.5
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 28

X-030 - ACC SUPPLY (Plug)

PIN1 SP-057C-P-X CB-057H ACC SUPPLY BK - 1.5 SHEET 04
X-031 - ACC SUPPLY (Plug)

PIN1 X-022 (Plug) pin 6B FUSE CB-1050 ACC SUPPLY GN - 1.5 SHEET 04
BOX
X-032 - STOPLAMP SWITCH / HANDBRAKE SWITCH [ S-008] (Plug)

2 SP-0810-P-X TR-0810 STOPLAMP SWITCH GN - 0.5 SHEET 07
3 X-033 (Plug) pin 1 TR-1003D STOPLAMP/ GN - 0.5
STOPLAMP SWITCH/ HANDBRAKE
HANDBRAKE SWITCH
X-033 - STOPLAMP SWITCH/ HANDBRAKE SWITCH [ S-009] (Plug)

1 X-032 (Plug) pin 3 TR-1003D STOPLAMP/ GN - 0.5 SHEET 07
STOPLAMP SWITCH/ HANDBRAKE
HANDBRAKE SWITCH
4 X-040M (Receptacle) pin TR-1003C HANDBRAKE SWITCH GN - 0.5
7 MAIN / TRANSMISSION
HARNESS
X-034 - SAFETY START [ SH7: C-3] (Plug)

1 X-040M (Receptacle) pin TR-1001 SAFETY START SWITCH WH - 2.0 SHEET 07
HARNESS
2 X-040M (Receptacle) pin TR-2003 SAFETY START SWITCH WH - 2.0
HARNESS
X-035 - FENDER REAR LAMP - RIGHT HAND SIDE [ E-003] (Plug)

1 SP-1013D-P-X TR-1013E FENDER REAR LAMP - RD - 0.5 SHEET 07
RIGHT HAND SIDE
2 X-040M (Receptacle) pin TR-049C FENDER REAR LAMP GN - 1.0
HARNESS
3 SP-0810-P-X TR-0810A FENDER REAR LAMP - GN - 0.5
RIGHT HAND SIDE
4 SP-057L-P-X TR-057L FENDER REAR LAMP - BK - 1.0
RIGHT HAND SIDE
X-036 - FENDER REAR LAMP - LEFT HAND SIDE [ E-004] (Plug)

1 SP-1013D-P-X TR-1013F FENDER REAR LAMP - RD - 0.5 SHEET 07
LEFT HAND SIDE
2 X-040M (Receptacle) pin TR-050C FENDER REAR LAMP GN - 1.0
HARNESS
3 SP-0810-P-X TR-0810B FENDER REAR LAMP GN - 0.5
4 SP-057L-P-X TR-057M FENDER REAR LAMP - BK - 1.0
LEFT HAND SIDE
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 29
X-037 - REAR WORKLAMP [ E-005] (Plug)

1 X-040M (Receptacle) pin TR-0997 REAR WORKLAMP GN - 0.75 SHEET 07
HARNESS
2 SP-057L-P-X TR-057N REAR WORKLAMP BK - 0.75
X-038 - SIDE LAMP - RIGHT HAND SIDE [ SH4: B-3] (Plug)

1 SP-049-P-X CB-049B HAZARD SWITCH GN - 1.0 SHEET 04
2 SP-1013A-P-X CB-1013B HEADLAMP SWITCH RD - 0.5
4 SP-057C-P-X CB-057E GROUND BK - 1.0 SHEET 07
X-039 - SIDE LAMP - LEFT HAND SIDE [ E-007] (Plug)

1 SP-050-P-X CB-050B HAZARD SWITCH GN - 1.0 SHEET 07
2 SP-1013A-P-X CB-1013C HEADLAMP SWITCH RD - 0.5 SHEET 04
4 SP-057C-P-X CB-057F GROUND BK - 1.0 SHEET 07
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 30

X-040F - MAIN / TRANSMISSION HARNESS [ SH7: C-2] (Receptacle)
X-040M - MAIN / TRANSMISSION HARNESS [ SH7: B-6] (Receptacle)

3 SP-1013D-P-X TR-1013D FENDER REAR LAMP RD - 0.75 SHEET 07
4 X-035 (Plug) pin 2 FENDER TR-049C FENDER REAR LAMP GN - 1.0
REAR LAMP - RIGHT HAND
SIDE
5 X-036 (Plug) pin 2 FENDER TR-050C FENDER REAR LAMP GN - 1.0
REAR LAMP - LEFT HAND
SIDE
6 X-037 (Plug) pin 1 REAR TR-0997 REAR WORKLAMP GN - 0.75
WORKLAMP
7 X-033 (Plug) pin 4 TR-1003C HANDBRAKE SWITCH GN - 0.5
STOPLAMP SWITCH/
HANDBRAKE SWITC
8 SP-057L-P-X TR-057D GROUND BK - 1.5
11 X-034 (Plug) pin 1 SAFETY TR-1001 SAFETY START SWITCH WH - 2.0
START
13 X-034 (Plug) pin 2 SAFETY TR-2003 SAFETY START SWITCH WH - 2.0
START
X-041F - ENGINE / MAIN HARNESS [ SH3: B-1] (47921521) (Plug)
47921521 1
47921521
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 31
X-041M - (Receptacle)
X-042 - STARTER B+ (CAB) (84140737) (Plug)
84140737 2
84140737
1 X-043 (Plug) pin 1 FUSE EN-0150 FUSE WH - 4.0 SHEET 02
X-043 - FUSE [ A-004] (84128192) (Plug)
84128192 3
84128192
1 X-042 (Plug) pin 1 STARTER EN-0150 FUSE WH - 4.0 SHEET 02
B+ (CAB)
X-044 - FUSE [ A-004] (84128192) (Plug)
84128192 4
84128192
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 32

1 X-041F pin 10 ENGINE / MAIN EN-0155 FUSE RD - 4.0 SHEET 02
HARNESS
X-045 - BATTERY (Plug)

1 X-012 (Plug) pin 1 BATTERY BA-002 BATTERY BK - 50.0 SHEET 02
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 33

X-100 - TO TRANSMISSION HARNESS (87695376) (Plug)
87695376 1
87695376
1 SP-057B-P-X LP-057 LP-057 BK - 1.0 SHEET 08
2 X-101 (Receptacle) pin 2 TO LP-810 LP-810 GN - 1.0
FENDER HARNESS
3 SP-1013B-P-X LP-1013 LP-1013 RD - 1.0
4 X-101 (Receptacle) pin 4 TO LP-050 LP-050 GN - 1.0
FENDER HARNESS
X-101 - TO FENDER HARNESS (87695525) (Receptacle)
87695525 2
87695525
1 SP-057B-P-X LP-057A LP-057A BK - 1.0 SHEET 08
2 X-100 (Plug) pin 2 TO LP-810 LP-810 GN - 1.0
3 SP-1013B-P-X LP-1013A LP-1013A RD - 1.0
4 X-100 (Plug) pin 4 TO LP-050 LP-050 GN - 1.0
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 34
X-102 - LICENSE PLATE (82012083) (Plug)
82012083 3
82012083
X-103 - FRONT TURN LAMP - LEFT HAND SIDE (87705127) (Receptacle)
87705127 4
87705127
1 SP-50A-P-X 50B 50B GN - 1.0 SHEET 08
X-104 - FRONT SIDE LAMP - LEFT HAND SIDE (87705127) (Receptacle)
87705127 5
87705127
1 SP-1014-P-X 1014C 1014C RD - 1.0 SHEET 08
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 35
X-105 - FRONT LAMP - LEFT HAND SIDE - GROUND (87705127) (Receptacle)
87705127 6
87705127
1 SP-057D-P-X 57D 57D BK - 1.0 SHEET 08
X-106 - REAR TURN LAMP - LEFT HAND SIDE (87705127) (Receptacle)
87705127 7
87705127
1 SP-50A-P-X 50A 50A GN - 1.0 SHEET 08
X-107 - REAR SIDE LAMP - LEFT HAND SIDE (87705127) (Receptacle)
87705127 8
87705127
1 SP-1014-P-X 1014A 1014A RD - 1.0 SHEET 08
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 36
X-108 - REAR LAMP - LEFT HAND SIDE - GROUND (87705127) (Receptacle)
87705127 9
87705127
1 SP-057D-P-X 57B 57B BK - 1.0 SHEET 08
X-109 - REAR STOP - LEFT HAND SIDE - LAMP (87705127) (Receptacle)
87705127 10
87705127
1 X-110 (Receptacle) pin 2 TO 810 810 GN - 1.0 SHEET 08
MAIN HARNESS
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 37

X-110 - TO MAIN HARNESS (82867472) (Receptacle)
82867472 1
82867472
1 SP-057D-P-X 57 57 BK - 1.0 SHEET 08
2 X-109 (Receptacle) pin 1 810 810 GN - 1.0
REAR STOP LAMP - LEFT
HAND SIDE
3 X-111 (Receptacle) pin 1 997 997 BR - 1.0
WORKLAMP
5 SP-50A-P-X 50 50 GN - 1.0
X-111 - WORKLAMP (84120007) (Receptacle)
84120007 2
84120007
1 X-110 (Receptacle) pin 3 TO 997 997 BR - 1.0 SHEET 08
MAIN HARNESS
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 38
X-112 - WORKLAMP (84120007) (Receptacle)
84120007 3
84120007
1 SP-057D-P-X 57C 57C BK - 1.0 SHEET 08
X-113 - LICENSE PLATE (82012083) (Plug)
82012083 4
82012083
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 39
Electrical components - ECU description

A-001 - FLASHER UNIT (ECU)
Component Type ECU

Wiring frames SHEET 02
Connectors X-016 (Receptacle)
A-002 - FUSE BOX (ECU)
Component Type ECU

Connectors X-022 (Plug)
A-003 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (ECU)
Component Type ECU

A-004 - FUSE (ECU)
Component Type ECU

X-043 (Plug)
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 40
Electrical components - Sensor description

B-001 - ENGINE TEMPERATURE SENDER (Sensor)
Component Type Sensor

B-002 - FUEL LEVEL SENDER (Sensor)
Component Type Sensor

47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 41
Electrical components - Lamp description

E-001 - HEADLAMP R.H. (Lamp)
Component Type Lamp

E-002 - HEADLAMP L.H. (Lamp)
Component Type Lamp

E-003 - FENDER REAR LAMP R.H. (Lamp)
Component Type Lamp

E-004 - FENDER REAR LAMP L.H. (Lamp)
Component Type Lamp

E-005 - REAR WORKLAMP (Lamp)
Component Type Lamp

E-006 - SIDE LAMP R.H. (Lamp)
Component Type Lamp

E-007 - SIDE LAMP L.H. (Lamp)
Component Type Lamp

47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 42
Electrical components - Voltage source description

G-001 - BATTERY (Voltage source)
Component Type Voltage source

X-012 (Plug)
G-002 - ALTERNATOR (Voltage source)
Component Type Voltage source

X-001 (Plug)
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 43
Electrical components - Speaker description

H-001 - HORN (Speaker)
Component Type Speaker

X-018 (Plug)
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 44
Electrical components - Motor description

M-001 - STARTER MOTOR (Motor)
Component Type Motor

47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 45
Electrical components - Resistor description

R-001 - THERMOSTART (Resistor)
Component Type Resistor

47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 46
Electrical components - Switch description

S-001 - AIR RESTRICTION SWITCH (Switch)
Component Type Switch

X-005 (Receptacle)
S-002 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (Switch)

S-003 - STARTER SWITCH (Switch)

S-004 - HAZARD SWITCH (Switch)

S-005 - TURN SWITCH (Switch)

S-006 - HORN SWITCH (Switch)

S-007 - HEADLAMP SWITCH (Switch)

S-008 - STOPLAMP SWITCH (Switch)

S-009 - HANDBRAKE SWITCH (Switch)

47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 47
S-010 - SAFETY START (Switch)

47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 48
Electrical components - Solenoid description

Y-001 - FUEL SHUT-OFF SOLENOID (Solenoid)
Component Type Solenoid

47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 49
Index

Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03-HOOD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 04 SH04-REAR HOOD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05-INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (*) . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 06 SH06-FUSE BOX (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07-TRANSMISSION/FENDERS/SIDELIGHTS
(*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 08 SH08-LICENSE PLATE (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Electrical components - ECU description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Electrical components - Lamp description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Electrical components - Motor description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Electrical components - Resistor description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Electrical components - Sensor description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Electrical components - Solenoid description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Electrical components - Speaker description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Electrical components - Switch description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Electrical components - Voltage source description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Wire connectors - Component diagram 00 (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02-ENGINE (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47921938 07/02/2017
55.3 [55.100] / 50
Battery - 302
47921938 07/02/2017
55.4 [55.302] / 1
Contents
Battery - 302
TECHNICAL DATA
Battery
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Battery
SERVICE
Battery
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Service instruction (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47921938 07/02/2017
55.4 [55.302] / 2
Electrical systems - Battery
Battery - General specification

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Specifications
Voltage 12 V
Capacity (in 20 h of operation) 88 A·h / 100 A·h
Localisation In front of the radiator
47921938 07/02/2017
55.4 [55.302] / 3
Battery - Static description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
The Class II tractors are equipped with a BCI group 31,

12 V battery with a minimum cold cranking ability of 800 A
at -18 °C (0 °F)The battery is located under the hood in
front of the radiator.
The battery connections must be tight and free of corro-
sion. If necessary, wash the battery's outside surface and
terminals with a solution of baking soda and water, mak-
ing sure the solution does not get inside the battery. After
cleaning, wash the battery with clean water, then apply a
small amount of petroleum jelly to the terminals to prevent
corrosion.
A good battery charge must be maintained in freezing
temperatures. If the battery is allowed to become dis-
charged or run down, the electrolyte will become weak 20099894 1
and possibly freeze. This can result in damage to the
case. If water must be added, use distilled water. Add
the water just before using the tractor. This ensures that
the water will mix with the electrolyte during the charging
process, preventing the water from freezing.
Check the specific gravity of the electrolyte to determine
battery charge.
47921938 07/02/2017
55.4 [55.302] / 4
Battery - Remove
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Removal
1. Remove the air pre-filter (1).
LAIL11TT0460A0A 1
2. A gas strut (1) is provided inside the hood to keep the

hood in the raised position.
LAIL11TT0459A0A 2
3. Disconnect the battery terminals.

NOTICE: Always disconnect the negative cable (1) first.
4. Loosen the retaining clamp (2) and remove the tractor
battery.
LAIL11TT0458A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
55.4 [55.302] / 5
Battery - Install
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Battery installation
To fit the battery, reverse the removal procedure, but
observe the following:
• Before fitting, clean the battery casing, terminals and
retaining clamps using a solution of bicarbonate of
soda and water.
NOTICE: Cover the openings while you are cleaning.
• Finally, connect the negative terminal.
• Do not over-tighten the battery retaining clamp be-
cause that can damage the battery casing.
47921938 07/02/2017
55.4 [55.302] / 6
Battery - Test
TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Battery testing
You can use the following different methods for check-
ing the battery condition.
1. Test with hydrometer (specific gravity).
2. Voltmeter testing.
3. Load test (voltmeter during start-up).
4. Current drain test.
Hydrometer testing
Testing with a hydrometer indicates the battery charge
status by measuring the specific gravity of the elec-
trolyte in the battery cells. Using a hydrometer, pull
through enough electrolyte to raise the float in the con-
tainer with the bulb fully expanded.
NOTICE: Do not pull through too much electrolyte, be-
cause the float could make contact with the top of the con-
tainer.
Read and record the specific gravity of each cell. The
average specific gravity of all the cells must be between
1.230 and 1.260. If the average value for all the cells
is less than 1.230, recharge the battery. If the average
specific gravity of all the cells is greater than 1.230, but
the variation between cells is greater than 0.050, the
battery may be defective. Check again after fully charg-
ing the battery.
47921938 07/02/2017
55.4 [55.302] / 7
LAIL11TT0453F0A 1
Voltmeter testing
Testing an open circuit with a voltmeter indicates the
battery’s charge status by measuring the voltage stored
in the battery. Connect a voltmeter between the battery
terminals and read the voltage.
NOTE: The battery must be disconnected from any charge
for at least 10 h before the test, and the temperature must
be 25 °C. Due to these restrictions, it is not common to
measure battery condition in this way.
The table below indicates the voltage with an open
circuit and the specific gravity readings relating to the
charge status.
LAIL11TT0454A0A 2
Charge status Voltage with an open circuit ( 25 °C) Specific gravity

100% 12.78 V 1.260 – 1.280
75% 12.53 V 1.230 – 1.250
50% 12.28 V 1.200 – 1.220
25% 12.02 V 1.1700 – 1.190
0% 11.71 V 1.100 – 1.130
Test charge
NOTICE: The battery must be fully charged before the

charge test is performed.
47921938 07/02/2017
55.4 [55.302] / 8
Never conduct this test on a battery that is less than

75% charged. Connect a voltmeter between the battery
terminals. Read the battery voltage while you run the
engine for 20 s. The voltmeter should not read less than
9.6 V during this 20 s period.
If the battery does not hold 9.6 V for 20 s, fully charge
the battery as described in the Charging the Battery
section of Battery - Service instruction (55.302). Do
another charge test, as indicated above. If the battery
is again unable to hold 9.6 V, change it.
Current drain test

The current drain test is used in cases in which the bat-
tery and charging system test are OK, but the battery
still has a low charge. This can be caused by a circuit
that draws battery current continuously. To identify this,
disconnect the cable from the negative battery terminal.
Connect the voltmeter between the negative battery ter-
minal and the negative battery cable.
With all electrical switches off, the voltmeter should read
0 V. If the reading shows battery voltage, the circuit is
drawing power.
Remove the fuses one by one until the voltage drops to
0 V and the faulty circuit is identified. If removing fuses
does not make the voltmeter drop to zero, disconnect
the wiring to electrical accessories (alternator, etc.) until LAIL11TT0455A0A 3
the voltmeter reads 0 V.
47921938 07/02/2017
55.4 [55.302] / 9
Battery - Service instruction

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Charging the battery
Requirements for charging the batteries:

Slow charging is the only method for fully charging a
battery. You can use a quick charger to increase a bat-
tery’s capacity quickly, but you must follow this proce-
dure with a slow charge to fully charge the battery.
Observe the following throughout the slow charging of
the battery:
• If the battery needs to remain in the tractor, discon-
nect the battery cables to prevent damage to the
electrical system during charging.
• Thoroughly clean the battery.
• Ensure that the electrolyte level is correct.
The battery will be fully charged when three specific
gravity readings taken at 1 h intervals do not indicate
any specific gravity increase.
Battery maintenance
During the tractor’s scheduled services, you must also
pay the battery careful attention.
You will be able to prolong the battery’s useful life by
regularly performing the following servicing procedure.
• Loosen the clamps holding the battery terminal in
place and disconnect the battery cables. Always dis-
connect the negative cable first and reconnect it last.
• Use a solution of bicarbonate of soda and water to
clean the battery casing and terminals, and the cable
retaining clamps.
NOTICE: Cover the openings while you are cleaning.
47921938 07/02/2017
55.4 [55.302] / 10
• You can remove serious corrosion from the battery

terminals and the cable retaining clamps with a wire
brush.
• Inspect the condition of the cables and their connec-
tors. Carefully look at both ends of the cables. Re-
move all the corrosion and check that the contact is
clean. Check the negative cables at the chassis and
the positive cables at the starter.
• Keep the electrolyte level halfway between the
plates and the top cover. Add distilled water, as
required. Do not use well water or tap water. Do not
top up with acid.
• You must use the battery retaining clamps so that the
battery does not move. Do not over-tighten because
that can damage the battery casing.
• Ensure that the openings are closed and clean the
battery. The battery must remain clean and dry.
• Once more cover the terminals and the cable retain-
ing clamps with petroleum jelly to prevent corrosion.
Do not use grease.
• Batteries should not be allowed to discharge com-
pletely. If you are going to store the tractor for a
period of over 2 weeks, you should remove the bat-
tery from the tractor and store it in a dry place on a
wooden platform. Trickle charge the battery every
two or three weeks to keep it in good condition.
47921938 07/02/2017
55.4 [55.302] / 11
Index
Battery - 302
Battery - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Battery - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Battery - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Battery - Service instruction (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Battery - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Battery - Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47921938 07/02/2017
55.4 [55.302] / 12
Warning indicators, alarms, and instruments - 408
47921938 07/02/2017
55.5 [55.408] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Instrument cluster
Analog instrument cluster - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
55.5 [55.408] / 2
Electrical systems - Warning indicators, alarms, and instruments
Instrument cluster Analog instrument cluster - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Instrument cluster
LAIL11TT0461F0A 1
Analog panel
The instrument cluster comprises:

1. Left‐hand direction indicators 6. Right‐hand direction indicators
2. Park lights 7. Fuel level gauge
3. High beam indicator light 8. Tachometer
4. Engine oil pressure gauge 9. Hour meter
5. Battery charge indicator 10. Water thermometer
47921938 07/02/2017
55.5 [55.408] / 3
LAIL11TT0462F0A 2
Digital Panel
Engine oil pressure gauge:
A pressure sensor (1) is fitted on the left-hand side of the
engine, inside the main oil gallery. Oil pressure changes
can affect this sensor’s resistance. The gauge shows the
current in the circuit on the gauge as the oil pressure.
Below 0.5 bar, the sensor’s switch completely closes, and
the indicator (4), Fig. 1 and 2 comes on.
LAIL11TT0463A0A 3
47921938 07/02/2017
55.5 [55.408] / 4
Battery charge indicator

Used to show whether the alternator is working properly.
A 1.4 W lamp is connected to the key switch for the al-
ternator circuit. The lamp will come on if the key switch
is turned to position 2. The lamp should go out when you
start the engine and the alternator starts to charge the bat-
tery.
Right-hand and left-hand direction indica-

tors
Turning right and left. 1.4 W lamps are fitted on the in-
strument cluster. They are connected to the circuit for the
right-hand and left-hand direction indicators and they flash
when you activate the direction indicators. Both the di-
rection indicators flash when you use the hazard warning
switch.
High beam indicator light

A 1.4 W lamp is connected to the full beam circuit. When
you select full beam, the lamp should come on.
Thermometer
A temperature sensor (1) fitted on the poppet water liner
outlet changes its resistance according to the water tem-
perature. The gauge indicates the water temperature ac-
cording to the electrical current that passes through the
sensor.
LAIL11TT0464A0A 4
Tachometer
The cable (1) that comes out of the engine indicates the
engine RPM and the number of operating hours.
LAIL11TT0465A0A 5
47921938 07/02/2017
55.5 [55.408] / 5
Fuel level gauge

A sensor inside the fuel reservoir changes its resistance
according to the fuel level. The gauge measures the re-
sulting current and displays it as the fuel level on the
gauge.
LAIL11TT0466A0A 6
47921938 07/02/2017
55.5 [55.408] / 6
Index

Instrument cluster Analog instrument cluster - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
55.5 [55.408] / 7
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47921938 07/02/2017
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals
47921938 07/02/2017
90
Contents
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals - 90
[90.151] Cab interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.1
47921938 07/02/2017
90
Cab interior - 151
47921938 07/02/2017
90.1 [90.151] / 1
Contents
Cab interior - 151
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Console
47921938 07/02/2017
90.1 [90.151] / 2
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals - Cab interior
Console - Dynamic description

TT3840F LA
TT3840 LA
TT3880F LA
TT4030 LA
Control switches
LAIL11TT0467F0A 1
1. Right-hand and left-hand direction indicator switch

2. Klaxon
3. Hand throttle lever
4. Ignition/shut-down key switch
5. Head light switch
6. Hazard light switch
1. Right-hand and left-hand direction indica-

tor switch
Used to activate the right- or left-hand direction indicator

circuits. The switch has three positions.
1. Righthand Right turn

2. Center Off
3. Left Left turn
2. Hazard Light Switch

Used on the right-hand and left-hand direction indicator
circuits. Serves as a warning to other vehicles.
47921938 07/02/2017
90.1 [90.151] / 3
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals - Cab interior
3. Start-up switch 2
A start-up switch with three positions is fitted. The ignition
key switch positions are as follows:
Position 1 Electrical equipment OFF

Position 2 Accessories on (headlights,
instrument cluster, horn and
gauges, brake lights, direction
indicators)
Position 3 Starter activated
LAIL11TT0468A0A 2
4. Horn Switch
You use a switch to complete the horn signal circuit.
5. Light switch 3
You turn a key to activate the lighting circuits. The switch

has four positions:
Position 1 OFF
Position 2 Parking lights and
instrument cluster lights LAIL11TT0469A0A 3
Position 3 Low beam
Position 4 High beam
Start-up switch in neutral 4

A ballpoint plunger switch (1) with two positions fitted on
the left-hand side of the transmission housing, activated
with the range lever.
LAIL11TT0470A0A 4
Brake light switch 5
The brake pedal switch (1) is located below the right-hand

running board, near the brake pedal. It is activated when
the brake is activated, and is indicated with a light on the
fender.
LAIL11TT0471A0A 5
47921938 07/02/2017
90.1 [90.151] / 4
Index
Cab interior - 151

Console - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47921938 07/02/2017
90.1 [90.151] / 5
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47921938 07/02/2017
EN
SCHEMAS INDEX
Reference PAGE
Electrical components - ECU description 55.3 / 40
Electrical components - Lamp description 55.3 / 42
Electrical components - Motor description 55.3 / 45
Electrical components - Resistor description 55.3 / 46
Electrical components - Sensor description 55.3 / 41
Electrical components - Solenoid description 55.3 / 49
Electrical components - Speaker description 55.3 / 44
Electrical components - Switch description 55.3 / 47
Electrical components - Voltage source description 55.3 / 43
Wire connectors - Component diagram 00 55.3 / 19
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02-ENGINE 55.3 / 4
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03-HOOD 55.3 / 6
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 04 SH04-REAR HOOD 55.3 / 8
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05-INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 55.3 / 10
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 06 SH06-FUSE BOX 55.3 / 12
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07-TRANSMISSION/FENDERS/ 55.3 / 14
SIDELIGHTS
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 08 SH08-LICENSE PLATE 55.3 / 16
47921938 07/02/2017
SPECIAL TOOL INDEX
Genuine Reference PAGE

380000569 [Tractor Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
Separation Trolley]
290740 [Engine Lifting Hook] Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
380000301 [Rotating Engine Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
Stand]
293240 [Turbocharger / Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
Engines Check Kit]
293679 [Manoevre Wrench ] Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
296118 [Belt Tensione Test Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
Device]
380000221 [Handle] Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
380000226 [Engine Hub Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
Puller used on 4.5L & 6.7L
NEF Engines ]
380000232 [Rocker Wrench Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
- used for valve clearance
adjustment on 4.5L & 6.7L
NEF Engines]
291046 [Valve Guide Remover Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
And Installer]
380000222 [Valve Guide Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
Reamer]
294028 [Exhaust Gas Cylinder Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
Head Valve Guide Reamer ]
380000242 [Cylinder Head Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
Valve Guide Installer - used
with 4.5L & 6.7L NEF Engines]
380000219 [Valve Guide Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
Remover/installer]
380000223 [Water Pump Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
NEF Engines]
380000549 [Slide Hammer] Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
380000228 [Dial Gauge (0 - 5 Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
mm)]
380000322 [Injection Pump Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
Drive Gear Puller]
380000829 [Thread Tap (M 12 Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 11
X 1.75)]
380000830 [Guide Socket ] Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 11
380000833 [Cutter For Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 11
Grinding Injector Holder Seat]
380000834 [Injection Holder Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 11
Cap Rolling Beater]
380000322 [Injection Pump Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 11
Drive Gear Puller]
86512999 [Front Crankshaft Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 11
Seal Installer]
380000804 [Pinion Seal Engine - Disassemble 10.1 / 38
Installer]
380000301 [Rotating Engine Engine - Disassemble 10.1 / 38
Stand]
Stand]
Installer]
47921938 07/02/2017
380000322 [Injection Pump Engine - Disassemble 10.1 / 41
Drive Gear Puller]
290740 [Engine Lifting Hook] Engine - Disassemble 10.1 / 43
380000226 [Engine Hub Engine - Disassemble 10.1 / 45
NEF Engines ]
Stand]
Installer]
380000303 [Cylinder Liner Engine - Compression test 10.1 / 55
Pressure Check Kit]
291883 [Valve Clearance Rocker arm - Adjust the clearance between the valves and 10.3 / 5
Adjuster] rockers
380000232 [Rocker Wrench Valves - Adjust of the gap 10.4 / 11
- used for valve clearance
adjustment on 4.5L & 6.7L
NEF Engines]
380000222 [Valve Guide Valve guide - Replace 10.4 / 12
Reamer]
291046 [Valve Guide Remover Valve guide - Replace 10.4 / 12
And Installer]
291046 [Valve Guide Remover Valve guide - Replace 10.4 / 12
And Installer]
293231 [Cylinder Head Valve Valve guide - Replace 10.4 / 12
Guide Installer]
294028 [Exhaust Gas Cylinder Valve guide - Replace 10.4 / 13
294006 [General Tool] Valve seat - Regrind 10.4 / 15
291160 [Pliers For Piston Piston - Inspect 10.5 / 7
Rings Removal And
Installation (65 -110 mm)]
291160 [Pliers For Piston Piston - Assemble 10.5 / 10
Rings Removal And
Installation (65 -110 mm)]
380000226 [Engine Hub Crankshaft oil seal Front seal - Remove 10.6 / 7
NEF Engines ]
380000226 [Engine Hub Crankshaft oil seal Front seal - Install 10.6 / 9
NEF Engines ]
380000322 [Injection Pump Rotary injection pump - Remove 10.10 / 9
Drive Gear Puller]
380000228 [Dial Gauge (0 - 5 Rotary injection pump - Timing adjust 10.10 / 13
mm)]
mm)]
380001601 [Dial Indicator Rotary injection pump - Timing adjust 10.10 / 16
Extension Pin and Adapter]
mm)]
47921938 07/02/2017
293763 [Clutch Lever Clutch - Special tools 18.2 / 6
Adjusting Wrench Set]
380002740 [Double Clutch Clutch - Remove Clutch assy 18.2 / 10
Alignment Arbor]
380002740 [Double Clutch Clutch - Assemble Clutch Assembly 18.2 / 18
Alignment Arbor]
380002740 [Double Clutch Clutch - Install Clutch Assembly 18.2 / 19
Alignment Arbor]
292909 [Special Tool] Mechanical transmission - Special tools 21.1 / 5
293836 [Drive Shaft Seal Gearbox - Special tools 23.1 / 4
Guard]
293836 [Drive Shaft Seal Gearbox - Assemble 23.1 / 8
Guard]
293544 [Differential Slotted Powered front axle - Special tools 25.1 / 9
Nut Socket]
295030 [Wheel Hub Bearing Powered front axle - Special tools 25.1 / 9
Slotted Nut Socket]
293812 [M16x1,5 Wheel Pin Powered front axle - Special tools 25.1 / 9
Guide]
380000295 [Wheel Hub Powered front axle - Disassemble - 4WD 25.1 / 30
Bearing Slotted Nut Socket]
380000268 [Bevel Pinion Ring Powered front axle - Disassemble - 4WD 25.1 / 32
Nut Wrench]
380000257 [Bevel Gear Powered front axle - Disassemble - 4WD 25.1 / 32
Pinion Splined Retainer Deep
Socket]
293952 [Torque Wrench] Differential - Preload 25.2 / 14
293952 [Torque Wrench] Differential - Preload 25.2 / 14
CA715082 [Driver] Differential Input shaft assembly - Assemble 25.2 / 23
CA715082 [Driver] Differential Input shaft assembly - Assemble 25.2 / 23
380000252 [Front Axle Ring Differential - Gear tooth contact - 4WD Ring/pinion adjustment 25.2 / 28
Nut Wrench]
380000252 [Front Axle Ring Differential - Gear tooth contact - 4WD Ring/pinion adjustment 25.2 / 29
Nut Wrench]
380000257 [Bevel Gear Differential - Gear tooth contact - 4WD Ring/pinion adjustment 25.2 / 29
Pinion Splined Retainer Deep
Socket]
380000265 [Swivel Housing Steering knuckle and king pin - Replace - 4WD Steering knuckle 25.3 / 13
Pin Pivot Puller] pins and bearings
380000234 [Swivel Pin Steering knuckle and king pin - Replace - 4WD Steering knuckle 25.3 / 13
Bearing Outer Race Puller] pins and bearings
380000235 [Swivel Housing Steering knuckle and king pin - Adjust 25.3 / 14
Torque Check Adapter]
380000235 [Swivel Housing Steering knuckle and king pin - Adjust 25.3 / 14
Torque Check Adapter]
292911 [Special Tool] Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 6
293101 [Bevel Pinion Bearings Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 6
Adjuster]
293342 [Bevel Pinion Nut Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 6
Wrench]
9971366 [Special Tool] Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 6
290870 [Differential Lock Fork Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 7
Spring Installer]
293101 [Bevel Pinion Bearings Bevel gear - Preload 27.2 / 8
Adjuster]
293101 [Bevel Pinion Bearings Bevel gear - Preload 27.2 / 9
Adjuster]
380002737 [Rear Differential Bevel gear - Adjust 27.2 / 10
Pinion Gear Preload Tool]
47921938 07/02/2017
380002738 [Rear Differential Bevel gear - Backlash 27.2 / 13
Ring Tightening Wrench]
380002763 [Pinion Nut Differential - Disassemble Pinion shaft 27.2 / 24
Spanner Wrench (55mm)]
292904 [Set Of Adjustable Planetary and final drives - Special tools 27.3 / 5
Pullers]
292535 [Lift Arm Shaft Seal Rear three-point hitch - Special tools 37.1 / 7
Installer]
292547 [Piston And Seal Rear three-point hitch - Special tools 37.1 / 7
Install Guide]
293870 [Lift Arm Stroke Rear three-point hitch - Special tools 37.1 / 7
Adjusting Wrench]
380000261 [Punch for Fitting Rear three-point hitch - Special tools 37.1 / 7
Needle Bearings on Control
Valve Block Control Lever
Bushing]
293839 [Control Link Needle Rear three-point hitch - Special tools 37.1 / 7
Bearing Installer]
290819 [Draft Control Spring Rear three-point hitch - Special tools 37.1 / 7
Adjusting Lever]
291215 [Straight Reduction Rear three-point hitch - Special tools 37.1 / 7
22L-15L]
292060 [HYDRAULIC TEST Rear three-point hitch - Special tools 37.1 / 7
ADAPTER]
293168 [Quick Coupling] Rear three-point hitch - Special tools 37.1 / 7
293247 [Pressure Gauge ] Rear three-point hitch - Special tools 37.1 / 7
293870 [Lift Arm Stroke Rear three-point hitch - Adjust of the position control 37.1 / 20
Adjusting Wrench]
293870 [Lift Arm Stroke Rear three-point hitch - Travel adjust maximum of the lift arm 37.1 / 24
Adjusting Wrench]
293870 [Lift Arm Stroke Rear three-point hitch - Travel adjust maximum of the lift arm 37.1 / 25
Adjusting Wrench]
380001325 [Compressor Belt Alternator - Tension adjust - Belt 55.2 / 17
Tension Checking Tool]
Kit Reference PAGE
380000292 [Clutch Centralizer Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
- includes 380000635 and
380000636]
380000229 [Dial Gauge Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
Holder Tool For Rotary
Injection Pump Timing]
380000229 [Dial Gauge Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 10
380000292 [Clutch Centralizer Engine - Remove 10.1 / 30
380000636]
380000292 [Clutch Centralizer Engine - Install 10.1 / 51
380000636]
380000229 [Dial Gauge Rotary injection pump - Timing adjust 10.10 / 13
47921938 07/02/2017
Kit Reference PAGE
380000229 [Dial Gauge Rotary injection pump - Timing adjust 10.10 / 13
Kit]
47921938 07/02/2017
47921938 07/02/2017
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47921938 07/02/2017
EN

Preview

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Preview

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SERVICE SERVICE MANUAL

© 2017 CNH Industrial Latin America LTDA. All Rights Reserved.

Product Market Product Engine

[10.102] Pan and covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2

[10.106] Valve drive and gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3

[10.101] Cylinder heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4

[10.105] Connecting rods and pistons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5

[10.103] Crankshaft and flywheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6

[10.110] Balancer and damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7

[10.114] Pump drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.8

[10.210] Lift pump and lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9

[10.218] Fuel injection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.10

[10.202] Air cleaners and lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.11

[10.254] Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.12

[10.400] Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.13

[10.414] Fan and drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.14

[10.304] Engine lubrication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.15

[18.110] Clutch and components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2

[21.130] Mechanical transmission external controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.2

[21.140] Mechanical transmission internal components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.3

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system .................................................. 23

Front axle system ....................................................................... 25

[25.102] Front bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.2

[25.108] Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.3

[25.310] Final drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.4

[25.400] Non-powered front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.5

Rear axle system........................................................................ 27

[27.106] Rear bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.2

[27.120] Planetary and final drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.3

Power Take-Off (PTO) ................................................................. 31

[31.114] Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.2

Brakes and controls .................................................................... 33

[33.110] Parking brake or parking lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.2

[35.106] Variable displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.2

[35.204] Remote control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.3

[35.100] Main lift system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.4

[35.116] Three-point hitch cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.5

[35.114] Three-point hitch control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.6

[35.104] Fixed displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.7

Hitches, drawbars, and implement couplings.................................. 37

[41.200] Hydraulic control components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.2

[41.216] Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.3

Electrical systems ....................................................................... 55

[55.301] Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.2

[55.100] Harnesses and connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.3

[55.302] Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.4

[55.408] Warning indicators, alarms, and instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.5

Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals ............................................. 90

(*) See content for specific models

Alternator Keep alive Transmission Check

Auto Turn signals Slow or Implement

Turn signals Fast or high %age

FWD Hitch dis-

Head Light Air filter FWD dis-

Brake fluid Hazard Remote

valve retraction Trailer Variable Remote

FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT

Basic instructions Hardware

General specification - Biodiesel Fuels

Biodiesel Fuel Usage Conditions

Biodiesel Fuel has a higher cloud point than Diesel Fuel.

Consumables Loctite® Product Chart

Retain, Cylindrical Assemblies

Retain, Cylindrical Assemblies